European & British Isles Tours 2022 collection
Let's explore together
2
Whether it’s the fascinating local guides, sampling the local cuisine, hand-picked hotels or discovering destinations new, there’s so much we’ve missed about our award-winning escorted tours. At Riviera Travel, we believe holidays with us should be a balance of adventure and luxury, sparking inspiration and joy along the way. We look after our guests as if you’re part of our family, so we want to ensure you’re happy in
every sense, from booking all the way through to travelling on our award-winning tours or cruises. I very much hope you enjoy browsing through the brochure and reading all about the stunning destinations waiting to be discovered. We look forward to welcoming you.
Phil Hullah
Chief Executive Officer
We are fully bonded by ABTA and ATOL for your complete peace of mind. Your money is fully protected.
ABTA No. V4744
We’re so proud of our independent review scores from customers.
99%
would buy again from Riviera Travel
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
3
Our European & British Isles tours collection Explore the British Isles and countries of Europe with Riviera Travel
Slovenia & Lake Bled
4
Italy
Switzerland
Pompeii, Capri & the Bay of Naples......................... 22
Switzerland’s Bernese Oberland............................. 142
Lake Garda, Venice & Verona.................................... 26
Switzerland, the Matterhorn & the Glacier Express.................................................. 146
Lake Como, St Moritz & the Bernina Express.........30 Lake Maggiore, Orta & the Matterhorn..................34 Puglia, Lecce & Vieste.................................................. 38 Florence & Tuscany........................................................ 42
Germany Berlin, Dresden, Meissen & Colditz......................... 150
Classical Italy: Florence, Siena, Assisi & Rome......46
Scandinavia
Secret Italy: Trieste & Udine.......................................50
Helsinki, Tallinn & Riga................................................152
Umbria, Perugia & Assisi: the Heart of Italy..........54
Iceland............................................................................ 156
Sardinia: Alghero, Costa Smeralda & Corsica....... 58
Norway........................................................................... 158
Hidden Italy: Padova, Vicenza & Mantova............ 62 Sicily...................................................................................66 Western Sicily, Palermo & the Aeolian Islands ..... 70
Georgia Georgia: the Crossroads of Europe & Asia...........160
Bologna, Parma & Ravenna........................................ 74
Russia
Rome: Ancient & Baroque........................................... 76
Moscow & St Petersburg........................................... 164
Spain
Poland
Classical Spain: Seville, Córdoba & Granada........ 78
Krakow............................................................................ 168
Discover the Real Tenerife & La Gomera................. 82 Madrid, Salamanca & Toledo....................................86 Spain’s Basque Country, La Rioja & Burgos...........90
Malta Malta Uncovered......................................................... 170
Greece
Portugal Lisbon, Porto & the Douro Valley..............................94
Classic Greece................................................................172
Madeira, the Pearl of the Atlantic............................98
Turkey
Croatia & Montenegro
Istanbul, Ephesus & Troy.............................................176
Dubrovnik & the Dalmatian Coast.......................... 102
Morocco
Montenegro – Budva, Cetinje & the Bay of Kotor.......................................................106
Slovenia Slovenia & Lake Bled...................................................110
Austria Lakes & Mountains of Austria...................................114 Austrian Tyrol & Innsbruck.........................................118
Imperial Cities of Morocco........................................180 Marrakesh & the Atlas Mountains..........................184
Egypt Wonders of the Nile: the long cruise from Cairo......................................... 186
British Isles Norfolk: Royal Sandringham & the Broads.......... 190 Oxford, Blenheim & the Cotswolds......................... 192
France Dordogne, Albi & Carcassonne................................ 122 Monet’s Garden, the Loire Valley & Fontainebleau.......................................................... 126 Mont Blanc, Lake Geneva & Annecy...................... 128 Paris................................................................................. 132
Bath, Somerset & Glastonbury................................ 194 Devonshire Coast & Dartmoor................................. 196 Cornwall – Falmouth Bay & St Ives.......................... 198 Jersey: The Jewel of the Channel Islands............ 200 The Peak District – Chatsworth & Buxton.............202
Timeless Provence....................................................... 134
Scottish Highlands & Skye ...................................... 204
Highlights of Normandy: Monet’s Garden, Rouen & Honfleur........................ 138
Walk & Discover: The Lake District........................ 208
Belgium Bruges.............................................................................140
Belfast, Giant’s Causeway & Mount Stewart..... 206 Walk & Discover: North Yorkshire & the Heritage Coast.................................................. 210 Walk & Discover: Conwy Coast & Snowdonia..... 212
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
5
The Riviera Difference Holidays are precious so here’s just a few of the reasons why you can feel fully confident you’ve made the right choice when you entrust your travel plans to us.
6
Unrivalled holidays, created by our Masters of Travel
Luxury travel, without the price tag
At Riviera, we are proud to call ourselves ‘Masters of Travel’, creators of the finest holidays – because our specialists go the extra mile when creating our cruises and tours, you can be assured that every detail has been crafted with your experience in mind. Our itineraries perfectly balance seeing iconic sights with hidden gems, to take you off the tourist trail and under the skin of a destination. We’re so confident in the quality of our itineraries that we offer a ‘happiness guarantee’; if you’re not completely happy by the second day of your holiday, we’ll bring you straight home and give you a full refund.
Quality is at the heart of every Riviera Travel holiday. Look closely at our itineraries to see the small but important details that stand our holidays head and shoulders above the rest; boutique hotels just steps away from iconic sights, flight times and airports to suit you, and of course, so much included in the price you pay. We believe that luxury travel should not cost the earth and we offer the best value for money – we’re so confident you won’t find the same quality of experience for less elsewhere that if you do, we’ll refund you the difference.
We’ll look after you as if you were family When you book a Riviera Travel holiday, you are not just booking an itinerary, you are joining our family and we’ll take care of you as one of our own. That’s why we’ve been awarded the esteemed ‘Recommended Provider’ accreditation with Which? for ten years and 99% of our customers would book with us again. We know choosing a holiday is an important decision, so we have the best people in place to make every step of your experience easy and enjoyable – from booking, to travel. With us, it’s personal. Our friendly customer service team are based here in the UK, and are ready to help with any questions you have along the way. Our tour managers are knowledgeable and experienced and will go above and beyond to ensure every aspect of your holiday runs smoothly – so all you need to worry about is your packing.
It’s our 38 years of experience as the UK’s leading escorted tour operator that means we can offer such remarkable value on our holidays; our scale and the strong relationships we’ve built with our suppliers enables us to negotiate exceptional rates – and we pass those savings straight back to you.Our prices are fair and straightforward, with no hidden extras. We don’t play games with pricing and promotions – with our price promise, you can be confident that you’ll always pay the best price by booking early.
You make the choices, we do the hard work At Riviera, we know that there’s no ‘one size fits all’ when it comes to the perfect travel experience; and that’s why we have built choice into every aspect of our holidays, putting you in control. With an extensive collection of holidays, select the destination, dates, and holiday type to suit you; then customise your experience to your exact requirements; upgrade your travel, extend your trip or add special excursions. The choice is yours – and we’ll do the hard work behind the scenes to bring your perfect trip to life. But freedom and flexibility doesn’t mean a lack of support. You’ll be looked after and supported by our award-winning team every step of the way, and if anything goes awry, we’ll take care of it – so you can enjoy every moment.
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
7
HOLIDAY HAPPINESS. GUARANTEED.
8
Riviera Travel’s industry-leading health and safety practices, flexible booking options and our ‘happiness guarantee’, will ensure you have an unforgettable holiday without compromise.
Exceptional experiences, with no compromises • Whatever the circumstances, we’ll take care of the details and we promise it won’t affect the enjoyment of your holiday – if we can’t ensure an amazing experience, then we won’t go ahead. • You’re always protected by our Happiness Guarantee; if you’re not happy by day two of your holiday, we’ll bring you home with a full refund. • Our Price Promise – our prices may go up closer to departure, but never down. So, you’ll always pay the best price by booking early; and if for any reason we do reduce the price after you book, we’ll refund you the difference. You cannot find the same quality experience for less – and if you do, we’ll match the price. There’s no surcharges and no hidden extras – the price you see is the price you’ll pay, and you’ll never be asked to pay more after you’ve booked.
Flexible booking options and additional protection as standard • On all our 2022 holidays enjoy the flexibility to change your booking before travel, with no fees and no questions asked. You can change your holiday for any reason right up until your final balance payment is due.
• No matter what, your money is safe and secure and fully protected by ABTA and ATOL. • COVID-19 Cancellation Protection as standard. So if for whatever reason, you’re not able to travel as a consequence of the pandemic, you can transfer your holiday to a later date completely free of charge. • COVID-19 Curtailment Protection as standard. If you have to cut your holiday short as a direct consequence of the pandemic and your insurance provider doesn’t cover you, we’ll automatically compensate you for the proportion of your holiday that you’ve missed out on.
Industry-leading health and safety practices to keep you safe Our best in class health & safety practices meet the very highest standards, and are underwritten by Ian Greaves (MCIEH), a leading independent expert. • For your peace of mind, we require all guests to be fully vaccinated against Covid-19 before travelling with us. • All Riviera on tour team members will be fully vaccinated. • No matter when or where you choose to travel, you’ll always have direct access to our UK team, 24 hours a day, 7 days a week and 365 days a year.
View our full terms and conditions at rivieratravel.co.uk/happiness-guaranteed
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
9
We do the hard work to deliver adventures effortlessly Our expertise is a key ingredient in ensuring the success of our holidays. Everyone, from the product specialists and our reservations experts, to the tour managers and local guides, go the extra mile so your holiday experience is second to none.
10
Unrivalled knowledge and experience Every Riviera Travel holiday has been thoughtfully planned and crafted by our specialists. They draw on their own extensive travel experience and the guidance and expertise of our local partners to create superb holidays. Our specialists are committed to making every aspect smooth and enjoyable; they genuinely want to ensure that the holidays they create leave you with wonderful lasting memories.
Don't just take our word for it This was another excellent experience with Riviera Travel. The itinerary was well thought-out and very interesting, the local guides were expert and our Riviera Travel guide, Paula, was just brilliant. Ms Vincent – Puglia, Lecce & Vieste An absolutely brilliant tour. The sights were breath taking and the local guides gave a full explanation of the architecture and history. Mr Smalley – Classical Spain
The team really do go the extra mile. We spend a lot of time looking for that something special. We genuinely want to give our customers the best holidays.
Joanne
Head of European Product
We never use a hotel or take you on an excursion unless we’ve seen or experienced it for ourselves. You can look forward to your holiday knowing we’ve done all the hard work for you.
Claudia
Health and Safety Manager
How to book Please contact your preferred travel agent for more information or to book. ABTA Number V4744. For your protection, we are a fully bonded member of the Association of British Travel Agents (ABTA) number V4744 and hold an Air Tours Organisers’ Licence (ATOL) 3430. This ensures the highest level of legal compliance and financial standing. Riviera Travel, New Manor, 328 Wetmore Road, Burton-on-Trent, DE14 1SP
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
11
Explore with our experts Passionate about sharing their knowledge with you Historic cities, ancient ruins and unfamiliar landscapes are all brought to life by our carefully selected tour managers and local guides. They want to share their expertise and help you make your own discoveries too; their sole mission is to ensure you enjoy every moment.
12
Experienced tour managers Every Riviera Travel holiday is accompanied by an experienced tour manager. They play several roles most adeptly; a group leader who works tirelessly to oversee every single detail and a destination expert able to offer revealing insights into local life. Knowledgeable, kind, well organised and resourceful – this is how our customers describe our tour managers. As well as a great sense of humour they all share a genuine interest in the places that we visit. Many have been with us for more than a decade, some even two. For them, being a tour manager is not just a job – it’s a passion, and you’ll learn far more from them than you would any guidebook.
Informative local guides The company of welcoming local guides is also included on many of our holidays. They are on hand to share their in-depth knowledge on art and architecture, history, local culture and so much more. Personal stories and anecdotes are sure to broaden your perspective and enrich your experience of the places our local guides call home.
Angus was exceptional. His knowledge and passion for this tour was superb. Mr Leach – Bruges This was our 10th holiday with Riviera and it came up to all our expectations. Our tour manager, Janet was efficient and always eager to keep everyone happy. Mr Smith – Madeira, the Pearl of the Atlantic Nicola, our tour manager, was second to none, her organisational skill and knowledge are superb. Ms Stott – Lake Garda, Venice & Verona Our enjoyment of this holiday was greatly enhanced by the highly knowledgeable and informative leadership of Julia. Mr & Mrs Fussell – Hidden Italy
When you’re on a Riviera Travel tour each day is a journey of discovery. It’s my job to ensure that our customers experience the very best of the fascinating destinations that we visit.
Michele Tour Manager
I’ve worked with Riviera Travel for 20 years and enjoyed every minute. It’s inspiring to be part of a team that’s so clearly passionate about customers and the amazing places we visit.
Mike
Tour Manager
A charming square, a superb view or perhaps the best ice cream in town – I am always on the lookout for new tips and hidden gems, they can make all the difference to a holiday.
Kate Tour Manager
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
13
14
Thoughtful inclusions Everything you need for an unforgettable holiday Return flights or rail from the UK Travel in comfort
Hand-picked hotels
Included breakfast Dining options
Experienced tour manager Insightful guided tours and fascinating visits
Scheduled departures at convenient times from a wide selection of UK airports and Eurostar travel with regional rail connections to London on selected tours within Europe. Travel in comfortable, air-conditioned coaches. On longer journeys, internal flights or train travel are included to make the most of your time. Well-located hotels primarily rated four stars and carefully selected by our product experts for the right blend of comfort, service, amenities and, of course character and location. Daily breakfast is included on all our European tours. Our European tours include some lunches and dinners, either in your hotel or at carefully chosen restaurants. In destinations renowned for their cuisine we also offer you options, so you can dine at your hotel or seek out a restaurant of your choice. A knowledgeable and professional Riviera Travel tour manager throughout the tour to ensure your experience is unforgettable. Every day brings new opportunities for discovery – visits are included, often with an expert local guide to share eye-opening insights and give you a full experience of your destination.
And of cour se Free time to explore
Our itineraries are thoughtfully balanced with free days and unguided visits, so you can wander at your own pace. We also offer you a choice of options so you can make your holiday your own.
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
15
Fascinating included excursions Visit the classic sights of Europe At Riviera Travel, we have a passion for giving you the best experience possible, and our European escorted tours are no exception.
Our local guide will bring the past alive on a fascinating tour of Matera. At its heart you’ll discover the original troglodyte cave dwellings which date back over 9,000 years. Puglia, Lecce & Vieste See page 38
16
Carefully and thoughtfully planned by our destination experts, insightful excursions are included on every tour. These experiences will take you on enthralling journeys of discovery, giving you a fresh perspective on the places that we visit. Let us inspire you. Florence & Tuscany The Uffizi is one of the world’s greatest art galleries and home to a collection of masterpieces including Botticelli’s Birth of Venus. Our reserved pre-timed entry avoids the long queues. See page 42
Classical Spain Explore the jewel in Córdoba’s crown, the extraordinary Mezquita. In the company of an expert local guide discover the architectural brilliance of this Moorish masterpiece. See page 78
Norfolk – Royal Sandringham & the Broads Norfolk is renowned for its unspoilt coastline, 125 miles of spectacular Broads and some of the best nature reserves in Britain. We experience this and more, digging deeper into its history and royal connections. See page 190
Scottish Highlands & Skye You’ll be taken aback by the spectacular views at every turn on this tour – a highlight is the epic train journey from Fort William to Mallaig, hailed as one of the world’s finest. See page 204
Lake Como, St Moritz & the Bernina Express Take your seat on the iconic Bernina Express. We reserve seats in the panoramic carriage so you can sit back, relax and enjoy the magnificent views en-route to St Moritz. See page 30
Relax or explore Our tours are carefully balanced and there are plenty of opportunities to explore at leisure too should you wish. Our tour managers are always at your service and ready to help. You can also personalise your holiday with a special additional excursion.
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
17
Flexibility and choice Giving you the freedom to make your holiday even more memorable We know how much our customers look forward to their holiday and we pride ourselves on the choice and flexibility that we offer to enhance every aspect of your experience. Whether it’s getting to the airport, upgrading your room or booking an additional experience, we can help.
18
Before you travel Pre-book your insurance and airport extras through our partner, Holiday Extras, at www.rivieraextras.co.uk Insurance Book your comprehensive travel insurance with our partner Holiday Extras. Airport hotels Choose from over 200 airport hotels across all major UK airports or save even more by booking a hotel and parking package. Airport parking Enjoy fast, convenient and easy parking you can rely on. Whether you prefer Meet-and-Greet parking or a short shuttle ride, we’ll help you find the right option. Airport Fast-Track pass Skip long airport security queues with a fast-track pass – ideal for early-morning flights. Airport lounges Relax in peace in a comfortable airport lounge. Available at airports across the UK.
Your travel and upgrade choices Pre-book directly with our travel consultants. Air and rail upgrades Upgrade to First Class on rail journeys within the UK or to Standard Premier Class when travelling by Eurostar. Treat yourself on longer flights to Premium Economy or Business Class for the extra space and that touch of luxury. Tour-only option If you prefer to make your own flight or rail arrangements, we offer a tour-only option (at a reduced price and subject to availability) where you’ll meet your group at the first hotel of the tour. Upgrade your hotel room Whether you’re celebrating a special occasion or you just prefer a room with a balcony and a view, why not treat yourself and upgrade your hotel room?
Some airport extras come with free cancellation up to 48 hours before departure, so we recommend that you book closer to your travel date.
Your options ‘Your options’ offers you more ways than ever to add those extra special touches to your holiday. You’ll find more details about all ‘Your options’ on the individual tour itinerary pages. You’re free to choose Everyone’s idea of the perfect holiday is different so on a number of our tours we offer a choice of thoughtfully crafted experiences, carefully selected to give you a more well-rounded holiday. This choice gives you the opportunity to discover the less-explored gems if you wish and of course, all are included in the holiday price.
Personalise your holiday To make your holiday truly memorable we also offer a range of pre-bookable additional experiences. Enjoy a night at the ballet in St Petersburg, take a sunset cruise on Lake Maggiore or discover the magnificent interiors and gardens of the Palace of Versailles – the choice is yours. Dining choices Dine independently and sample the local cuisine or enjoy dinner in the comfortable surroundings of your hotel. We offer dining choices on a number of our tours.
My view
We have asked our knowledgeable experts to share personal recommendations for their favourite destinations and you will find these on our tour itinerary pages. Our drawings have also been inspired by all the wonderful places that we can take you to in Europe.
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
19
More ways to travel We recognise you’ll want more choice and greater flexibility as to how you travel. Our new options ensure you can book the perfect holiday that suits you.
20
Classic tours For an immersive tour experience at excellent value, you’ll always get to the heart of your destination on carefully planned visits and expertly guided tours. And of course, we’ll always adhere to local health and safety guidelines and social distancing for as long as necessary.
On a range of tours we are delighted to offer the option to travel in a small group of 25 people or less. So you can enjoy the same great Riviera experience, but with a smaller number of travellers. Just look out for the badge for tours with small group options.
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
O
SMALL GROUP TOURS F
25 O R LES
S
Small group tours
21
ITA LY
F
25 O R LES
S
O
SMALL GROUP TOURS Capri
Pompeii, Capri & the Bay of Naples Discover one of the most beautiful corners of Europe, whilst staying in the picturesque Italian town of Sorrento. The natural and historic riches surrounding the Bay of Naples and the Sorrento peninsula are amazing – Naples, Sorrento, the island of Capri, the Amalfi coastline and, of course, Pompeii and Herculaneum.
Sorrento
22
8 DAYS FROM
£799
April to June & August to November 2022 SMALL GROUP TOURS FROM
£939
Pompeii
Your itinerary DAY 1 – Arrival in Sorrento Arrive at the airport for your flight to Naples from where you will be taken to your hotel. (D) DAY 2 – Walking Tour of Sorrento Our day, in this centuries-old resort begins with a short walking tour. The Romans appreciated Sorrento’s many qualities and the area is dotted with the remains of their opulent villas. You’ll be enchanted by its maze of narrow alleyways and winding streets, complemented by countless luxury shops and cosy restaurants nestling in tall buildings with faded facades in typically Mediterranean shades of ochre, yellow and magenta. The region has a long history of lemon cultivation, with highly prized Sorrento lemons given their own protected IGP (Indicazione Geografica Protetta) status in the same way as Parma ham or balsamic vinegar from Modena. (B, D) DAY 3 – Pompeii Most people know the story of Pompeii and its fate, but today this site is so much more than a collection of ruins. Our guided tour of the Roman town highlights its astonishing state of preservation – streets, temples, baths and even the amphitheatre remain largely intact. Much of our knowledge about the Roman way of life, their habits, social structure, class system and domestic arrangements has come from Pompeii. Many buildings still have murals and mosaics, while others inscribed with graffiti describing political events, romantic entanglements and even gossip of the time. Although endlessly fascinating, Pompeii is also slightly eerie, particularly when you see the pained facial expressions of Vesuvius’s victims preserved for eternity. (B, D)
DAY 4 – Free day Today is a free day to spend at leisure in Sorrento. Perhaps head to the boutiques and cafes of Piazza Tasso, experience the bustling Old Town or head to the picture-postcard fishing village of Marina Grande. (B, D)
boat ride to discover its charms. It’s easy to see why Capri is so adored; as we approach you’ll see small fishing boats bobbing on the water, with whitewashed shops and restaurants lining the busy quayside against a backdrop of towering cliffs.
DAY 5 – Capri The island of Capri is renowned the world over, and today we take a short
The main town is perched on a hill looking down on the quaint harbour below and you’ll have some time to
Your tour price includes • Explore the amazingly preserved Roman town of Herculaneum with an expert local guide • Take a boat trip to the stunning island of Capri, with the opportunity to visit the Blue Grotto • Discover the mysteries of Pompeii on a guided tour • Spend a full day touring the breathtaking Amalfi coast, with a visit to charming hilltop Ravello
• Seven nights in a choice of three- to four-star superior accommodation inclusive of all local taxes, with breakfast and dinner. • The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager throughout (B) Daily Breakfast, (D) 7 Dinners Prices are per person. For departure dates, prices and flights, please call or visit our website.
• Stay in elegant Sorrento and enjoy a walking tour of this stylish resort • Enjoy a walking tour of Naples old town with a local guide and enjoy a sample of the authentic Neapolitan street food
Single-Centre Tour I TA LY Naples
Sorrento
Herculaneum Pompeii Amalfi
Capri
Plus, of course: • Return flights from a selection of regional airports, plus all hotel transfers
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
KEY Arrive Depart
23
ITA LY explore the island, maybe join a boat trip around the island. Explore at your own will or make your way to the famous Blue Grotto – the large sea cave that takes its name from the incandescent blue light that bathes the cavern. A short walk from the harbour and the bustling main square you’ll find yourself in near-deserted lanes that pass terraced vineyards, lemon groves and fragrant pines, with spectacular views of the rugged coastline and cobalt-blue sea below… and then you’ll understand just why the island is regarded as a true Mediterranean paradise. (B, D) DAY 6 – Naples & Herculaneum Today we drive to the cosmopolitan city of Naples, whose UNESCO-listed historic core is recognised for its wealth of monuments. During our walking tour of the old town, a local guide will share fascinating stories about the city’s millennia of history, the local culture and, naturally, the street food, which we’ll also get to sample. Piazza del Gesù Nuovo, Naples’ beautiful main square, is flanked by the Gothic Santa Chiara basilica, which is a rare example of medieval architecture in Naples, and the stunning Gesù Nuovo church, whose 15th-century façade is studded with small pyramids – a style typical of the Venetian Renaissance but less known in the south. Another highlight is San Gregorio Armeno, the city’s delightful Christmas street filled with colourful shops dedicated to the festive season – at all times of the year. Herculaneum
Positano There’s free time after the tour, so why not try an authentic Neapolitan pizza which the city is so famous for. Naples’ magnificent cathedral is worth a visit even if it’s just to marvel at its gleaming neo-Gothic façade. Later we visit Herculaneum – known locally as Ercolano – located in the shadow of mighty Mount Vesuvius. Like Pompeii, it was buried under scalding mud and ash when the volcano erupted in AD79, smothering everything from complete streets and houses to small metal objects and textiles, and sealing them in an airtight tomb. As you walk
around this wonderfully preserved UNESCO World Heritage Site you’ll appreciate just how much volcanic waste had to be excavated to uncover what we can see today. (B, D) DAY 7 – Amalfi Coast Today you’ll have a chance to experience the sublimely beautiful Amalfi coast at first hand as we wind around spectacular pine-clad cliffs that tumble down into the turquoise Mediterranean. Our coastal drive takes us above the exclusive resort of Positano… haunt of celebrities. We arrive in Amalfi, a picturesque village in a gorgeous setting, possessing charm in abundance and perhaps the highlight of the coast. Just inland is the stunning village of Ravello, with its awe-inspiring location perched like an eagle’s nest on a shelf above Amalfi affording amazing views. It has an ambience all of its own, with an enchanting main square, a 13th-century cathedral and the Villa Rufolo, which was once the centre of a city-state and is now an interesting collection of medieval buildings, statues and terraced gardens (it was also the inspiration for elements of Wagner’s opera Parsifal). (B, D) DAY 8 – Return flight Transfer to the airport for your return flight. (B)
24
My view
Our hand-picked hotels Dependent on your UK departure date, we offer you a choice of hand-picked hotels. Villa Maria HHH Centrally located next to the Old Town and a short walk from Piazza Tasso and Corso Italia. The bedrooms are simply furnished and include satellite TV, minibar, hairdryer and air conditioning. The swimming pool and sun terrace are ideal to soak up the sun, while a second terrace offers splendid views. There is also an extensive bar and lounge – the perfect place to unwind. (B, D) Grand Hotel Hermitage HHH The warmest of Italian welcomes awaits when you arrive at the familyowned Grand Hotel Hermitage and you can be assured of the most gracious hospitality throughout your stay. This traditional hotel enjoys a spectacular, peaceful location, nestled high in the hills of St Agata away from Sorrento’s vibrant bustle, with an outdoor pool and terrace where you can while away a lazy afternoon taking in the views. A private path allows an easy and scenic stroll under shady trees to the pretty village of Sant Agata sui due Golfi. Sip an aperitif on the lovely terrace as you take in the panorama, and you’ll enjoy a first-class attentive service in the hotel’s restaurant serving local and Italian menus. All the air-conditioned classically styled rooms are comfortably furnished and feature a balcony. (B, D) Grand Hotel Aminta HHHH Superior The Grand Hotel Aminta is located on a hilltop less than two miles from the town centre, with views of Sorrento, Mount Vesuvius and the Bay of Naples. The bedrooms are comfortable and tastefully furnished – all offer a fridge, hairdryer, satellite TV, safe, Wi-Fi and air conditioning. Spacious public areas create an aura of relaxation, while the adjacent lounge, terrace and swimming pool are perfect for whiling away spare time. The hotel provides a shuttle bus service to Sorrento throughout the day and evening. (B, D) Vue d’Or HHHH Vue d’Or, or ‘view of gold’, is set in private grounds with an outdoor pool and surrounded by undulating countryside. What really elevates the hotel is its hillside location behind Sorrento; which provides amazing views over the Bay of Naples to Mount Vesuvius. Should you wish to visit Sorrento, you can use the shuttle service or board a local bus from just outside the hotel. Decorated in cool pastels, the air-conditioned rooms include satellite TV, a safe and
Insider knowledge
hairdryer. The lounge, bar and public rooms feature traditional tiled floors and wrought-iron staircases. (B, D) Michelangelo HHHH Nestled in a leafy setting away from Sorrento’s main thoroughfare yet just minutes from Piazza Tasso, the Michelangelo is in the heart of town. Originally structured around a 7thcentury stone tower, the modern rooms simply furnished using local terracotta tiles; all feature air conditioning, hairdryer, safe and a TV. The hotel also has a small swimming pool and a sun terrace. (B, D) Grand Hotel Europa Palace HHHH The Grand Hotel Europa Palace, which consists of two restored villas, offers a choice of fourstar accommodation in the main building, as well as three-star accommodation in the Villino Maria. Standard rooms with town view are available at both villas, while sea-facing rooms are in the main building only. All rooms are airconditioned with minibar and satellite TV. Both villas have full access to all the excellent facilities of the Grand Hotel Europa Palace, including an opulent reception area, restaurant and private pool. Accessed by a lift, the Grand Europa Palace’s pool is decorated with Romanstyle columns and located just a few steps from the sea. With the poolside bar at hand to serve you a revitalising cocktail, it’s an idyllic spot to relax and take in the sensational Mediterranean vistas. (B, D) Grand Hotel Europa – Villino Maria HHH Sitting directly opposite the Grand Hotel Europa Palace, the Villino Maria villa benefits from the use of the same four-star facilities, dining and swimming pool just a short walk away. Standard rooms in this villa feature a town view, airconditioning, minibar and satellite TV. (B, D) Grand Hotel Cesare Augusto HHH Only steps away from Piazza Tasso and Corso Italia,
Visit the Correale di Terranova Museum in Sorrento. This beautiful villa is home to an extensive art collection amassed by a local noble family. Make your way to the upper-floors of the museum for the glorious views of Naples and Vesuvius.
Read
Pompeii: The Life of a Roman Town by Mary Beard. This prize winning books tells us what life was like in Pompeii before the volcanic eruption in 79AD.
Taste
Pesce all’Acqua Pazza literally translates as fish cooked in crazy water. This Amalfi Coast dish is prepared with local fish which is simmered in water with garlic, tomatoes and parsley.
Drink
The Greco grape is believed to be of Greek origin and Greco di Tufo white wines are considered by many to be the finest in the Campania region.
Linda
Tour Manager
Grand Hotel Cesare Augusto couldn’t be in a better position. Its spacious bedrooms are simply decorated with the ceramic tiles so typical of Sorrento, with a minibar, air conditioning, hairdryer, safe, satellite TV. The hotel restaurant serves a range of traditional local and Mediterranean cuisine while the rooftop has a small swimming pool and bar, with excellent views. (B, D) Grand Hotel Vesuvio HHHH Only steps away from Piazza Tasso Set amongst lovely gardens with its own olive and citrus groves, this traditional hotel enjoys views over the Bay of Naples. Guests can take the regular courtesy bus into Sorrento or take the 20-minute walk into town. Dine in the refined ambience of the hotel’s restaurant serving local and Italian cuisine then retire to the bar for a digestif while taking in the wonderful view. All the air-conditioned rooms are furnished in a fresh Mediterranean style with safe, minbar and flat screen satellite TV. (B, D) Please note: The use of air-conditioning in hotels in Italy is at the hotel’s discretion and is normally restricted to the summer months (mid-May to mid-September), depending on the temperature. Where hotels feature an outdoor swimming pool, this will be open during the summer months (weather permitting).
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
25
ITA LY
Lake Garda
F
25 O R LES
S
O
SMALL GROUP TOURS
Lake Garda, Venice & Verona Spectacular mountain scenery and pastel-coloured villages reflecting in tranquil Lake Garda are complemented by the architectural jewels of Venice and the romantic ambience of Verona. Marvel at the Dolomite Mountains and the contrast of the lake’s harmonious mosaic against a backdrop of snow-capped Alps.
Venice
26
8 DAYS FROM
£799
April to October 2022
SMALL GROUP TOURS FROM
£819
The Dolomites
Your itinerary DAY 1 – Arrive in Lake Garda Arrive at the airport for your flight to Verona, Venice, Milan or Treviso from where you will be taken to your hotel in either Malcesine or Riva del Garda. (D) DAY 2 – Tour of Lake Garda Lake Garda rose to prominence in the latter years of the 19th century, admired for its clean mountain air, agreeable climate and outstanding natural beauty. On today’s tour of the lake we pass through some typically Italian villages, complete with tiny harbours clinging to the shoreline with the mountains behind. We call at Salò, with 15th-century buildings and a cathedral full of art to see, before we continue to picturesque Sirmione. At the lake’s southern tip, Sirmione announces itself in captivating fashion with a bridge and moat leading to a fortress and the Old Town. Other highlights of Lake Garda include lush groves of olive and citrus trees and, of course, vines used for making the famous Bardolino wines. (B, D) DAY 3 – The Dolomites After breakfast, we head north into the Dolomites. Geological activity some 230 million years ago imbued this remarkable mountain range with gorgeous pink and lime-green hues. The houses in the tiny hamlets resemble Swiss- or Austrian-style chalets, with gently sloping roofs and enormous window boxes that burst with flowers of all colours. It’s an area where cultures cross over – some of the locals speak Ladino, a dialect fusing Italian and German. We have plenty of stops to savour the scenery, as well as the opportunity to ascend on a cable car (subject to seasonal operation) to enjoy panoramic views. The splendour of this rugged landscape and its clean, crisp and invigorating mountain air really
take your breath away. Its remoteness means it’s home to a huge variety of rare wildlife. If you’re lucky, you could see chamois, ibex, golden eagles and deer. (B, D) DAY 4 – Free day Today is a free day to explore at your leisure. Located at the top of the lake, Riva del Garda is surrounded by pine-swathed peaks. The delightful
Old Town is full of twisting streets with lots of shops, perfect for wandering through. Those staying in Malcesine have equally enticing ways to spend the day. There are fabulous views from the 12th-century Castello Scaligero, which houses a natural-history museum, while the Palazzo dei Capitani was a base for Malcesine’s Venetian rulers in centuries past. (B, D)
Your tour price includes • Enjoy a full day exploring beautiful Lake Garda, both on land and by boat • Explore Venice, the medieval world’s richest city, on a tour with a local guide – choose between the ‘classic’ and ‘undiscovered’ tours • Walk into history among the Roman ruins of Verona, guided by a local expert – choose between the ‘classic’ and ‘undiscovered’ tours
• Seven nights in a choice of three-star to four-star superior accommodation inclusive of all local taxes, with breakfast and dinner • The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager throughout (B) Daily Breakfast, (D) 7 Dinners Prices are per person. For departure dates, prices and flights, please call or visit our website.
• Marvel at the breathtaking alpine scenery of Dolomites on a full-day tour • Enjoy a free day to explore further at your leisure or relax and take in the incredible scenery
Single-Centre Tour SWI TZERLA ND
• Visit a local vineyard, with a guided tour of the cellars and a tasting of the superb wines Plus, of course: • Return flights from a selection of regional airports with hotel transfers
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
I TA LY The D olom ites
Riva Del Garda Lake Garda
Malcesine Venice
Verona
KEY Arrive Depart
27
ITA LY DAY 5 – Venice: Classic or Undiscovered After breakfast we drive to Venice to witness the likes of Saint Mark’s Square and its Basilica, the Campanile and the Doge’s Palace on a walking tour. Venice came to prominence in the 10th century. It grew in wealth and power on gaining its independence from Byzantium, reaching its zenith of influence during the 15th century. The Basilica di San Marco is among Europe’s most exotic cathedrals and one of the world’s most splendid buildings. There are over 86,000 square feet of detailed mosaics, mostly from the 13th century. Another highlight is the magnificent Pala d’Oro, a gem-studded golden altarpiece containing over 250 enamelled panels. Adjacent is the Doge’s Palace. The walls and ceilings are exquisitely decorated with paintings, frescoes and gold leaf; one room alone hosts four works by Tintoretto. If you’ve been to Venice before and have seen the iconic sights, perhaps you’d like to join our ‘undiscovered’ tour of lesser-known Venice away from the main tourist parts, led by an expert guide whose local knowledge will help you delve deeper in the life and culture of this extraordinary city. The afternoon is free to explore as you please. Saint Mark’s Square has been the focal point of the city since its foundation, and enjoying a drink in one of the pavement cafés and absorbing the atmosphere remain some of life’s great pleasures. And a visit to Venice wouldn’t be complete without a trip on a gondola. These beautifully made boats are crafted from 300 individual pieces
Verona of wood. A short ride on one of them is a lovely and peaceful way to explore the backwaters of the city. (B, D) DAY 6 – Free morning & vineyard visit This morning you’re free to explore at your leisure. Vineyards abound in this area thanks to the favourable climate, so this afternoon we will visit a small family run wine estate located in the fertile valley of the Trentino region, where we will have a guided tour and wine tasting. (B, D) DAY 7 – Verona: Classic or Undiscovered Our guided walking tour of Verona is the best way to appreciate one of Italy’s most beautiful and pleasant cities. Shakespeare, of course, set Romeo and Juliet here and you can see the balcony at Casa di Giulietta,
where legend has it that the immortal words ‘O Romeo, Romeo’ were spoken by Juliet’s real-life counterpart. Inside Verona’s centuries-old walls, pinkhued buildings, many with stunning frescos, have remained unchanged for centuries. Classic pavement cafés are seemingly everywhere, some with violinists serenading their audiences as they enjoy a refreshing drink, basking in the sunshine. The first-century Roman arena is an awe-inspiring sight, still used for opera performances (see Personalise Your Holiday), but there are also many medieval and Renaissance squares and courtyards to explore, as well as a 12thcentury cathedral housing a work by Titian. The fine late Renaissance Giusti Garden, with clipped box hedges and dazzling displays, will add splashes of colour to your lasting memories. For those who have been to Verona before, our ‘undiscovered’ tour is the best way of seeing a different side of this city, including many hidden cultural and architectural gems that most visitors never see. Whichever morning tour you choose, this afternoon is free for you to explore as you wish. (B, D)
Juliet’s balcony
Venice
28
Malcesine
DAY 8 – Return flight Transfer to the airport for our flight home. (B)
Our hand-picked hotels Dependent on your UK departure date, we offer you a choice of hand-picked hotels in either Malcesine or Riva del Garda. Hotel Cristallo, Malcesine HHH Overlooking the lake, this familyrun hotel has been lovingly furnished in homely style. The en suite, air-conditioned rooms feature a satellite TV and safe. The dining room offers a variety of Italian and Austrianinfluenced dishes, typical of this area. As well as a bar and lounge, enjoy views from the rooftop terrace or take a dip in the pool. Mere steps away, a lakeside path leads right into the heart of Malcesine’s picturesque Old Town. Hotel Savoy Palace, Riva del Garda HHHH Superior Around 150 yards from the lakeside, the family-run hotel offers striking alpine vistas as you stroll along a pathway to the harbour and Old Town. The lounge and bar create a convivial ambience while the restaurant serves both regional and international dishes and prides itself on its level of service. There’s a small indoor swimming pool and in the grounds you’ll find an extensive heated pool, hydro-massage tub and sun terrace. The air-conditioned, balcony view rooms are well-appointed, with Wi-Fi, satellite TV, safe, minibar and hairdryer. Hotel Kristal Palace, Riva del Garda HHHH Superior This is one of the lake’s finest boutique hotels, The lobby makes extensive use of warm, pastel-coloured marble, while fine art adorns the walls. The rooms themselves feature superb fabrics and bed linen with contemporary bathrooms and luxury cosmetics. From the restaurant there are views into the kitchen, as an unobtrusive pianist completes the atmosphere. The heated rooftop terrace affords an amazing panorama of the lake and its mountain backdrop. Weather permitting you can enjoy breakfast on the roof terrace, while the bar is a wonderful place to enjoy the views. Hotel Europa, Riva del Garda HHHH A wonderful lakefront hotel in the centre of Riva del Garda. As well as a modern lobby, comfortable lounge and rooftop pool, there’s a superb terrace overlooking the harbour and vibrant piazza. You can take breakfast here or enjoy a relaxing drink while making the most of probably the best vantage point in Riva. In the evenings, the hotel’s restaurant serves local specialities and typical Italian dishes. The air-conditioned rooms are
well-appointed with satellite TV, Wi-Fi, hairdryer and safe. Hotel Portici, Riva del Garda HHHH Located just close to Riva’s main square in the heart of the Old Town, this historic hotel is also very near to the lake. Once a manor house, it retains a wealth of period features, from stonework to vaulted ceilings. The air-conditioned, contemporary rooms have Wi-Fi, satellite TV, safe, minibar and a hairdryer, while a welcoming bar complements the atmospheric restaurant serving local cuisine. Hotel Brione, Riva del Garda HHH A central, familyrun hotel with all the comforts of a modern establishment, including newly refurbished bar and reception areas. Best of all are the beautiful grounds with a relaxing pool area, the ideal spot in which to switch off, as well as an outdoor bar area located in the front garden, open in the summer season. Enjoy simply decorated rooms with satellite TV, Wi-Fi, safe, hairdryer and air conditioning, a restaurant, bar, lounge and terrace. Across the road is a lakeside path on which you can enjoy a walk through tranquil gardens. Hotel Antico Borgo, Riva del Garda HHHH Enviably located in Riva del Garda’s atmospheric historic centre, this hotel is less than five minutes’ walk from the lake. A conversion from two townhouses, it emanates charm from the welcoming reception and bar area to the air-conditioned rooms, which have Wi-Fi, satellite TV, safe and minibar. The rooftop terrace offers picture-postcard views over the lake to the mountains beyond. A short walk is necessary from the coach collection point, but your luggage will be transferred for you. Please note: The use of air-conditioning in hotels in Italy is at the hotel’s discretion and is normally restricted to the summer months (mid-May to mid-September), depending on the temperature. Where hotels feature an outdoor swimming pool, this will be open during the summer months (weather permitting).
My view Insider knowledge
Climb the staircase or take the glass elevator to the top of the Lamberti Tower. The views over the red roofs of Verona are spectacular.
Listen
Prokofiev’s playful ballet score for Romeo and Juliet includes ‘The Dance of the Knights’, more commonly recognised as the theme tune for The Apprentice.
Taste
Sample the excellent cured meats of the Italian Dolomites. Speck and Luganega are typical of this region.
Drink
The red wines of Bardolino are renowned but if you prefer white wine try a glass of crisp Soave or a Trebbiano.
Nicola
Tour Manager
Your options You’re free to choose On days 5 and 7, you have a choice between classic or ‘undiscovered’ guided walking tours of Venice and Verona. Our classic tours reveal the city’s iconic highlights, while our ‘undiscovered’ tours help you uncover their less-explored gems. Personalise your holiday Attend the Verona Opera Festival Don’t miss the world’s oldest open-air opera festival, set in an atmospheric Roman amphitheatre. When the lights dim, the magic begins and the most beautiful voices fill the air. It’s sure to make your holiday extra special. Call us to pre-book this optional experience. From £66pp. Please visit rivieratravel.co.uk for more information. To book this optional experience, call 01283 248 290.
Verona Opera Festival 2022 Departure 20 June 27 June 4 July 11 July 18 July 25 July 8 Aug 15 Aug 22 Aug 29 Aug
Opera date Thurs 23 June Thurs 30 June Thurs 7 July Thurs 14 July Thurs 21 July Thurs 28 July Thurs 11 Aug Thurs 18 Aug Thurs 25 Aug Thurs 1 Sept
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
Performance Aida by Giuseppe Verdi Carmen by Georges Bizet Nabucco by Giuseppe Verdi Carmen by Georges Bizet Carmen by Georges Bizet Aida by Giuseppe Verdi Carmen by Giuseppe Verdi Nabucco by Giuseppe Verdi Domingo by Verdi Opera Night La Traviata by Giuseppe Verdi
29
ITA LY
Bellagio
F
25 O R LES
S
O
SMALL GROUP TOURS
Lake Como, St Moritz & the Bernina Express Towering Alpine peaks are the backdrop to this glorious tour of northern Italy and Switzerland. We’ll discover Lake Como and its stunning village of Bellagio, Lakes Maggiore and Lugano. A thrilling train ride to St Moritz aboard the Bernina Express completes this spellbinding adventure.
Bernina Express
30
8 DAYS FROM
£999
April to October 2022 SMALL GROUP TOURS FROM
£1,129
Lake Lugano
Your itinerary DAY 1 – Arrival on Lake Como Arrive at the airport for your flight to Milan Linate, Malpensa or Bergamo from where you will be taken to your choice of three and four-star hotels, depending on departure date, all are located on the shores of Lake Como. See next page. (D) DAY 2 – Lake Como & Bellagio A favourite of Shelley and Wordsworth, the delights of Lake Como are varied and this morning we enjoy one of its many highlights, a private boat and tour of the 18th century Villa del Balbianello, one of the finest villas on the lake shores. The gardens of the villa are simply stunning, a series of manicured terraces full of fragrant roses and colourful borders dominated by a classic three-arch loggia. The boat also takes us to the elegant resort of Bellagio which enjoys an idyllic location on a promontory on the lake. Warm, pastelcoloured houses faded by decades of sunshine adorn the lakefront and narrow cobbled streets and lanes climb their way to the centre of this former playground of European monarchs. Spend the afternoon exploring before returning by boat when you wish. (B, D)
DAY 3 – The Bernina Express Spectacular scenery and extraordinary Swiss engineering blend on a full day tour. Firstly we ascend up the Valtellina, a classic alpine valley with soaring peaks rising steeply on both sides to Tirano, where we board the famous Bernina Express. One of the slowest ‘express’ trains in the world, it twists upwards in an amazing sequence of spirals, loops and tunnels to the
summit at Ospizio Bernina, the highest through station in Europe. Here, you are surrounded by stunning vistas over snow-clad peaks and ice-cold glacial lakes which strikingly mark the watershed between Mediterranean and Black Sea river systems. We descend through pretty pastures and dense pine forests to the chic resort of St Moritz, home of the infamous Cresta Run toboggan track. Here there is
Your tour price includes • Take a private cruise on Lake Como with included visits to beautiful Bellagio and the delightful Villa del Balbianello with its inspirational gardens
with breakfast and dinner. Stays at the Grand Hotel Menaggio include daily breakfast only (dining option available at a supplement)
• Enjoy a full-day visit to the chic resort of St Moritz, including a journey on the Bernina Express, one of the most spectacular railways in the Alps
• The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager throughout
• Follow in the footsteps of the ‘Grand Tour’ with a visit to Lake Maggiore and the town of Stresa
(B) Daily Breakfast, (D) 7 Dinners (Except Grand Hotel Menaggio which is daily breakfast only) Prices are per person. For departure dates, prices and flights, please call or visit our website.
• Explore Monza, famous for its Gothic cathedral and historic race track • Visit Lugano, an elegant Swiss lakeside town with Italian influences Plus, of course: • Return flights from a selection of regional airports with hotel transfers • Seven nights three-star or four-star accommodation inclusive of all local taxes,
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
Single-Centre Tour SWI TZERLA ND
St Moritz Ospizio Bernina
Lake Maggiore
Stresa
I TA LY
Tirano
Lake Como
Lugano
Lake Lugano
Bellagio
Milan Malpensa
Bergamo
Milan Linate
KEY Arrive Depart Train
31
ITA LY time for a spot of window shopping or perhaps a stroll around Lake St Moritz. We return via the Maloja Pass and yet more spectacular scenery to Lake Como. (B, D) DAY 4 – Lake Maggiore & Stresa Today we visit nearby Lake Maggiore and its most attractive lakeside town, Stresa, which owes its origin to the days of the ‘Grand Tour’ when Europe’s 19th century aristocracy, having crossed the border from Switzerland, experienced their first taste of Italy. Unmistakably Mediterranean in character, its shores, lined with oleanders and palms, backed by classic belle époque hotels create an ambience of classic gentility. Take a stroll along the palm-lined promenade and enjoy the fine views across the lake to the Borromean Islands just offshore. You can also take the short boat trip to Isola Bella, an island transformed by a 17th century Count into an amazing terraced garden. (B, D) DAY 5 – Free day Today you are free to explore. Enjoy a refreshing gelato or a delicious lunch in one of the pleasant cafes, or simply relax by the hotel pool. Alternatively you may decide to take the boat to the lakeside town of Como or visit the gardens of Villa Carlotta in Tremezzo. (B, D) DAY 6 – Lugano This morning we travel to Lugano, capital of the Italian-speaking canton of Ticino which was seized by the Swiss in 1512 and has steadfastly refused any opportunity to revert to Italy ever since. It is absolutely fascinating, an eclectic mix of traditional Swiss values and the more laid-back Latin influences
Lugano funicular from across the border. The town is a delight to explore, and the café lined main square is the ideal place to sit and watch the world go by whilst enjoying a superb coffee. You may choose to wander idly by Lake Lugano or, for riveting 360 degree views over the lake take the turn-of the-century funicular to the summit of Monte San Salvatore. We return to our hotel this afternoon. (B, D) DAY 7 – Monza This morning we travel to Monza, a hidden gem south of Lake Como. While the town is best known for its race track, nestled within Europe’s largest walled park, it has a lot more to offer. The Gothic cathedral is a highlight, with the beautifully frescoed Teodolinda Chapel housing a priceless Medieval iron crown believed to have been made from one of the nails used on Christ’s cross, plus
of course Monza Park. Commissioned in 1805 to exceed Versailles in size, this sprawling park includes several distinct areas: landscaped gardens and wild meadows surrounding the imposing Royal Villa in the south, a wooded area in the north, and course the home of the Italian grand prix, the legendary Monza Circuit, built in 1922, part of which is visible from the park itself. We will have free time here to explore the town and park, or perhaps just experience this typically Italian town like a local would by enjoying a pleasant stroll, followed by a coffee in one of the pavement cafes dotted around the pedestrianised town centre. We return to our hotel in the afternoon. (B, D). DAY 8 – Return flight Transfer to the airport for your return flight. (B)
Bellagio
The Borromean Islands, Lake Maggiore
32
Bellagio village
My view Insider knowledge
Step inside the Church of Santa Maria degli Agnoli in Lugano and marvel at the colourful frescoes painted by Bernadino Luini, a student of Leonardo da Vinci.
Watch
A Month By The Lake based on the novel by H.E Bates. This romantic comedy starring Vanessa Redgrave and Edward Fox was shot on location on Lake Como.
Taste
Bresaola. A typical antipasto dish, this air-dried beef fillet, traditionally served in very thin slices with a drizzle of olive oil originates from the Alps of the Lombardy region.
Drink
Franciacorta. Produced in Lombardy this is considered to be one of the finest sparkling white wines of Italy.
Debbie
Tour Manager
Bergamo
Your options Dining options
Our hand-picked hotels Our three and four star hotels are situated on the shores of Lake Como and all feature an outdoor swimming pool, bar and restaurant. Rooms are airconditioned and comfortably appointed. Grand Hotel Menaggio HHHH This well known hotel is set right on the lakefront in Menaggio, one of the prettiest towns on the western shore of Lake Como. Just a short stroll from the town centre the hotel is designed with a lovely lounge and bar area which opens out onto the heated lakeside swimming pool and sun terrace. Stays at the Grand Hotel Menaggio include daily breakfast only so you have the flexibility to enjoy the local cuisine at the town’s fine restaurants. If you prefer to dine in at your hotel, you may pre-book dinner for four nights at £48, or dinner for seven nights at £84. Grand Hotel Cadenabbia HHHH Located in the delightful resort of Cadenabbia this hotel exudes historic charm with its elegant high ceilings, columns
and intricate plasterwork. The top-floor restaurant enjoys panoramic views and you can take in the surrounding scenery of the crystal-clear lake and Bellagio from the hotel terrace. The famous Villa Carlotta is just a short walk away from the hotel.
Stays at the Grand Hotel Menaggio include daily breakfast only so you have the flexibility to enjoy the local cuisine at the town’s fine restaurants. If you prefer to dine in at your hotel, you may pre-book dinner for four nights at £48pp, or dinner for seven nights at £84pp.
Hotel Bazzoni HHH Offering superb views over Lake Como to Bellagio this hotel is located in the village of Tremezzo. The modern façade of the hotel hides a charming interior with many original features. Villa Carlotta is also within easy walking distance of the hotel. The stylish ground-floor bar often has live music and opens out onto a spacious terrace, while an outdoor pool and deck area is located at the rear of the hotel. Please note: The use of air-conditioning in hotels in Italy is at the hotel’s discretion and is normally restricted to the summer months (mid-May to mid-September), depending on the temperature. Where hotels feature an outdoor swimming pool, this will be open during the summer months (weather permitting).
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
33
ITA LY
F
25 O R LES
S
O
SMALL GROUP TOURS Isola Bella
Lake Maggiore, Orta & the Matterhorn Take in the spectacular villages and islands of Lake Maggiore, with visits to Lake Como and lesser-known Lake Orta, the chic Swiss resort of Zermatt and the iconic Matterhorn. A heady mix of serene waters, forest-clad hillsides, medieval villages and orange-blossom-scented air make the lakes an irresistible destination.
Lake Como
34
8 DAYS FROM
£1,099
May to October 2022 SMALL GROUP TOURS FROM
£1,279
The Matterhorn
Centovalli Railway
Your itinerary DAY 1 – Arrival in Stresa Arrive at the airport for your flight to Milan or Milan Bergamo from where you will be taken to your hotel in Stresa. (D) DAY 2 – Lake Maggiore & Borromean Islands Unmistakably Mediterranean in character, Lake Maggiore’s shores are lined with oleanders, palms and aromatic verbena, with its tranquil waters reflecting the azure sky. Just offshore are the fascinating Borromean Islands. Pride of place goes to the amazing Baroque palazzo on Isola Bella, which we visit on a fascinating morning guided tour. Its resplendent rooms feature refined furniture, sculptures and paintings, with intricate parquet flooring and elegant pastel-coloured plasterwork. Even more impressive are the exquisite grounds featuring overlapping terraces imaginatively planted with orange and lemon trees, magnolias and a host of other fragrant and colourful shrubs and plants. Isola dei Pescatori is a complete contrast. Its narrow cobbled streets, picturesque harbour and charming buildings, which are ideal for strolling around, reflect its 10th-century origins and the ancient fishing tradition after which it is named. This is the perfect place for a relaxing fish lunch in one of the lakeside restaurants before we cruise back to Stresa during the afternoon. (B, D) DAY 3 – Centovalli Railway Lake Maggiore straddles the Swiss– Italian border and this morning you’ll enjoy a totally different perspective of the waterscape as we take a private boat to Cannobio. You’ll have some free time in this lakeside town before boarding a coach for the fashionable Swiss resort of Locarno. During our
journey you’ll see increasingly dramatic snow-capped mountains, their colours gently changing from pinks to greens and blues as the sun casts its everchanging shadows. Locarno is very much a Swiss town, but the twisting lanes and alleys of its historic centre bear an Italian charm; its history is encapsulated in a mighty medieval castle that dominates from above. After some free time we board the narrow-gauge Centovalli train for a scenic trip back across the Italian border
to Domodossola. Sit back and enjoy amazing views of the glorious mountain scenery of cascading waterfalls, deep ravines, chestnut forests and romantic hillside villages. From Domodossola we return by coach to Stresa. (B, D) DAY 4 – Lake Como This morning we explore northern Italy’s most famous lake, described by Wordsworth as ‘a treasure whom the earth keeps to herself’. The town of Como is renowned for its imposing cathedral, delightful parks, grand hotels
Your tour price includes • Cruise Lake Maggiore’s enchanting Borromean Islands, with a guided tour of the Baroque palace on Isola Bella
• Seven nights in four-star or fourstar superior accommodation inclusive of all local taxes, with breakfast and dinner
• Travel through the Simplon Pass to Zermatt and the Matterhorn
• The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager throughout
• Visit picture-perfect Lake Como to see why it inspired Byron, Shelley and Wordsworth • Enjoy a full-day tour visiting Cannobio and Locarno, with a journey on the Centovalli railway through spectacular alpine scenery • Tour one of Italy’s most exquisite stretches of water, Lake Orta, and its medieval village of Orta San Giulio
(B) Daily Breakfast, (D) 7 Dinners Prices are per person. For departure dates, prices and flights, please call or visit our website.
Single-Centre Tour SWI TZERLA ND
Matterhorn
• Take the opportunity to join a complimentary guided walk Plus, of course: • Return flights from a selection of regional airports, plus all hotel transfers
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
Cannobio
Locarno
Lake Como
Lake Maggiore
Stresa Lake Orta
Como Milan Malpensa
Bergamo
Milan Linate
I TA LY
KEY Arrive Depart
35
ITA LY and the majestic Villa Olmo, which has hosted many eminent guests including Napoleon, Archduke Ferdinand and Garibaldi, the ‘father of modern Italy’. During your free time you could take the funicular railway up the hill to Brunate for breathtaking views of the lake and town. The shore is lined by attractive pastel-painted villas, faded by decades of sunshine, with winding lanes ascending to the town’s hilly centre. (B, D) DAY 5 – Free day Today you can choose to relax in your hotel, take a swim in the pool or explore Stresa’s numerous delights. Enjoying a coffee in the Piazza Cadorna is a preferred pastime for many. Alternatively, boat trips to Isola Madre with its ravishing botanical gardens, or Pallanza, a charming town with Roman origins, offer wondrous views. (B, D) DAY 6 – Zermatt & The Matterhorn You can expect some truly breathtaking mountain vistas today as we climb the foothills of the Alps, cross the Swiss frontier and head into the high Alps themselves. We take the Simplon Pass, an ancient traders’ and smugglers’ route that didn’t have a vehicular road until Napoleon had one constructed in the early 19th century. Continuing on, the scenery becomes ever more spectacular, with lush wildflower-covered meadows and dense forests crowned by snowy peaks glistening in the sun. Nestling at the foot of the mighty, iconic Matterhorn, Zermatt is classic Switzerland, a car-free jumble of chalets and old wooden buildings strewn along a valley floor of pastures alive with the sound of cowbells, while cable cars and soaring footpaths weave ever upwards to the majestic amphitheatre of the surrounding lofty summits. The ultimate alpine peak, the Matterhorn is relatively unobtrusive until
36
San Giulio Island you reach the end of the village and turn a corner, when the Swiss national symbol is revealed in its magnificent splendour… the sight is truly one of life’s ‘wow’ moments! For an even better view, take the cog railway up 10,000 feet to Gornergrat, the awe-inspiring mountain wonderland of glaciers and summits. Alternatively, relax in one of Zermatt’s many cosy cafés or take a gentle ride in a horse-drawn carriage. (B, D) DAY 7 – Lake Orta Our final day we experience Orta, probably the prettiest of the Italian lakes, yet also one of the least well known. You’ll immediately discern Orta’s exceptional atmospheric charm and understand why it’s regarded as something of a hidden gem. Surrounded on three sides by deep blue water, the romantic lakeside village of Orta San Giulio has so far avoided the tourist hordes. You’ll adore the village’s
medieval architecture of picturesque buildings with shuttered windows in typically Italian shades of ochre, magenta and light blue that create a kaleidoscope of colour. A boat trip takes you to the island of San Giulio, which features an enchanting basilica – its opulent interior contains a spectacular carved black marble pulpit, wonderfully preserved frescoes and a vertebra which, according to legend, belonged to a dragon. Before we return to our hotel we visit Arona at the southern end of Lake Maggiore to view the 17thcentury statue of San Carlo Borromeo, Archbishop of Milan. It crowns a hill commanding wonderful views across the lake and the surrounding countryside. (B, D) DAY 8 – Return flight Transfer to the airport for our flight home. (B)
My view Insider knowledge
Start your day with a walk along the Lungolago, the pink paved path that runs along Stresa’s lovely lakefront.
Read
Italy and the Grand Tour by Jeremy Black. The Italian Lakes were adored by the romantic poets of the 18th century and a genteel atmosphere still remains.
Taste
Stresa is famous for Margheritine biscuits. These lemon flavoured delicacies were created by a local pastry chef to mark the visit of Princess Margherita of Savoy in the mid-19th century.
Kate
Tour Manager
Zermatt
Our hand-picked hotels Dependent on your UK departure date, we offer you a choice of hand-picked hotels. Hotel Astoria HHHH
Superbly located in its own landscaped gardens on the lakeside promenade is the Hotel Astoria. It has been family run for three generations and is tastefully furnished with spacious lounges, a rooftop terrace offering fine views across the lake and surrounding mountains, a swimming pool and terrace set in lush gardens and an excellent restaurant with views of the water. The bedrooms have a spacious, relaxing feel and feature air-conditioning, satellite TV and Wi-Fi. Regina Palace HHHH Superior The Regina Palace is one of the grandest hotels on Lake Maggiore and, dating from 1908, it truly reflects the belleépoque era with its chandeliers, brass and wrought-iron fittings so typical of the period. The hotel faces the lake and is set in extensive landscaped gardens to the front and rear with terraces, a tennis court and outdoor swimming pool. There’s also an indoor pool in the relaxing spa and an elegant restaurant. All the rooms are air-conditioned and luxuriously decorated and furnished.
Grand Hotel Bristol HHHH Situated amid beautiful manicured gardens looking out to the Borromean Islands on the lakeside promenade is the historic Grand Hotel Bristol. Its chic marbled lobby and lounge area feature glass chandeliers and fine frescoes, leading to an atmospheric bar and winter garden, while all the rooms are decorated in classic styles. The large outdoor swimming pool is set in the grounds, while the spa centre includes an indoor pool. Please note: The use of air-conditioning in hotels in Italy is at the hotel’s discretion and is normally restricted to the summer months (mid-May to mid-September), depending on the temperature. Where hotels feature an outdoor swimming pool, this will be open during the summer months (weather permitting).
Your options Personalise your holiday Sunset cruise on Lake Maggiore Enjoy a relaxing cruise on Lake Maggiore, made even more magical when illuminated by the sunset across the Alps and the twinkling lights of Stresa. You’ll see the beautiful Borromean Islands and call at one of the neighbouring lakeside villages to admire its elegant waterfront. From £18pp. You’re free to choose A guided lakeside trail walk Experience the scenery on foot on our complimentary guided walk. Covering about 3.5 to 4 miles, it’s not arduous, though light walking shoes or strong trainers are advisable. We begin with an eight-minute local train ride to the tiny hamlet of VerbaniaPallanza, situated on one of Italy’s most gorgeous lakes – little-known Mergozzo. We follow a delightful track through an unspoilt forest brimming with wildlife, with our naturalist guide describing the flora and fauna we encounter. It’s always fascinating getting so far off the beaten track and, after time for a coffee at our final destination at Mergozzo village, we return to Stresa by train. Places are limited and must be pre-booked. Please advise at the time of booking if you wish to participate. The day of the walk is usually your free day and is subject to weather conditions, from May to September only.
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
37
ITA LY
F
25 O R LES
S
O
SMALL GROUP TOURS Matera
Puglia, Lecce & Vieste Undiscovered Italy Puglia, little-known and ruggedly beautiful – where the architecture of Lecce and Bari, coastal charm of Vieste and conical trulli offer a different experience of Italy. Famed for its embrace of life, local cuisine and historic cities and villages, the ‘heel’ of Italy’s great ‘boot’ is a delightful place to get away from it all.
Trulli houses
38
8 DAYS FROM
£999
April to June & September to October 2022 SMALL GROUP TOURS FROM
£1,219
Lecce
Your itinerary DAY 1 – Arrival in Lecce Arrive at the airport for your flight to Bari or Brindisi from where you will be taken to your hotel. (D) DAY 2 – Tour of Lecce Lecce is known as the ‘Florence of the South’ for good reason – its architecture is outstanding and around every corner are buildings of beauty and interest waiting to be discovered. Our walking tour begins at the imposing Porta Napoli gate and on to the vibrant Jewish quarter before taking in the Basilica di Santa Croce. A remarkable example of creativity, this Baroque church has an intricate facade, and there are so many beautiful details in the stonework. Another surprise awaits at the picturesque Piazza Sant’Oronzo, a bustling square set on the site of a partially exposed Roman amphitheatre. We then amble down shop-lined streets to the elegant Piazza Duomo, where Lecce’s cathedral awaits. Built in 1144, its imposing exterior is only matched by its breathtaking interior featuring 12 side chapels containing paintings by a variety of artists. This afternoon you are free to explore. Soak up the ambience of Lecce’s streets, relaxed cafés and refined boutiques while taking in all its baroque magnificence. In the evening we dine on local cuisine in a restored Roman granary. (B, D) DAY 3 – Olive Oil Mill & Alberobello Puglia is renowned for its olive oil production and we see olive trees everywhere in the region when travelling, so we explore a small, family run olive oil mill to enjoy a tasting. As we continue our drive you’ll begin to notice whitewashed stone huts with conical roofs – these are trulli, Puglia’s signature dwellings. In this corner of Puglia, the countryside blooms with patches of oak forest bisected by dry stone walls – almost reminiscent of rural Tuscany.
We arrive in Alberobello, a UNESCO World Heritage site. Remarkably, some parts of Alberobello are almost exclusively composed of trulli, creating an otherworldly feel. For many, this is a highlight of the tour and we have time to explore, discovering how trulli were built, their intriguing origins and why many are adorned with Christian, pagan or celestial symbols. We then continue to Matera, where we stay for two nights. (B, D)
DAY 4 – Matera This morning we have a guided tour of Matera, a UNESCO World Heritage site. At its heart are the original troglodyte cave dwellings dating back over 9,000 years; astonishingly, people still live in them today. Everything you would expect in a conventional town is here, with churches, shops and artisan workshops all hewn from the naked rock. We return to our hotel this afternoon to relax – or you may choose to stay in
Your tour price includes • Discover Lecce, the ‘Florence of the South’, and its many stunning architectural gems with a local guide • See the instantly recognisable trulli houses of Alberobello • Enjoy a guided tour of medieval Matera and its astonishing, UNESCO-listed cave village • Tour the old town of Bari with a local guide and see its remarkable Romanesque cathedral
• Seven nights in conveniently located four-star accommodation, with daily breakfast, 1 lunch and 6 dinners, including 2 at carefully selected local restaurants • The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager (B) Daily Breakfast, (L) 1 Lunch, (D) 6 Dinners Prices are per person. For departure dates, prices and flights, please call or visit our website.
• See the beautiful Foresta Umbra Nature Reserve and visit the crusader church of Monte Sant’Angelo • Learn the fascinating craft of pasta-making and enjoy a light lunch at a family-run osteria • Visit one of the many revered olive oil mills here to witness first-hand how the oil is produced
Multi-Centre Tour Vieste
Bari Alberobello Matera
I TA LY Lecce
Plus, of course: • Return flights from a selection of regional airports with hotel transfers
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
KEY Arrive Depart
39
ITA LY Matera and visit its many fascinating buildings. This evening, we enjoy regional dishes at a restaurant in Matera’s Old Town. (B, D) DAY 5 – Bari Nestling on the Adriatic, Bari was a thriving walled port even before the Romans arrived and was briefly the capital of Byzantine Italy. This morning we have a guided tour of the Old Town, witnessing the imposing medieval fortress and the massive Romanesque cathedral with its 11th-century frescoes. For many, though, the focal point is the Basilica di San Nicola, whose 900-yearold vaulted crypt is the final resting place of Saint Nicholas, Patron Saint of Russia – better known to us as Father Christmas. As we explore Bari’s tightly knit streets, with shops displaying freshly caught sea bass, cuttlefish or lobster and stalls creaking under the weight of locally grown olives, tomatoes and peppers. You may come across chattering matriarchs sitting outside their doorsteps hand-rolling and cutting different types of pasta, a practice unchanged through time. Leaving Bari, we call at the picturesque fishing port of Trani, then the landscape changes as we climb the Gargano peninsular coastal road. The warm air is heavy with Mediterranean aromas of pine and wild flowers, and we soon arrive in the coastal town of Vieste. (B, D)
Bari
40
DAY 6 – Free day in Vieste Phoenician in origin, Vieste is one of Italy’s most attractive coastal towns, situated on a rocky promontory overlooking turquoise waters with beaches either side. An enchanting jumble of white, flat-roofed buildings perched on cliff edges and dominated by its simple 13th-century cathedral, it’s an ideal place for your free day to relax. (B, D) DAY 7 – Peschici & Rustic Lunch This morning we take drive to nearby Peschici, a small fishing village located on a promontory overlooking the Bay of Peschici. The walled old town, with its whitewashed buildings, is a maze of narrow streets lined with small
shops, perfect for a leisurely stroll. The Medieval Castle, dating back from 970, has panoramic views over the surrounding coastline. We have free time here to explore and perhaps have a coffee whilst enjoying the relaxed atmosphere. We will then continue to a rural restaurant located just outside Peschici, where we will enjoy a light lunch of rural specialities typical of this part of Puglia, and discover the art of hand making pasta in a short demonstration by an expert. We return to Vieste in the afternoon with the rest of the day at leisure. (B, L) DAY 8 – Return flight Transfer to the airport for your return flight. (B)
Vieste
Our hand-picked hotels We stay at the same hotel in Lecce and Matera, whilst the Vieste hotel depends on your UK departure. All departures include daily breakfast and 4 dinners, as 2 additional dinners and 1 lunch are enjoyed at local restaurants. Hilton Garden Inn, Lecce HHHH This modern hotel is located in a residential area approximately a 20-minute walk from the Old Town and features a restaurant, bar, outside terrace and spa. Its elegant rooftop swimming pool (open in the summer months, weather permitting) has panoramic views over Lecce. MH Matera, Matera HHHH This contemporary hotel is located in the quiet Borgo Venusio area, a short coach or bus ride from the centre of Matera, with its intricate cave dwelling system only accessible on foot. The hotel is set in landscaped gardens with views over the surrounding countryside and features an indoor pool, a relaxing spa (local charges may apply) as well as an outdoor pool (generally open between June and September, weather permitting), in addition to comfortable patio and lounge areas.
Hotel Degli Aranci,Vieste HHHH The Hotel Degli Aranci has been the lifelong project of its owners; it boasts a homely atmosphere thanks to the genuine warmth of its staff. The rooms are simply furnished and air conditioned. There is free use of the hotel’s private beach plus two sunbeds and an umbrella (June to September) per room. Palace Hotel, Vieste HHHH The Palace Hotel has been converted from a 15th-century noble’s house into a classic towncentre hotel. All rooms are traditionally decorated and air-conditioned. There is a bar and restaurant, plus again free use of the private beach with two sunbeds and an umbrella (June to September) per room. Please note: The use of air-conditioning in hotels in Italy is at the hotel’s discretion and is normally restricted to the summer months (mid-May to mid-September), depending on the temperature. Where hotels feature an outdoor swimming pool, this will be open during the summer months (weather permitting).
My view Insider knowledge
Lecce is famous for its papier mâché (cartapesta in Italian) which was originally used to create religious statues which were lighter to carry during festivals in the city.
Read
The Night Falling by Katherine Webb. This novel, set in the 1920s depicts the social and political atmosphere of a turbulent time in Puglia’s history.
Taste
Orecchiette Con Le Cime Di Rapa. Fresh pasta shaped like a small ear is topped with a simple sauce of turnip tops in this classic Puglian dish.
Drink
Flanked by the Adriatic and Ionian seas the heel of Italy is particularly fertile and Puglia produces more wine than any other region of Italy. A glass of the full-bodied Primitovo is a perfect way to round of the day.
Paula
Tour Manager
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
41
ITA LY
F
25 O R LES
S
O
SMALL GROUP TOURS The Tuscan hills
Florence & Tuscany Experience the very heart and soul of Italy through the exquisite art, architecture and sheer majesty of Florence, Pisa and Siena, the undulating biscuit-coloured hills of the picturesque Tuscan countryside and fine food and wine. Be captivated by San Gimignano, famous for its immense stone towers and dramatic skyline.
A typical Tuscan street
42
8 DAYS FROM
£1,099
April to July and September to October 2022 SMALL GROUP TOURS FROM
£1,239
Florence
Your itinerary DAY 1 – Arrival in Florence Arrive at the airport for your flight to Pisa from where you will be taken to your hotel. DAY 2 – Florence & Uffizi This morning we have a guided walking tour to discover why Florence is indeed the ‘Pearl of the Renaissance’. The sights are legendary and you’ll enjoy the best of them: the cathedral – or Duomo – which can house a congregation of thousands, and the Baptistry, one of the oldest buildings in the city. Explore the goldsmiths’ shops on the Ponte Vecchio, the landmark bridge over the Arno River and a symbol of the city itself. If you’ve been to Florence before and have seen the iconic sights, perhaps you’d like to join our ‘undiscovered’ tour of lesser-known Florence away from the main tourist parts, led by an expert guide whose local knowledge will help you delve deeper in the life and culture of this extraordinary city. In the afternoon you bypass the queues with a reserved visit to the Uffizi. Built up over hundreds of years, this originally private collection belonging to the all-powerful Medici family was subsequently bequeathed to the people of Florence. (B) DAY 3 – Lucca & Pisa After breakfast you leave for the delightful city of Lucca, birthplace of the great composer Puccini. Take your time to wander its ancient streets and tiny piazzas and along the ramparts encircling the city. Be sure also to visit the charming 1,000-year-old cathedral and its venerated wooden crucifix
known as the Holy Face of Lucca. We then take the short drive to Pisa to encounter the familiar yet unnerving sight of its Leaning Tower. Its tilt has gradually increased ever since its completion over 600 years ago and only recently was the tower finally stabilised. (B)
DAY 4 – Free morning in Florence & wine tasting This morning you’re free to explore the many Renaissance wonders of Florence. There’s the Accademia, the oldest art school in the world, the Museum of Archaeology with an outstanding collection of exhibits from ancient
Your tour price includes • Discover the city of Florence on a fascinating tour with a local guide – choose between ‘classic’ and ‘undiscovered’ tours • Enjoy a reserved timed visit to the Uffizi, one of the world’s finest art galleries • Marvel at the medieval splendour of Siena on a tour led by a local guide • Savour the views from the striking hilltop village of San Gimignano,
• Seven nights in three-star superior and four-star accommodation inclusive of all local taxes with breakfast and four dinners plus one rural restaurant lunch • The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager throughout (B) Daily Breakfast, (L) 1 Lunch, (D) 4 Dinners Prices are per person. For departure dates, prices and flights, please call or visit our website.
• See Pisa and the Leaning Tower, and explore charming Lucca, birthplace of the composer Puccini • Explore the extraordinarily beautiful Tuscan countryside • Enjoy authentic Tuscan food at a rural Italian farmhouse
Two-Centre Tour
Lucca Pisa
Florence San Gimignano Volterra Siena
I TA LY
Plus, of course: • Return flights from a selection of regional airports with hotel transfers
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
KEY Arrive Depart
43
ITA LY Greece, Rome and Egypt and the History of Science Museum, displaying some of Galileo’s telescopes. In the heart of the city you find the magnificent Cathedral of Santa Maria del Fiore dominating the skyline. No trip to this region is complete without a visit to a typical cantina, or wine estate, for a tour of the cellars and a taste of fine Tuscan wines, so we head to world-renowned Chianti to visit the Foresteria Villa Cerna, owned by the Cecchi family. (B, D) DAY 5 – Volterra, San Gimignano & farmhouse lunch After breakfast we explore the rural Tuscany made famous by Renaissance paintings, literature, films and travel posters – a truly extraordinary landscape of undulating hillsides, vineyards, ochre-coloured valleys, terracotta-tiled farmhouses and pencil pines. Volterra is an imposing town with immense stone ramparts, perched dramatically on a hill and affording panoramic views. The town’s small historic centre is a maze of narrow cobbled streets that emanate from the main Piazza dei Priori, one of the finest and best preserved in Tuscany. Founded by the Etruscans, Volterra grew prosperous in the Middle Ages from mining and carving alabaster. Many artefacts from this period still survive in churches and cathedrals throughout Tuscany and beyond. Even today, alabaster carving remains the traditional Volterran craft, and you’ll have the opportunity to visit some of the artisan outlets. In order to explore more of rural Tuscany, we will visit a family owned farmhouse located in a tiny medieval village set
Tuscany amongst the hills of San Gimignano. The farm has been owned by the same family since 1932, who have been restoring it whilst maintaining the character of this traditional countryside idyll. The family will welcome us for lunch and serve simple, genuine food, produced locally and based on traditional Tuscan recipes, we will also be able to sample some of the farm’s excellent wine and olive oil. We then continue our drive through to San Gimignano itself, one of Italy’s most beautiful villages. The sight of a spectacular skyline with 14 medieval towers is one that will stay with you forever. (B, L, D) DAY 6 – Siena After breakfast we take the short drive to glorious Siena for a guided tour of its treasures. It’s a jewel of Italian Gothic and medieval architecture that’s been preserved to a remarkable degree and is justifiably a UNESCO World Heritage Site. The city centres on the main square, the Piazza del Campo, an architectural
Pisa
Ponte Vecchio bridge in Florence
44
work of art. Formed in a half-moon shape, it’s lined by tall, striking buildings whose gracious and varied facades have a unique charm. Siena is equally famous for the Duomo, one of Italy’s most intricate and fascinating cathedrals. The exterior is built from black and white marble, and the west facade offers a particularly fine example of workmanship. The afternoon is then yours to shop, people-watch or explore further before returning to your hotel for dinner. (B, D) DAY 7 – Free day Today you can have a free day to do as you please. So what’s it to be? Maybe a little more exploration, a meal in the main square watching the world go by, or simply a dip in the pool – the choice is yours. (B, D) DAY 8 – Return flight Transfer to the airport for our flight home. (B)
My view
Siena
Insider knowledge Don’t leave Florence without visiting San Lorenzo Central Market. Since 1874 this stunning cast iron structure has been a culinary hub for Florentines.
Watch
Starring Dame Maggie Smith and shot on location in Florence and San Gimignano, Tea with Mussolini is a semi-autographical film based on director Franco Zeffirelli’s memories of Italy before the second World War.
Eat
Bistecca Alla Fiorentina is a T-Bone steak that is usually served very rare. This Tuscan favourite is traditionally served with nothing more than a drizzle of olive oil and a little salt.
Drink
The sweet wine of Tuscany is Vin Santo, ideal as a digestif and perfect for dunking with a cantucci biscuit.
Our hand-picked hotels Dependent on your UK departure date, there are varying hand-picked hotels for the first three nights in Florence and remaining four nights in the Tuscan countryside. Hotel Corona d’Italia, Florence HHH Superior The Hotel Corona d’Italia is ideally located in the San Lorenzo district, 10 minutes’ walk from the cathedral. All rooms have air conditioning, hairdryer and satellite television. The hotel has a bar and breakfast room. Grand Hotel Mediterraneo, Florence HHHH The Grand Hotel Mediterraneo enjoys an enviable position on the banks of the Arno River, close to the Piazza Santa Croce. Access into the city centre couldn’t be easier. All rooms have air conditioning, Wi-Fi, satellite television, safe and hairdryer. The hotel has a choice of international and Italian cuisine plus a lounge and American bar. Park Hotel le Fonti, Volterra HHHH The Park Hotel le Fonti, partly converted from a former farmhouse, is set on the edge of the old town of Volterra. Perhaps treat yourself to a drink from the bar on the panoramic terrace, which offers tremendous views
Matt
of the countryside, before dinner in the restaurant. Palazzo San Lorenzo, Colle di Val d’Elsa HHHH The hotel, once a hospital, has been meticulously renovated to respect its original medieval architecture and offers thoroughly modern comforts. There’s a beautiful ‘winter garden’ housing the bar and breakfast room, an outside terrace and a restaurant serving local specialities.
Tour Manager
Your options You’re free to choose On day 2, enjoy a guided walking tour to discover the classic sights of Florence, or choose our alternative tour if you prefer to explore its lesser-known gems.
Hotel Il Piccolo Castello, Monteriggioni HHHH Hotel Il Piccolo Castello is situated in its own grounds close to the walled hilltop town of Monteriggioni and provides a relaxing base from which to explore. Built on one level around a central manicured garden, it’s decorated with traditional frescoes. It has a spacious lounge, bar and restaurant serving simple Tuscan food. Rooms in all hotels are air-conditioned with minibar, safe and satellite television. Please note: The use of air-conditioning in hotels in Italy is at the hotel’s discretion and is normally restricted to the summer months (mid-May to mid-September), depending on the temperature. Where hotels feature an outdoor swimming pool, this will be open during the summer months (weather permitting).
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
45
ITA LY
Florence
F
25 O R LES
S
O
SMALL GROUP TOURS
Classical Italy
8 DAYS FROM
Florence, Siena, Assisi & Rome Everything that makes Italy such a richly rewarding destination features on this tour – the magnificent history of Rome, Florence’s Renaissance legacy and artistic treasures, the basilica of Assisi, Siena’s stunning Piazza del Campo, the glorious Tuscan countryside and the deep culinary passion of its welcoming people.
Arezzo
46
£989
April to October 2022
SMALL GROUP TOURS FROM
£1,289
Assisi
Your itinerary DAY 1 – Arrival in Rome Arrive at the airport for your flight to Rome from where you will be taken to your hotel. The rest of the day can be spent at leisure, allowing you to settle in or start to explore. (D) DAY 2 – Siena After breakfast we drive to Siena, whose historic centre is a UNESCO World Heritage site, for a guided tour. This was, during the 12th and 13th centuries, one of the world’s largest and richest cities. An unprecedented period of building resulted in palaces, grandiose townhouses and piazzas. Unusual in its half-moon shape and surrounded by tall, striking buildings, the main square – the Piazza del Campo – is stunning. Fashioned from black and white marble, Siena’s cathedral, or Duomo, features delicate and intricate carvings, some by Michelangelo himself. During the journey to and from Siena you’ll see some of the famously scenic Tuscan countryside. (B, D) DAY 3 – Florence & The Uffizi Gallery The ‘Pearl of the Renaissance’ remains one of the highlights of any visit to Italy. Backed by powerful banks, the wool industry and other textile interests turned Florence into one of the world’s richest cities during the Middle Ages. Political influence was under the control of the nobility, especially the Medici, who married into the leading royal families of Europe. During our guided tour you’ll marvel at the tangible results of that wealth, such as the famous cathedral – which can house a congregation of 10,000 beneath a Renaissance-era, terracotta-tiled dome. For masterpieces gathered in one place, the Uffizi is unrivalled. This afternoon bypass the queues for this Florentine
highlight with a reserved timed visit. Florence isn’t just about art, though – experience the buzz of the Piazza della Signoria or a crossing of the Arno River over the Ponte Vecchio. (B, D) DAY 4 – Arezzo & Wine Tasting Arezzo is a wonderful old town that has nestled behind its imposing stone walls for centuries. On this morning’s walking tour, see a range of architectural styles which blend to produce a charming
whole – Romanesque churches are juxtaposed with timber-beamed shops, linked by intimate cobbled squares. We visit the impressive Renaissance Villa La Ripa this afternoon to enjoy a wine tasting. Located in the undulating countryside just outside Arezzo, the family-owned villa is surrounded by olive groves and vineyards. (B, D)
Your tour price includes • Immerse yourself in millennia of history on a guided tour of Rome, home of the Colosseum, the Trevi Fountain, the Vatican and more • Marvel at the elegance of Florence, with an expert local guide • Experience the wonders of the Uffizi, with a reserved timed entry
• Seven nights in four-star accommodation inclusive of all local taxes, with breakfast and four dinners. • The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager throughout (B) Daily Breakfast, (D) 4 Dinners Prices are per person. For departure dates, prices and flights, please call or visit our website.
• Witness the basilica in Assisi, named after the city’s famous Saint Francis
Two-Centre Tour
• Enjoy medieval Siena’s outstanding cathedral and square on a guided tour • Take a walking tour of the wonderfully unspoilt Arezzo
Florence Siena
Arezzo Assisi
• Choose an included visit to Hadrian’s Villa, or Villa d’Este
I TA LY
Plus, of course: • Return flights from a selection of regional airports with hotel transfers
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
ROME
KEY Arrive Depart
47
ITA LY DAY 5 – Assisi After breakfast we drive to another romantically beautiful region – Umbria. Our first destination is Assisi, famous as the birthplace of Saint Francis, patron saint of Italy and one of the most extraordinary figures in the history of the Roman Catholic Church. The Basilica di San Francesco is one of the most beautiful shrines in the Christian world, a focus for pilgrimage that is adorned by the work of Giotto, Simone Martini and others. We have ample time to absorb every aspect of a building that is actually two churches, one on top of the other. The remains of Saint Francis lie in a sarcophagus in the crypt. In keeping with Franciscan principles, the mood inside is one of the utmost respect, silence being requested. Outside the basilica you can savour Assisi’s floweradorned streets, life-affirming views over the Umbrian countryside and fountain-splashed piazzas before we head to Rome, arriving in the early evening. (B) DAY 6 – Rome & Tivoli This morning we have a guided tour of Rome – probably nowhere else on earth is so much history concentrated in such a small area. Witness the monuments that capture millennia of artistry and classical construction, political and religious influence, spectacle and innovation. This afternoon we visit the historic Italian town of Tivoli, home to luxe residences, splendid villas, and two
Siena famous UNESCO World Heritage sites. Choose to visit either the Renaissance palace of Villa d’Este or the ruins of Hadrian’s Villa. The Villa d’Este is a 16th-century villa, famous for its terraced hillside Italian Renaissance garden and especially for its profusion of fountains. A UNESCO World Heritage Site, Hadrian’s Villa, is a large Roman archaeological complex with temples, theatres, and statues. (B) DAY 7 – Free day This morning you’re free to explore, or personalise your holiday with a Vatican Museum tour. This afternoon you have some free time to immerse yourself further in the Eternal City, the weight of
Tivoli
48
the past is inescapable as you view the magnificent heart of the Roman Empire. Gazing at the Forum, the Colosseum and the Pantheon, it’s easy to let your mind wander and imagine those who have preceded you: Julius Caesar, Emperor Augustus, Cleopatra and Mark Antony. Take a stroll around the Piazza Navona, Rome’s most picturesque square, lined with luxurious cafés where present-day Romans come to see and be seen. Walk down the Spanish Steps as countless visitors have done since the 18th-century. (B) DAY 8 – Return flight Transfer to the airport for your return flight. (B)
The Colosseum
Our hand-picked hotels
Your options
Hotel Minerva HHHH Found in the heart of Tuscany, the Hotel Minerva is three-quarters of a mile from Arezzo’s old town. The hotel began as a family-owned restaurant half a century ago and remains in the same hands today. Simple traditional Tuscan cuisine is a speciality here, and we stay for four nights with breakfast and dinner.
Personalise your holiday
Welcome Piram Hotel HHHH Housed in a grand 19th-century building, the Welcome Piram is well located within walking distance from some of Rome’s most famous attractions and close to the main Termini station. The recently renovated hotel affords great views from its roof garden, as well as occasional live music in the piano bar. Please note: The use of air-conditioning in hotels in Italy is at the hotel’s discretion and is normally restricted to the summer months (mid-May to mid-September), depending on the temperature. Where hotels feature an outdoor swimming pool, this will be open during the summer months (weather permitting).
Early entrance to the Vatican and guided tour Enjoy exclusive early morning access to the Vatican before the crowds arrive, while the museum is still quiet. From £79pp. Breakfast at the Vatican and guided tour Indulge in a more exclusive visit to the Vatican. Enjoy a rich American buffet breakfast in the museum’s restaurant area or courtyard, and discover the countless works of art thanks to the special early morning entrance. From £104pp. You’re free to choose On day 7, visit Villa d’Este and its exemplary Renaissance garden or explore Hadrian’s Villa, the vast country estate of one of Rome’s greatest emperors.
My view Insider knowledge
Stop in Piazza Santa Chiara and look out to the olive groves and the sweeping valley below. This is one of the best views in Assisi.
Buy
Panforte and riccarelli biscuits make ideal gifts for family and friends and Siena is the perfect place to shop for these treats along with many other Tuscan culinary treasures.
Eat
Panzanella is a Tuscan salad made with bread, tomatoes, red onions, basil and olive oil – perfect for a light lunch on a hot day.
Drink
Visit one of the atmospheric coffee bars in Rome but remember, typically, Italians only drink a cappuccino in the morning, never in the afternoon.
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
Anna
Tour Manager
49
ITA LY
F
25 O R LES
S
O
SMALL GROUP TOURS Piazza della Liberta square, Udine
Secret Italy Trieste & Udine Few places in Italy remain undiscovered, but the tiny region of Friuli Venezia Giulia – known simply as Friuli – is a treasure trove of historic and artistic gems. Discover a less-explored side of Italy: a grand Habsburg city, a Venetian pearl without the crowds, ancient Roman ruins, a fairy-tale castle by the sea and Friulian specialities.
Collio
50
6 DAYS FROM
£749
April to July & September to October 2022 SMALL GROUP TOURS FROM
£889
Balcony of the Miramare castle
Your itinerary DAY 1 – Arrival in Udine Arrive at the airport for your flight to Venice, Treviso or Trieste from where you will be taken to your hotel in Udine. DAY 2 – Trieste After breakfast we drive through rolling countryside with the snowy peaks of the Julian Alps never too far off in the distance. We arrive in Trieste, the region’s cosmopolitan capital, beautifully situated on the gulf of Trieste overlooking the Adriatic Sea. Once the main seaport of the Habsburgs, the city has an unmistakable Viennese flavour, with wide boulevards, grand neoclassical buildings and elegant squares, notably the seafront Piazza Unità d’Italia – Europe’s largest seafacing square. During our tour, your local guide will introduce you to Trieste’s highlights and splendid mix of architectural styles in its largely pedestrianised old town. After our tour, you have free time to wander at your own pace and soak up the café culture for yourself – try a strucolo de pomi, the Triestine take on apple strudel, with a cup of Illy coffee, the famous brand that was founded here. Next, we follow the coastal road to Miramare Castle, built in 1860 for the Archduke Maximilian of Habsburg and his wife, Charlotte of Belgium. Set dramatically on a rocky promontory above the sea, this fairy-tale castle is a fine example of an aristocratic residence with remarkably preserved furnishings. Entrance is included to the castle, so take a closer look at Habsburg life in the eclectic interiors or stroll through its immaculately landscaped park. (B) DAY 3 – Mosaic School of Friuli & San Daniele This morning we drive through lush countryside to visit the Mosaic School of Friuli in Spilimbergo. Founded in 1922, this renowned training centre attracts students from all over the world. During our guided tour, we’ll explore this intricate artform and the various techniques used. There’s free time after to discover the pretty little town of Spilimbergo. As you
walk along cobbled streets between elegant buildings, you’ll feel as though you’ve stepped back in time. The town’s medieval castle comprises magnificent buildings in a fascinating combination of architectural styles. Later we continue to San Daniele, a hilltop town renowned for its delicious prosciutto. We visit a local producer to learn about the ancient artisanal process involved in curing this very special ham and enjoy a tasting afterwards. Its sweet and delicate
flavour is said to be a result of the area’s microclimate, owing to a mingling of the winds from the Carnic Alps and the Adriatic Sea. (B) DAY 4 – Cividale, Gorizia & wine-tasting After breakfast we drive to Cividale, nestled in the green hills bordering Slovenia and split by the picturesque Natisone river, over which spans the town’s impressive bridge – so-called ‘Devil’s Bridge’ after locals allegedly asked the devil for help to build it!
Your tour price includes • Enjoy a guided tour of Trieste, an elegant Habsburg city with a vibrant café culture and Europe’s largest seafront square
• Explore fascinating Gorizia, a handsome city once divided between Italy and Yugoslavia
• See the remains of Aquileia, an ancient Roman megacity, and take a guided tour of its UNESCO-listed basilica, renowned for its 4th-century mosaics
• Return flights from a selection of regional airports, with hotel transfers
• Discover Udine, a hidden Venetian gem with grand architecture and the early works of Tiepolo
• The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager throughout
Plus, of course:
• Five nights in four-star accommodation inclusive of all local taxes, with breakfast
(B) Daily Breakfast, (L) 1 Lunch
• Visit Miramare, Archduke Maximillian’s fairy-tale castle and botanical park by the Adriatic Sea
Prices are per person. For departure dates, prices and flights, please call or visit our website.
• Tour the prestigious Mosaic School of Friuli to admire this intricate art
Single-Centre Tour
• Visit a traditional producer to see how San Daniele’s delicious prosciutto is cured
Bassano del Grappa Castelfranco Veneto
• Sample the Collio region’s fragrant white wines on a visit to a renowned producer • Visit the Lombard Temple of Cividale, a rare example of an 8th-century church with extraordinary art from the High Middle Ages
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
Vicenza Padova
Brenta Canal
Venice
Mantova
I TA LY
KEY Arrive Depart
51
ITA LY Cividale was founded by Julius Caesar as ‘Forum Iuli’ – from where Friuli gets its name – and grew in significance as the capital of the first Lombard duchy in Italy.
Trieste
To discover its fascinating history, we visit the Santa Maria in Valle monastery to see the unique Lombard Temple, an outstanding example of art and architecture from the High Middle Ages. The well-preserved walls and ceilings of this hidden gem are intricately adorned with Byzantine frescoes and stucco decorations, and its 8th-century sculptures are some of the finest to survive in Europe. Then we drive to Gorizia, a unique town at the border with Slovenia once wellloved by the Habsburg bourgeoisie. Its red-roofed buildings are crowned by a medieval castle, and there are sweeping views over the beautiful countryside. After time for lunch at your leisure, we continue to the critically acclaimed wine region of Collio Goriziano. This enchanting landscape of gentle hills is marked by hypnotic rows of verdant vines and dotted with grand villas and wine estates. The unique microclimate, created by the area’s equidistance from the Adriatic Sea and the Austrian Alps, works perfectly with the marlstone soil to yield exceptionally fragrant grapes. Unsurprisingly, some of the world’s best white wines are produced here, so our tour would not be complete without a visit and tasting at one of Collio’s celebrated vineyards. (B)
DAY 5 – Aquileia & rustic lunch This morning we discover Aquileia, one of the largest and wealthiest cities of the Roman Empire. At its peak the population exceeded 100,000, but today it’s a sleepy rural town peppered with ancient ruins – the most complete example of an early Roman city in the Mediterranean world. We have a guided tour of Aquileia’s early medieval Patriarchal Basilica, a World Heritage site recognised for its significance as a Christian hub in central Europe. After a fascinating morning, we drive to a rustic restaurant in order to sample authentic Friulian fare made with fresh
local ingredients. Later we return to Udine with the rest of the day at leisure. There’s plenty to explore in this visual feast of a city, such as the hilltop castle, which houses a collection of excellent museums, including an art gallery with works by Caravaggio and Tiepolo. Of course, art in Italy isn’t confined to just museums and galleries – Udine’s beautiful Venetian heritage can be admired in Piazza della Libertà, a Renaissance jewel. (B, L) DAY 6 – Return flight Transfer to the airport for our flight home. (B)
Aquileia
Cividale
52
My view Insider knowledge
Explore various aspects of local culture and tradition from the eighteenth century to the present day at the small but fascinating Museo Etnografico del Friuli in Udine.
Read
A Dead Man in Trieste by Michael Pearce. This historical crime novel set in 1906 reveals another side of an intriguing city.
Taste
Fresh from the waters of the River Tagliamento, superb smoked trout is another gastronomic star of San Daniele.
Drink
With hints of soft fruit, a glass of Fruilian grappa is the perfect way to end an excellent dinner.
Miramare Castle
Jerry
Tour Manager
Our hand-picked hotel Astoria Hotel, Udine HHHH Found in the heart of Tuscany, the Hotel Minerva is three-quarters of a mile from Arezzo’s old town. The hotel began as a family-owned restaurant half a century ago and remains in the same hands today. Simple traditional Tuscan cuisine is a speciality here, and we stay for four nights with breakfast and dinner. Please note: The use of air-conditioning in hotels in Italy is at the hotel’s discretion and is normally restricted to the summer months (mid-May to mid-September), depending on the temperature.
Loggia del Lionello, Udine
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
53
ITA LY
Assisi
F
25 O R LES
S
O
SMALL GROUP TOURS
Umbria, Perugia & Assisi The Heart of Italy Journey to the green heart of Italy to discover unspoilt Umbria, with its archaeological treasures, fine art, hearty cuisine and Mediterranean landscape. Experience rolling countryside, as we go up soaring hills topped with time-warp towns, down into the magical Frasassi Caves and onto the sparkling waters of Lake Trasimeno.
Lake Trasimeno
54
8 DAYS FROM
£999
April to June & September to October 2022 SMALL GROUP TOURS FROM
£1,229
Your itinerary DAY 1 – Arrival in Perugia Arrive at the airport for your flight to Rome or Perugia from where you will be taken to your hotel. DAY 2 – Perugia & free afternoon After breakfast we embark on a guided tour of this bustling university city, which uses an escalator system to connect the lower town to the historical core above. A wander along the Corso Pietro Vannucci is a treat for the senses, as subtler sounds and smells of local life to come through. The city’s centrepiece is the Piazza IV Novembre; this flagstone square boasts the gothic San Lorenzo cathedral, the imposing 13th-century Palazzo dei Priori and the intricately carved Maggiore fountain. From the Piazza Italia you can take an escalator down to the atmospheric streets of medieval Perugia, an underground world hidden within the 16th-century Rocca Paolina fortress. You can also enter the foundations of the fortress through the Porta Marzia gate, one of the stone portals chiselled into the crumbling Etruscan wall that encloses Perugia. This afternoon will be free for you to explore more of what Perugia has to offer. (B) DAY 3 – Assisi This morning we head for Assisi, an elegant hill town dominated by the vast Basilica of St Francis complex, which includes a Franciscan monastery and two churches. Sitting on the green hillside with the town climbing ever higher behind it, this is a UNESCO World Heritage site that attracts pilgrims from around the world. As we wander the flower-hung streets with our local guide, we learn how St Francis came to be so highly revered in Italy, from his early life as the spoilt son of a silk merchant, to his renouncement of riches and founding of the Franciscan Order of monks. We have some free time to explore the old-world town centre with its shuttered stone houses, ‘hole-in-the-wall’ shops and tiny family-run cafes – the silky ‘strangozzi’ pasta with rich, earthy black truffles is a must-try! A varied collection of churches and cathedrals dots the piazzas, while two medieval castles, Rocca Maggiore and Rocca Minore, jostle for dominance on the skyline. (B) DAY 4 – Cortona & Lake Trasimeno This morning we travel towards Lake Trasimeno, known as the Sea of Umbria by locals of this landlocked region, a huge splash of azure surrounded by gently sloping green hills covered with olive groves, thick woodlands and the occasional lakeside town. From the lakeside town of Passignano, we take the ferry across the languid waters to Isola Maggiore. As we approach, the 19th-century Guglielmi Castel can be seen nestled into the wooden hillside. Those who wish can climb the shrubby
Spoleto hill path to the simple Church of St Michael the Archangel, a favourite meditation spot of St Francis. We take the ferry back to Casiglione del Lago, enjoying the view of the Castello del Leone or ‘fortress of the lion’, before continuing to Cortona. Cortona clutters the hillside with a tight muddle of terracotta rooftops, which hide a maze of narrow alleyways and wide piazzas. The spectacular view from the Piazza del Duomo is a must, leading the eye over the city walls and across the Tuscan countryside. (B)
DAY 5 – Spoleto & wine tasting This morning we enjoy a guided tour of Spoleto, which sits on a foothill of the Apennines mountain range. The sight of the medieval arched bridge leading to the formidable Rocca Albornoziana fortress will remind you of an epic historical movie, while the city that sits behind it bears the hallmarks of Roman and Lombard rule. The desolate ruins of the ancient Roman amphitheatre are a contrast to the resplendent Romanesque cathedral that dazzles in the palest stone on the Piazza del Duomo.
Your tour price includes • Enjoy a guided tour of Perugia, capital of Italy’s beautiful Umbria region • Take a guided tour of medieval Assisi, the birthplace of St Francis
Plus, of course: • Return flights from a selection of regional airports, with hotel transfers
• Cross into Tuscany to explore the narrow streets of hilltop Cortona
• Seven nights in four-star accommodation, inclusive of all local taxes, with breakfast (a three-night hotel dining option is available)
• Take the ferry across Lake Trasimeno to the time-capsule island of Maggiore
• The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager throughout
• See Spoleto’s ancient Roman and Romanesque architecture
(B) Daily Breakfast, (L) 1 Lunch
• Sample the spoils of the Umbrian countryside at a local producer of Sagrantino di Montefalco wine • Descend deep under Umbria’s undulating landscape to explore the enchanting Frasassi Caves
Prices are per person. For departure dates, prices and flights, please call or visit our website.
Single-Centre Tour KEY Arrive Depart
• Journey through the history of one of Umbria’s oldest towns, Gubbio
Siena
Cortona
Gubbio
Perugia Assisi
Lake Trasimeno
I TA LY
Spoleto Orvieto
• Take the funicular up a volcanic rock-face to the hidden town of Orvieto • Taste traditional fare at a rural restaurant
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
ROME
55
ITA LY For lunch you may be tempted by the smell of the slow-roasted porchetta that’s stuffed into sandwiches and sold from streetside stalls. Then we set out into the rich tapestry of Umbrian countryside once again to visit a leading producer of Sagrantino di Montefalco wine, made from the black sagrantino grapes indigenous to the region, for a tasting. We’ll also sample the olive oil that this region is revered for worldwide, to complete an afternoon full of the true tastes of Umbria. (B) DAY 6 – Frasassi Caves & Gubbio We drive east this morning to the Marche region that lies between Umbria and the Adriatic, to explore the Frasassi Caves, considered to be among the most impressive in Europe. Our tour of these stunning karst caves, which can easily trick the eye with their glistening snowwhite walls and icicle-like stalactites and stalagmites, takes us into the Great Cave of the Wind – large enough to house the Milan cathedral. This afternoon we return to Umbria to visit ancient Gubbio, which has roots going back to the Bronze Age. For lunch why not try a traditional ‘crescia’, a flaky flatbread stuffed with cheese and meat, before exploring this pretty, pristinely kept town, which climbs the lowest slope of Mount Ingino. The ruins of a Roman amphitheatre sit in the lower town, with the impenetrable-looking Church of St Francis. Gubbio’s medieval core then begins its ascent, the air fragranced by the flower boxes that dot the cobbled
Umbria
streets with splashes of colour, towards the Piazza Grande, a fantastic viewing platform overlooking the town. (B) DAY 7 – Orvieto & Agriturismo lunch This morning we end our journey of Etruscan discovery at another of this mysterious civilisation’s 12 key cities, Orvieto, whose ancient ruins lie in eerie underground caves. With the city built from the precipitous chunk of volcanic rock on which it sits, Orvieto looks almost at one with the red-hued rock – although the cathedral is a stand-out feature. After a ride up the
Orvieto
Frasassi Caves
56
tree-lined funicular tracks to the old town, we marvel at the intricate façade of this incredible Gothic building, featuring gilded frescoes that give it the appearance of being illuminated from within. After our discovery of Orvieto we stop at a rural restaurant, known locally as an agriturismo, to sample a menu of traditional fare grown in this fertile land at the heart of Italy. (B, L) DAY 8 – Return flight Transfer to the airport for your return flight.
Cathedral of Orvieto
My view Insider knowledge
For a taste of noble life visit the elegant 16th century Palazzo Sorbello in Perugia. Browse in the library, home to many rare editions, and admire the beautiful frescoed ceilings.
Read
Marlena de Blasi gives enticing descriptions of the food, the people and the place she calls home in her third book, The Lady in The Palazzo: At Home in Umbria.
Buy
Stock up on Baci chocolates and look out for the distinctive blue and yellow Deruta pottery.
Taste
For a typical taste of Umbria order strangozzi. This long, irregular cut pasta is traditionally served with shaved black truffles or a tomato sauce.
Bill
Tour Manager
Our hand-picked hotel Brufani Hotel, Perugia HHHH This grand hotel boasts panoramic views from the terrace of the Collins Bar, with an atmospheric swimming pool, which lies under exposed medieval vaults and has a glass floor overlooking the 3,000-year-old Etruscan ruins below. The hotel sits on the edge of Perugia’s hilltop historic centre, on one end overlooking the lower town towards the surrounding green countryside, and on the other leading onto the smart Piazza Italia. The hotel features a pool, bar and spa facilities, whilst rooms have a minibar and Nespresso machine, satellite TV and a data port. A threenight dining option is available during your seven-night stay if preferred.
Your option Dining option If you wish to dine in at the hotel, you may pre-book dinner for 3 nights at £88pp.
Gubbio
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
57
ITA LY
Alghero
F
25 O R LES
S
O
SMALL GROUP TOURS
Sardinia
Alghero, Costa Smeralda & Corsica Experience another side of Italy that’s vastly different, where pristine beaches nestle on dazzling coastlines and all across the unspoilt hinterland are prehistoric settlements, as well as traditional villages inhabited by fiercely independent yet wonderfully warm locals – even the cuisine has its own identity.
Bosa
58
8 DAYS FROM
£1,059
April to June & September to October 2022 SMALL GROUP TOURS FROM
£1,359
Capo Caccia
Your itinerary DAY 1 – Arrival in Cannigione Arrive at the airport for your flight to Olbia from where you will be taken to your hotel. (D) DAY 2 – Costa Smeralda This morning we explore the dazzling Costa Smeralda. To introduce Costa Smeralda’s more serene side, we call at a selection of its most charming towns and villages, where we’ll see locals going about their day in attractive squares and green spaces. Later this afternoon, you will have time to further explore Cannigione or relax at the hotel. (B, D) DAY 3 – Bonifacio This morning we drive to Santa Teresa di Gallura on the north coast to take the ferry to Corsica. A highlight of the 50-minute ferry ride are the marvellous views of the grand approach to Bonifacio, located at the southernmost point of Corsica, perched atop a limestone promontory poised over the glittering harbour and chic marina. Although Corsica has been a part of France for centuries, there’s a unique local identity with strong Italian influences and Bonifacio certainly has a distinctly Italianate feel, with narrow streets flanked by Genoese tenements. To gain a better understanding of Corsican history and culture, we have a guided tour through Bonifacio’s old town. Afterwards there is free time to soak up the atmosphere and admire the picture-postcard views before we return to Sardinia by ferry. Please note: ferries between Santa Teresa di Gallura and Bonifacio do not run in adverse weather conditions. In such an event, an alternative itinerary will be offered. (B, D) DAY 4 – Inland Sardinia & Cork Region Today we head inland to experience a vastly different side of Sardinia. The landscape is a sun-baked stretch of ‘macchia’ grassland and jagged granite mountains reminiscent of the Dolomites. The air grows ever cooler as we ascend hills covered in dense forests of cork trees – during harvest season, you may
notice many have been stripped of their bark for cork production. As much of Italy’s cork is produced in Sardinia, we visit a cork museum to learn about the fascinating production techniques and the many uses of this versatile material. We will call at a typical Sardinian town, where you will have free time for lunch before continuing to Alghero on the Coral Riviera.
that serves hearty traditional meals made with produce fresh from the farm. The rustic surroundings, eye-catching displays of ancient farming equipment and crackling open fires create a wonderfully authentic atmosphere, perfect for enjoying course after course of Sardinian dishes made with local ingredients – the smells alone will ignite your taste buds! (B, D)
This evening, we are treated to a feast for the senses during dinner at a familyrun agriturismo, a converted farmhouse
DAY 5 – Alghero & wine tasting Alghero is a medieval jewel with an independent spirit and intriguing
Your tour price includes • Explore medieval Alghero’s fascinating Catalan heritage on a guided tour • Discover hidden cultural treasures in the traditional villages of Sardinia
Plus, of course: • Return flights from a selection of regional airports, with transfers to and from your hotel
• Tour Italian-influenced Bonifacio in French Corsica with an expert guide
• Seven nights’ accommodation in four-star hotels inclusive of all local taxes, with breakfast and four dinners (one will be taken at a local restaurant)
• Admire the fabled Costa Smeralda’s picturesque coastal villages
• The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager throughout
• Marvel at the Santu Antine nuraghe, one of the thousands of Bronze Age settlements scattered across the island
(B) Daily Breakfast, (D) 4 Dinners Prices are per person. For departure dates, prices and flights, please call or visit our website.
• Discover the ancient Phoenician ruins at Tharros on a guided tour
Two-Centre Tour
• Visit a family-owned wine estate for a tasting of Sardinia’s excellent wines
CO RSI CA
Bonifacio
• Enjoy scenic drives with superb views along the breathtaking coast
Cannigione
• Feast on traditional Sardinian fare at a family-run agriturismo
Porto Cervo Olbia
Tempio Pausania
Alghero Bosa
KEY Arrive Depart
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
SA RDI NI A Tharros
59
ITA LY history. Much of the old town’s handsome architecture bears a Spanish appearance and a dialect of Catalan is still spoken here. Our guided tour takes us the through labyrinthine alleys of remarkably preserved old Alghero, defended by robust walls and four bastions dedicated to famous explorers. You have free time after to wander, enjoy lunch and browse the many shops in the vibrant centre. This afternoon we drive along the coastline of Alghero, with beautiful views over the sparkling sea, before heading inland towards one of the finest wine-growing areas in Sardinia, producing the prestigious Cannonau and Vermentino wines. Winemaking is an important part of the local economy, so we visit a family-owned wine estate for a tour of the vineyards. Naturally, we enjoy a tasting afterwards. (B) DAY 6 – Free day in Alghero Stroll along the lovely beachfront promenade or browse the many shops in town for souvenirs. Alghero is known for its coral, which is harvested off the coast and transformed into striking jewellery. Perhaps watch the world go by in a café-lined piazza over a delicious ‘seadas’, a cheese-filled pastry drizzled with honey, and a ‘mirto’, a unique Sardinian liqueur made with myrtle berries. (B) DAY 7 – Nuraghe, Tharros & Bosa This morning we drive through the Valley of the Nuraghi. Dotting the verdant
Bonifacio
Costa Smeralda
60
Tharros
countryside are striking conical stone structures called ‘nuraghi’, left by the mysterious Nuragic civilisation. We stop to examine the impressive Nuraghe Santu Antine with its 17-metre high tower protected by three bastions. Next we visit the ancient ruins of Tharros, extraordinarily situated in the gulf of Oristano with tremendous views of the sea. During our guided tour, we uncover thousands of years of absorbing history dating back to the 8th century BC. Originally a Nuragic village, Tharros became a Phoenician hub, a Carthaginian fortress, a Roman town, a Byzantine city and then capital of the Kingdom of Arborea before it was
abandoned to avoid Saracen attacks. Our last stop is Bosa, a picturesque hillside town at the mouth of the Temo, Sardinia’s only navigable river. You have free time to discover this quintessential Sardinian town, which exudes great charm with its colourful houses, cobbled alleys and scenic setting. After a wonderful day of sightseeing, we return to the hotel for our final night on this incredible island. (B) DAY 8 – Return flight Transfer to the airport for your return flight.(B)
My view Insider knowledge
Take an early evening stroll along Alghero’s historic ramparts and you may be lucky enough to enjoy one of the famous sunsets. Have your camera ready for a spectacular show of intense colours.
Buy
Local artisans produce high quality items made of cork, wicker and raffia which make lovely gifts and are easy to carry home too.
Taste
Known as Music Paper, Carta da Musica is a wafer thin bread. This Sardinian speciality is often served with antipasti or to accompany slices of the superb local pecorino cheese.
Drink
Sardinians love their wine but they are also Italy’s biggest beer drinkers. Several beers are produced on the island and microbreweries are also flourishing.
Christine
Tour Manager
Alghero Old Town
Our hand-picked hotels We stay at the same hotel in Cannigione, however the Alghero stay will depend on your UK departure. Blu Hotel Morisco Village, Cannigione HHHH The hotel features a pleasant outdoor pool and garden area and is located just a few steps from local amenities like cafes and small shops, as well as local beaches. All rooms are sea facing and decorated in local Sardinian style. Catalunya Hotel, Alghero HHHH The hotel is welllocated in the main town of Alghero a short walk from the historic centre, filled with lively restaurants serving local specialities and fresh seafood for which Alghero is renowned. The skybar on the top floor of the hotel is the perfect spot for a refreshing drink, as its panoramic terrace offers some of the best views in the entire Coral Riviera of the bay and the old town. Wi-Fi is also available throughout the hotel.
Hotel Rina, Alghero HHHH Located in a residential area just off the lido, just 100 metres from the beach, the Hotel Rina is close to a number of restaurants and local amenities. The hotel has an outdoor pool (open in the summer months, weather permitting), a restaurant and a bar/lounge area. The rooms are simply decorated in neutral colours.
Nuraghe Santu Antine
Porto Cervo
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
61
ITA LY
Mantova
F
25 O R LES
S
O
SMALL GROUP TOURS
Hidden Italy Padova, Vicenza & Mantova Uncover the unseen gems of the breathtaking Veneto and beyond: astonishing architecture, cities steeped in history with deep cultural connections, and some of Italy’s best wines. Join us on our eye-opening tour of spectacular northeastern Italy and experience all the wonders this tremendous region has to offer.
Prosecco vineyards in Valdobbiadene
62
6 DAYS FROM
£679
April to June & September to November 2022 SMALL GROUP TOURS FROM
£899
Castelfranco Veneto
Your itinerary DAY 1 – Arrival in Venice & Castelfranco Veneto Arrive at the airport for your flight to Venice or Treviso from where you will be taken to your hotel. Castelfranco Veneto’s historic centre is a maze of narrow streets and tiny squares, protected within remarkably preserved, red-bricked ramparts. Every corner of Castelfranco Veneto proudly evokes the presence of its most famous resident, the artist Giorgione whose pièce de résistance, the Madonna and Child, can be found in the town’s magnificent cathedral. Also worth a visit is the beautiful 18th-century Academic Theatre with some of the best acoustics in Italy. Just beyond the walls and a stone’s throw away from your hotel is Piazza Giorgione, one of the largest squares in the region. DAY 2 – Brenta Canal Cruise & Padova Over the centuries, the rivers flowing into the Venetian lagoon were ingeniously diverted to prevent siltation. One of the most relaxing ways to view these legacies of a leisured existence is to take a canal cruise, and that is exactly what we will do this morning. Just as the wealthy would have travelled between Venice and their villas on the Burchiello, we board a contemporary version of this vessel, equipped with comfortable seats and a deck offering panoramic views. Soon we arrive in Padova, a dynamic city which deserves to be recognised for more than its remarkable university, founded in 1222. Explore the fine piazzas of the historic centre and be amazed by the diverse architectural styles: the Baptistry of the Duomo contains one of the country’s most complete medieval fresco cycles; the Renaissance Loggia della Gran Guardia once housed the Council of Nobles; and bustling Caffè Pedrocchi, ever-popular with students and intellectuals, was built to resemble a Classical temple. (B)
DAY 3 – Vicenza Today we head southwest to Vicenza, situated at the northern base of the cypress-clad Monte Berico astride the Bacchiglione river. This spectacularly sophisticated city is wonderfully cosmopolitan yet doubles as an openair museum dedicated to the legacy of Palladio, a miller’s son who became the most prominent architect of the Italian High Renaissance and gave rise to the Classical style of Palladianism. The local gentry, eager to decorate their city with
grand new buildings, gave him plenty of opportunities to realise his vision; as a result, many of central Vicenza’s streets are graced by a Palladian mansion. We’ll see many of these on our guided tour this morning through the historic centre. At the heart of Vicenza is the Piazza dei Signori, dominated by the Basilica with its marvellous clock tower and distinctive, green roof surrounded by statues of Greek and Roman gods. The astounding nearby Teatro Olimpico, together with the Palladian
Your tour price includes • Stay in medieval Castelfranco with fantastic views of the walled old town • Experience extraordinary Vicenza, both ancient and modern, and the best place to view Palladio’s architectural masterpieces on a guided tour • Visit atmospheric, lakeside Mantova, on a guided tour • See the riverside town of Bassano del Grappa in the foothills of the Prealps, and sample its famous liqueur • Tour Villa Sandi, the palatial headquarters of a renowned Prosecco producer and enjoy a tasting
Plus, of course: • Return flights from a selection of regional airports with hotel transfers • Five nights in centrally located four-star accommodation inclusive of all local taxes, plus breakfast • The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager throughout (B) Daily Breakfast Prices are per person. For departure dates, prices and flights, please call or visit our website.
Two-Centre Tour A USTRI A
Arrive Depart
• Enjoy a cruise on the Brenta Canal • Visit ancient Padova and the famed university where Galileo once taught
I TA LY
• Choose an included visit to Palazzo Ducale, or to Sigurtà Garden Park
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
KEY
Bassano Del Grappa Castelfranco Veneto Vicenza Padova
Venice
Mantova
63
ITA LY Villas of the Veneto in the surrounding area, is a designated UNESCO World Heritage Site. There is time to explore these wonderful sights this afternoon should you wish. You will receive a complimentary museum card, granting free entry to the city’s various worldclass attractions. (B) DAY 4 – Mantova Tour & Palazzo Ducale or Parco Sigurtà Our journey today takes us west and back in time to the sleepy yet achingly beautiful Mantova, a medieval city often overlooked despite its proximity to Lake Garda. As the dramatic skyline of ancient towers, domes and cupolas comes into view, it’s easy to see why the city features in two well-loved tragedies: it is the setting for Verdi’s Rigoletto and Shakespeare had an impassioned Romeo exiled here. During our guided tour of the old town, the reasons for its UNESCO World Heritage status become strikingly evident. Although compact in size, Mantova has more than its share of artistic, cultural and architectural treasures. This afternoon, you will have some free time before our included visit. Choose to stay in Mantova and visit the Palazzo Ducale or take the coach and visit the Parco Sigurta Gardens. The Ducal Palace was the principal residence of the Gonzagas, lords, marquises and finally dukes of the city of Mantua. It took the name of Palazzo Reale during the Austrian domination starting from the reigning Maria Theresa of Vicenza
Parco Sigurtà Austria. Alternatively, see the Italian interpretation of a romantic English garden with its neo-Gothic temple and rustic grotto. Throughout the park are 18 ornamental ponds and lakes, as well as a medicinal herb garden and even an award-winning maze. (B) DAY 5 – Bassano del Grappa & Villa Sandi After breakfast, we visit the enchanting town of Bassano del Grappa, nestled serenely in the foothills of Monte Grappa from which the river Brenta flows free. Connecting the halves of the town is the wooden Ponte degli Alpini bridge,
cleverly designed to withstand the meltwaters in spring. Bassano is known for the Italian after-dinner drink, grappa, which you’ll have the opportunity to taste on our guided visit to a local artisan distillery. Here, you’ll experience this fragrant, grape-based brandy with all five of your senses: listen to the story of how it’s made, observe the fascinating distillation process, feel the fresh pomace with your own hands, and even smell the different varieties. You may wish to have lunch at one of the town’s many excellent restaurants or sample the local specialities before we continue to Valdobbiadene, one of the most prestigious Prosecco-producing areas in the heart of the Treviso region. Here, we visit the prestigious wine producer, Villa Sandi, set in a vast valley protected from nearby mountains by rolling, sun-kissed hills, for a tour and tasting. Our guide then takes us through the villa, its spacious rooms a luxurious combination of pastel colours, stuccoes and bas-reliefs, dominated by resplendent Murano glass chandeliers. (B) DAY 6 – Return flight Transfer to the airport for our flight home. (B)
Bassano del Grappa
64
My view Insider knowledge
Located amongst the churches and piazzas of Padova, you’ll find the world’s oldest botanical garden which dates back to the mid-16th century. The first potatoes in Europe were cultivated here and today the garden is home to more than 6,000 types of plants.
Listen
Antonio Vivaldi’s Four Seasons concerti was inspired by the glorious scenery that surrounds medieval Mantova.
Taste
For a typical taste of Vicenza try the baccalà alla vicentina. This classic dish of salted cod and onions is usually served with polenta.
Drink
The bright orange liqueur, Aperol made its first appearance in Padua in 1919. Mix one part soda, two parts Aperol and three parts Prosecco and enjoy the perfect Aperol Spritz.
Basilica di Sant’Antonio, Padova
Our hand-picked hotel
Gerry
Tour Manager
Piazza Sordello, Mantova
Albergo Roma, Castelfranco HHHH Perfectly positioned just opposite the walled historic centre and the lively market square, the four-star Best Western Albergo Roma offers marvellous views of the medieval ramparts and impressive tower. Completely refurbished in 2016, the superb hotel has comfortable rooms with everything you’d expect from a hotel of this standard. Please note: The use of air-conditioning in hotels in Italy is at the hotel’s discretion and is normally restricted to the summer months (mid-May to mid-September), depending on the temperature.
Your option You’re free to choose On day 4, visit Palazzo Ducale, home of the powerful Gonzaga family, or stroll through the enchanting gardens of Sigurtà Garden Park.
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
65
ITA LY
Palermo
F
25 O R LES
S
O
SMALL GROUP TOURS
Sicily Discover the Mediterranean’s largest island, with its own distinct history, culture and cuisine. Citrus and olive groves stretch into the distance and abundant pine forests lend the air that unmistakable aroma, contrasting with sweeping bays, red volcanic rocks and the dramatic backdrop of snow-capped Mount Etna. Cathedral of Monreale
66
8 DAYS FROM
£969
April to June & August to November 2022 SMALL GROUP TOURS FROM
£1,279
Taormina
Your itinerary DAY 1 – Arrival in Sicily Arrive at the airport for your flight to Catania where you will be taken to your hotel. (D) DAY 2 – Valley of the Temples This morning we visit the stunning Greek remains in the Valley of the Temples – a UNESCO World Heritage Site. Visible for miles around on a ridge overlooking the sea, they would have been intimidating sights for any passing mariner or local shepherd, leaving no doubt as to who was the master of the island. The best of them, Concordia, is similar in design to the Parthenon in Athens and almost as perfectly preserved, with only its roof missing. Other deities to whom these magnificent buildings were dedicated include Zeus, Demeter and Hercules. We enjoy a guided tour of the site and you may also visit the excellent museum to see finds from both the temples and surrounding area. Later we visit Agrigento itself, where the medieval atmosphere seeps into the tiny stepped streets and shady piazzas overlooking the blue Mediterranean in the distance. We return to our hotel to spend the rest of the afternoon relaxing. (B, D) DAY 3 – Palermo & Monreale Our journey along the north coast of the island is an experience in itself as we pass rugged, wild landscapes that have changed little over the millennia. We visit Palermo, the capital city of Sicily. Under the rule of the Saracens and later the Normans, Palermo became one of the most important cities in Europe, famous for the wealth of its court and as a great centre of learning. We also see the magnificent domed cathedral, which dates from the 10th century and includes Byzantine, Moorish, Norman and Renaissance influences in its design. This afternoon we travel to the hilltop town of Monreale for a guided tour of its splendid cathedral, founded around the end of the 12th century. One of the
finest examples of Norman architecture anywhere in the world, even its intricately crafted exterior can’t prepare you for the brilliance of its interior, which is entirely covered with dazzling glass and gold mosaics depicting stories from the Old and New Testaments. If you take the steps up to the roof you’ll be rewarded with a superb panorama of the surrounding countryside. Later we return to our hotel for dinner. (B, D)
DAY 4 – Piazza Armerina & rural restaurant lunch A drive to the small town of Piazza Armerina brings us to an extraordinary archaeological site only discovered in the last century: the Villa Romana del Casale. On our guided tour of the UNESCO World Heritage Site you’ll see the remains of pastel-coloured frescoes on the walls, while the mosaics, alive with images of animals and hunting
Your tour price includes • Marvel at astonishing Greek ruins in the Valley of the Temples on our guided tour of one of the UNESCO World Heritage Site
• Seven nights in four-star accommodation inclusive of all local taxes, with breakfast and dinner, plus one lunch in a rural restaurant
• Admire Palermo’s gorgeous medieval and baroque centre
• The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager throughout
• Explore the hilltop town of Taormina and its ancient Greek theatre • Take a guided tour of the Roman villa in Piazza Armerina and see some of the bestpreserved mosaics and frescoes from antiquity
(B) Daily Breakfast, (L) 1 Lunch, (D) 7 Dinners Prices are per person. For departure dates, prices and flights, please call or visit our website.
• Experience the majesty of Mount Etna, the highest active volcano in Europe • View the medieval mosaics in Monreale cathedral on a guided tour • Visit Siracusa, home of Archimedes • Enjoy authentic Sicilian food at a farmhouse Plus, of course:
Twin-Centre Tour
Palermo
Mount Etna
SI CI LY Catania
Piazza Armerina Agrigento Siracusa
• Return flights from a selection of regional airports, plus all hotel transfers
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
67
ITA LY scenes, are among the finest from Roman antiquity. Complete with its spa, servants’ quarters and courtyard, this palatial building, which was buried for hundreds of years under a landslide that preserved its majesty, brilliantly illustrates the Roman elite’s high standard of living. For lunch we will call at a rural ‘agriturismo’ restaurant. Located in the hilly Sicilian countryside, this is a traditional rural restaurant serving authentic Sicilian food, where most of the produce comes directly from the farm where the restaurant is based. You will get to sample a selection of local dishes including antipasti and homemade pastas, before continuing to Taormina, one of the most captivating towns on the island. (B, L, D) DAY 5 – Free day This morning is free to spend as you please in Taormina, one of the smartest and most exclusive small towns in Italy. Situated on a rocky headland over 800 feet above the sweeping coastline, it’s renowned for its medieval charm and stunning gardens. Flowers and window boxes add extra splashes of colour, while speciality food shops sell fresh pasta, olives and the local Marsala wine. Taormina’s greatest claim to fame, though, is its ancient Greek theatre, possibly the most spectacularly situated anywhere in the world, with the horseshoe-shaped rows of seats overlooking the sea and Mount Etna in the distance.
Siracusa This afternoon you’re free to explore further in Taormina at your leisure. (B, D) DAY 6 – Siracusa Our destination today is Siracusa, an immensely powerful and influential city in ancient times. Its most famous resident was Archimedes, who according to legend discovered the principle of displacement while in the bath and ran naked through the streets exclaiming ‘Eureka’, or ‘I’ve found it!’. The old port area is traditional and extremely attractive, full of small fishing boats unloading their catch. Siracusa’s historic core is called Ortygia and is located on an island connected to the mainland
by three bridges. You’re free to explore here and to discover its many treasures, including the extraordinary Baroque cathedral that cleverly incorporates the remains of a temple to Apollo, while opposite is the Bosco Palace, another opulent expression of Baroque style. Before returning to the hotel, there’s also the opportunity to take a boat trip around the bay. (B, D) DAY 7 – Mount Etna Dominating eastern Sicily is Europe’s highest active volcano, Mount Etna. This morning we take the drive to as near to the snow-capped summit as possible. As we ascend the winding road the landscape becomes increasingly eerie and alien, with razor-sharp black rocks in contorted formations and some areas almost devoid of vegetation. Nearing the cable car station, our vantage point becomes even better and the view stretches out over the whole area. Subject to certain regulations, there’s the opportunity to take the cable car, jeep and guide to explore even higher levels. We return to our hotel during the afternoon. (B, D) DAY 8 – Return flight Transfer to the airport for your return flight. (B)
68
My view
Temple of Concordia
Insider knowledge
Just a short walk from the centre of Taormina you’ll find the Giardini della Villa Comunale. Take a quiet stroll in these lovely public gardens and enjoy the glorious views over the Ionian Sea.
Read
The Leopard by Guiseppe Tomasi. Italy’s most popular historical novel chronicles the changes in Sicilian life in the 19th century.
Taste
An icy granita is a refreshing alternative to an ice cream. Popular flavours of granita include lemon and coffee and if you would like cream on top remember to ask for ‘con panna’.
Drink
A glass of Marsala is the perfect way to end your day. Sweet or dry, this fortified wine is produced in the region of Marsala, on the west coast of the island.
Rosario Our hand-picked hotels Depending on your date of departure you’ll stay at one of three hand-picked hotels in Agrigento, well located for visiting the Valley of Temples. From day 4, there are three hotels near or in Taormina, again depending on departure. Scala dei Turchi Resort HHHH Located near the famous Scala dei Turchi cliffs, the hotel offers an outdoor pool, as well as a restaurant and bar area. The bright, air-conditioned rooms include a TV and Wi-Fi. Colleverde Park Hotel HHHH Set within charming gardens, the Colleverde Park hotel is located near the famous Valley of the Temples, and it is classically decorated with 19th-century ceramics and furniture. The rooms are air-conditioned and equipped with satellite TV, Wi-Fi and minibar. Baia di Ulisse Resort & Spa, Agrigento HHHH Set within a pine forest running down to the hotel’s private beach in San Leone, this stylish
hotel features several relaxing lounges plus an outside terrace with views across the bay and an outdoor pool. The Mediterranean-style air-conditioned rooms all feature a garden or terrace view plus satellite TV, minibar and hairdryer. Sant’Alphio Garden Hotel & Spa, Giardini Naxos HHHH Giardini Naxos is lined by seafood restaurants, fishing boats drawn onto the beach and the family-run Sant’Alphio Garden Hotel & Spa, situated just a few minutes’ walk from the sea. Its picturesque location, offers views of nearby Taormina and Mount Etna. Facilities include a restaurant, bar and outdoor pool with bar. The hotel also has a private beach a short walk away and a spa with indoor pool, jacuzzi, sauna and gym. Rooms are modern, airconditioned and equipped with Wi-Fi, satellite TV, hairdryer, minibar and safe. All have a terrace or balcony affording views over the surrounding area. Hotel Baia, Taormina HHHH Set into the coastal cliff overlooking the spectacular Bay of Taormina, the hotel has stone-faced walls, terracotta tiles and wide arches
Tour Manager
help to foster a wonderfully welcoming atmosphere. Built into the hillside is the swimming pool, a restaurant that specialises in local cuisine, a relaxing bar and coffee shop. There may also be the opportunity to take dinner on the terrace during your stay. Mediterranean in style, the sea view rooms feature satellite TV, Wi-Fi, minibar, hairdryer and safe. There is also a complimentary shuttle bus to Taormina and the beach. Excelsior Palace Hotel, Taormina HHHH The Excelsior Palace Hotel enjoys panoramic views of the sea to one side and Mount Etna on the other. There’s a restaurant, bar and terrace to enjoy amazing views of the island’s famous volcano. The large pool, set in the terraced gardens, has its own bar. All rooms are air-conditioned, with Wi-Fi, satellite TV, hairdryer, minibar and safe. Please note: The use of air-conditioning in hotels in Italy is at the hotel’s discretion and is normally restricted to the summer months (mid-May to mid-September), depending on the temperature. Where hotels feature an outdoor swimming pool, this will be open during the summer months (weather permitting).
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
69
ITA LY
Cefalù
F
25 O R LES
S
O
SMALL GROUP TOURS
Western Sicily, Palermo & the Aeolian Islands Explore the little-known cultural legacies and natural beauty of Western Sicily, visiting prehistoric cave dwellings, Greek ruins, bustling Palermo and beachfront Cefalù. Plus, the volcanic Aeolian Island of Lipari, with its captivating waterfront and acclaimed museum and a tasting of the dessert wine, Marsala.
Erice
70
8 DAYS FROM
£1,049
May to June & September to October 2022 SMALL GROUP TOURS FROM
£1,219
Doric Temple, Segesta
Your itinerary DAY 1 – Arrival in Trapani Arrive at the airport for your flight to Palermo from where you will be taken to your hotel. DAY 2 – Erice & Grotta Mangiapane The first known settlers in Western Sicily were the Elymians, possibly refugees from Troy. Trapani was the port serving their religious centre, Erice, which today is a simply stunning microcosm of the entire island, which we explore on a guided tour. Erice is renowned for its magnificent location, offering amazing views of the fertile valleys below and the rocky headlands stretching out to the sea. There’s time to explore here as you wish before lunch. This afternoon we visit Grotta Mangiapane, which was the site of an unusual archaeological site. Rather than discovering resources to contribute to the Kingdom of Italy, what emerged were the most incredible cave dwellings containing artefacts reputed to be over 20,000 years old. We later return to Trapani with the remainder of the afternoon free to spend as you please. (B) DAY 3 – Segesta & Marsala This morning we take the short drive to Segesta, an outstanding archaeological site with an impressive hilltop setting. While much of Segesta’s magical history remains unexcavated, its highlights include what is perhaps the world’s best-preserved Greek Doric temple, dating from around 430 BC and almost complete except for its roof, and an amphitheatre offering impressive views over the valley below, which we see on a guided tour. We sample another side of Sicily’s culture this afternoon. In Marsala we learn all about the creation of the delectable fortified wine bearing the town’s name and enjoyed around the
world. We’re guests of one of Marsala’s foremost producers and, naturally, after the visit we enjoy a tasting. Another lesser-known product associated with Marsala is sea salt, which has been extracted by evaporation and salt-panning here since Phoenician times. At a fascinating family-run museum, we learn about this ancient craft and the proprietor,
whose ancestors have been engaged in the trade for generations, explains this arduous lifestyle and occasionally breaks into traditional songs! (B) DAY 4 – Palermo Driving eastwards along the scenic coast to Palermo affords captivating views of the bright blue sea and the mountainous interior. In Sicily’s capital we have a guided tour unlocking the
Your tour price includes • Discover the incredible fortifications and churches of the hilltop town of Erice on a guided tour • Explore the 20,000-year-old Grotta Mangiapane cave dwellings • Spend a full day exploring Lipari and the Aeolian Islands • See the ancient Greek temple at Segesta on a guided tour • Tour the medieval and Baroque treasures of Palermo, with a guide, including its stunning Norman Palace
Plus, of course: • Return flights from the UK and all hotel transfers • Seven nights in four-star accommodation inclusive of all local taxes, with breakfast and four dinners • The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager throughout (B) Daily Breakfast, (D) 4 Dinners Prices are per person. For departure dates, prices and flights, please call or visit our website.
• Walk around charming Cefalù, one of Sicily’s most attractive coastal villages
Twin-Centre Tour
• Enjoy a tasting of Marsala at a producer in the town that gives the dessert wine its name
Grotta Mangiapane
• Learn about the ancient craft of salt-panning at a family-run museum
Marsala
• Drive through the mountainous Madonie Regional Natural Park and visit the hilltop village of Castelbuono
Aeolian Islands
Trapani Segesta
Palermo Cefalù Castlebuono
SI CI LY
KEY Arrive Depart
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
71
ITA LY mysteries of its past and revealing what makes this enchanting island ‘tick’. Many of Palermo’s monuments date from before 1861, a time when Sicily was an independent kingdom, and you’ll love the brilliantly decorated churches and tiny, almost timeless piazzas. During our visit you’ll see the huge Carthaginian foundations, while upstairs is the royal church, Palermo’s undisputed artistic gem, which is covered in some of the finest gold medieval mosaics in existence. (B, D) DAY 5 – Free day in Cefalù At the base of a huge rocky outcrop called La Rocca is Cefalù’s atmospheric medieval centre with its terracotta roofs and, above, a temple dedicated to the goddess Diana. This morning, after a short orientation walk, the rest of the day is yours to enjoy. The jewel in Cefalù’s crown is its fortress-like cathedral, a majestic Norman edifice regarded as the zenith of Sicilian Romanesque architecture. Protected by huge Saracen ramparts, this quaint fishing port is lined by picturesque bars and excellent fish restaurants. A relaxing afternoon on the sandy beach is an irresistible temptation for many. Whatever your choice, you’re assured an idyllic day in this marvellous spot before dinner in the hotel’s restaurant. (B, D) DAY 6 – The Aeolian Islands A morning drive takes us along the scenic coast road, then we cruise across
Trapani
to the astonishing Aeolian Islands. First we pass the island of Vulcano and it’s possible to detect a hint of the characteristic aroma of its sulphurous hot springs, before we arrive at Lipari, the largest island. Still surrounded by its 16th-century walls, the town of Lipari has been an important part of this area since Neolithic times. You can mix cuisine and culture by taking a long seafood lunch accompanied by a glass of crisp white wine in one of the delightful restaurants, then follow this with a visit to the archaeological museum, which traces the islands’ history through the ages. The harbour and necropolis have yielded the contents of several wrecked ships from Aeolian Islands
antiquity as well as Greek and Roman implements fashioned as hoped-for guarantors of a peaceful afterlife. There’s time to wander before we return to our hotel for dinner. (B, D) DAY 7– Madonie Natural Park & Castelbuono In Cefalù’s lofty hinterland is the Madonie Regional Natural Park, a wild and rugged mountain range, high enough for skiing in winter, with crags and forests that are home to wolves, eagles and wildcats, making it Sicily’s most important natural habitat. After enjoying this unspoiled topography with only the occasional shepherd tending his flocks for company, we visit the stunning hilltop village of Castelbuono. Dominating the village is a 14th-century castle, fascinating for its mélange of Arabic, Germanic and Norman architectural styles. Castelbuono is the perfect place to end your tour of Sicilian secrets, with its super restaurants and a host of food shops offering a range of the island’s specialities. Descending to the coast we catch sight of the glittering Tyrrhenian Sea, heralding our return to delightful Cefalù for a final dinner. (B, D) DAY 8 – Return flight Transfer to the airport for your return flight.(B)
Norman Palace, Palermo
72
My view
Palermo Cathedral
Insider knowledge
Climb the Salita Saraceni, the huge staircase which winds up through Cefalù’s city walls to the summit of La Rocca. You will be rewarded with wonderful views over the town and coast.
Read
Stromboli, Terra di Dio directed by Roberto Rossellini. This classic 1949 film, starring Ingrid Bergman was filmed in the Aeolian Islands.
Buy
Manna is cultivated from the ash trees that grow around Castelbuono. This sweet sap is used to flavour pannetone and nougat which you can buy in Castelbuono’s tempting pastry shops.
Taste
Busiate is typical to Western Sicily and this spiral shaped pasta is the perfect accompaniment to pesto allo Trapanese, a tomato and almond based sauce.
Our hand-picked hotels As a two-centre tour, guests spend the first three nights in our hand-picked hotel in Trapani and the remaining four nights in Cefalù. FH Crystal Hotel, Trapani HHHH This modern, refurbished hotel is fully airconditioned and is ideally situated on the edge of Trapani’s historic centre, allowing easy exploration on foot. The contemporary rooms feature free Wi-Fi, satellite TV and a private bathroom with a hairdryer and shower. The hotel is also just a five minutes’ walk from the beach and port, where you can take a stroll along to see the nearby boats to the Egadi islands.
facilities you’d expect in a hotel of this standard but, to make your stay more comfortable, perhaps you’d like to upgrade to a side sea view and balcony room. For relaxation, there’s a spa and pool, while a tennis court caters for the more energetic. The comfortable lounge – built in Sicilian style with exposed stonework – is the perfect spot to unwind, while the restaurant serves local and international cuisine. After dinner why not enjoy a drink on the terrace bar,
which has extensive panoramic views and live background music several times a week. Please note: The use of air conditioning in hotels in Italy is at the hotel’s discretion and is normally restricted to the summer months (mid-May to mid-September), depending on the temperature. Where hotels feature an outdoor swimming pool, this will be open during the summer months (weather permitting).
Marsala
Alberi del Paradiso, Cefalù HHHH Situated on a small hill, the hotel affords splendid views of the town and the sea beyond. The beach and historic centre are a mile away and can be reached by a shuttle bus. The well-appointed rooms provide all the
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
73
ITA LY
Bologna
F
25 O R LES
S
O
SMALL GROUP TOURS
Bologna, Parma & Ravenna Stunning architecture and cultural treasures dominate EmiliaRomagna, with delightful Bologna – Italy’s culinary capital – historic Parma, Modena and the Ferrari Museum at Maranello. Not forgetting the fascinating, famous Byzantine mosaics of Ravenna, which boasts eight UNESCO World Heritage sites. Parma
5 DAYS FROM
£699
April to October 2022 SMALL GROUP TOURS FROM
£799
Your itinerary DAY 1 – Arrival in Bologna or Venice Arrive at the airport for your flight to Bologna or Venice from where you will be taken to your hotel. DAY 2 – Bologna & Ferrari Museum This morning we have a guided tour of Bologna to fully appreciate this fine old city. Wonderfully preserved over the centuries, its original Roman street plan is still discernible. Ten gates encircle the historic centre and at Bologna’s heart is the majestic main square – the Piazza Maggiore. It’s surrounded by grand Renaissance palaces and is home to the church of San Petronio. Adjacent is another square, Piazza del Nettuno, where medieval buildings frame a 16thcentury statue and fountain dedicated
74
to Neptune. One of Bologna’s many surprises is that it can ‘outdo’ Pisa – in Porta Ravegnana square it boasts not one but two 12th-century leaning towers! Other must-see sights include the Western world’s oldest university – founded in 1008 and the pretty Sanctuary of the Madonna of San Luca. After the tour there’s time to explore the city’s maze of tiny alleys and streets, lined by tempting food shops of every description. This afternoon you can choose to explore Bologna further or visit the Ferrari Museum in Maranello, which is dedicated to a brand synonymous with racing heritage. You’ll learn about the history of Ferrari’s Formula 1 cars and its sublime road models, have your photo taken in a Ferrari and even try out a semi-professional F1 simulator (prebooking is advised). (B) DAY 3 – Parma This morning we visit Parma – synonymous with dry-cured prosciutto ham and Parmigiano Reggiano (Parmesan) cheese. Your guided tour shines a spotlight on Parma’s culinary heritage and its buildings, most impressive of which is the beautifully proportioned Romanesque cathedral. This afternoon we make the short journey into the Apennine foothills, where the ancient art of preparing the finest Prosciutto di Parma ham is practised in remote villages set in rolling countryside. Our destination is the ‘capital of prosciutto’, Langhirano, home to the Lanfranchi family. We receive an insight into their meticulous production methods, after which you’ll have the opportunity to sample their delicious handiwork. Another treat awaits just outside Modena, at the Acetaia Villa San Donnino. For over a century, artisans have been producing traditional balsamic vinegar here, a process that’s regarded as scientific as winemaking. You’ll see the passion and pride of employees as they uphold this 1,000-year-old craft that involves boiling, fermenting and maturing grape must in wooden casks. (B) DAY 4 – Ravenna Today we take the short drive towards the Adriatic coast to visit a city renowned for its exquisite mosaics – Ravenna, a key location in the history of the Roman Empire. Despite its turbulent history, Ravenna’s compact centre retains many unique buildings spanning a period of 1,500 years. A guided walking tour will bring these outstanding structures to life, covering several 5th- and 6th-century UNESCO World Heritage sites including mausoleums, basilicas and baptistries adorned with historically significant mosaics described by art historian Andrew Graham-Dixon as ‘the pinnacle of Byzantine art’. After
immersing yourself in the magnificence of Ravenna’s ancient past, we return to Bologna for some free time. This evening, choose another welcoming trattoria for your final dinner and, perhaps uncorking a bottle of local Sangiovese wine, reflect on what will have been a rewarding few days in this culturally rich and refreshingly unspoilt region of Italy. (B) DAY 5 – Return flight Transfer to the airport for our flight home. (B)
Our hand-picked hotel As this is a single-centre tour, we stay at the same hand-picked hotel in Bologna for four nights. Hotel Internazionale, Bologna HHHH This elegant hotel is located on one of Bologna’s main shopping streets at the edge of its centro storico or historic centre, which is about a 15-minute walk away. The modern rooms feature all the facilities you would expect from a hotel of this standard, including free Wi-Fi, TV, air conditioning, safe, hair dryer and minibar. Please note: The use of air-conditioning in hotels in Italy is at the hotel’s discretion and is normally restricted to the summer months (mid-May to mid-September), depending on the temperature.
Your option Hotel dining This tour includes daily breakfast only, so you have flexibility to enjoy the local cuisine at the town’s fine restaurants. If you wish to dine in at the hotel, you may pre-book dinner, 1 night £19pp or 2 nights £37pp.
My view
Your tour price includes • Enjoy a guided sightseeing tour of Bologna, Italy’s gastronomic capital with a stunning medieval centre and the world’s longest continuous portico • Visit a traditional family producer to see how prosciutto di Parma is cured • Discover how a century-old artisanal producer makes Modena’s famed balsamic vinegar • Experience the glamour and racing heritage of Ferrari at the marque’s museum in Maranello • Marvel at Ravenna’s Byzantine mosaics on a guided tour that includes five UNESCO World Heritage Sites • Explore historic Parma on a guided tour, taking in its magnificent 12th-century Romanesque cathedral Plus, of course: • Return flights from a selection of regional airports with hotel transfers • Four nights in four-star accommodation inclusive of all local taxes, with breakfast (dining options available at a supplement) • The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager throughout
Insider knowledge
Delve into the narrow streets of the ancient Jewish quarter of Bologna. You’ll find artisan workshops and atmospheric cafés in this charming area of the city.
Taste
No visit to Emilia Romagna is complete without tasting Tortellini in Brodo. This comforting dish comprises of fresh tortellini poached in a rich chicken broth.
Drink
After a day of gastronomic pleasure relax with a glass of prosecco or try a glass of chilled Lambrusco, the local sparkling red wine. A small snack is often included with your aperitivo.
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
(B) Daily Breakfast Prices are per person. For departure dates, prices and flights, please call or visit our website.
Single-Centre Tour KEY Arrive Depart
Venice
Parma
I TALY
Bologna
Ravenna
75
ITA LY
F
25 O R LES
S
O
SMALL GROUP TOURS Rome
Rome
5 DAYS FROM
Ancient & Baroque Built around seven hills on the banks of the River Tiber, Rome has more than two millennia of recorded history and a historic, architectural and cultural heritage unmatched by any other capital on earth. Discover the Eternal City, taking in iconic monuments, grand Baroque buildings and myriad art and cultural treasures.
The Spanish Steps
76
£699
April to July & September to November 2022 SMALL GROUP TOURS FROM
£779
Your itinerary DAY 1 – Arrival in Rome Arrive at the airport for your flight to Rome from where you will be taken to your hotel. DAY 2 – Baroque Rome After breakfast our guided tour of Rome’s Baroque heritage begins in earnest. For many, seeing the Trevi Fountain, with cascades of water rising from an antique Roman aqueduct and passing over immense rocks against a palatial backdrop, will be unforgettable. Legend has it that tossing a coin into the water and making a wish ensures you’ll return to this most beguiling of cities. See the Piazza Navona, Rome’s most famous square, built on the site of an ancient Roman stadium, but now lined by elegant
pastel-coloured buildings, cafés and restaurants. Take a stroll down the 18th-century Spanish Steps and imagine it as it was – the haunt of artists’ models and now simply a place to be seen. At the bottom is the Piazza di Spagna, once home of the English poet Keats, who was visited there by Milton, Byron and Shelley. The afternoon is at leisure. Perhaps savour a coffee in the city’s oldest café, Antico Caffè Greco, whose previous customers included Byron, Ibsen and Casanova, while lovers of fine clothes will delight at displays in the boutiques along the Via Condotti. (B) DAY 3 – Ancient Rome & The Colosseum This morning we have a guided tour of the monuments of ancient Rome. Holding sway over much of the known world for 500 years, Rome was the mightiest empire of its time. It was ruled first by a series of consuls, then by the most famous Roman of all, Julius Caesar, followed by a series of emperors – and each wanted their place in history. Between them, they created a remarkable legacy we can still see today: the Forum, the nearby House of the Vestal Virgins, the Pantheon and temples of the gods. On Palatine Hill, the elite – including many emperors – relaxed in opulent villas. Close to the evocative remains of these buildings are the immense Baths of Caracalla, a veritable Roman leisure centre where citizens could exercise, bathe and have a massage. The rest of the day is free for you to spend as you please. (B) DAY 4 – Villa Borghese The morning is free for you to explore as you wish, but while in Rome you must visit a truly unique place – the Vatican, an independent state and, of course, home to the Pope and the largest church in the world, Saint Peter’s Basilica. Inside, the Sistine Chapel is a pinnacle of human achievement and the largest painting ever created by one man, the genius Michelangelo. This is quite simply the largest, richest and most extraordinary such museum complex on earth, containing so many artefacts from the city’s past. Many of the finest artists of the Renaissance worked for a variety of popes, but there are other displays too: Egyptian antiquities, furniture, sculpture and silverware. This afternoon, we enjoy a timed reserved visit to the Villa Borghese, whose delightful gardens are the setting of a trio of remarkable museums. The Galleria Borghese houses one of the world’s great art collections, including treasures by Raphael, Caravaggio and Bernini. The national modern art museum is in another pavilion and the Villa Giulia boasts an outstanding array of Etruscan artefacts. Its ceramic and glass items, in almost perfect condition, are displayed next to gold jewellery studded with precious stones. (B)
DAY 5 – Return flight Transfer to the airport for our flight home. (B)
Our hand-picked hotel As this is a single-centre tour, we stay at the same hand-picked hotel in Rome for four nights, with breakfast. Hotel President HHHH At the heart of the historic centre, Hotel President is conveniently situated with excellent transport links via the metro and bus to all areas of the city and its main sights. This modern hotel has spacious reception areas, a breakfast room serving a continental buffet, plus a restaurant and bar. All the rooms are airconditioned, offering satellite TV, Wi-Fi, hairdryer, minibar and safe.
Your options Personalise your holiday Early entrance to the Vatican and guided tour Enjoy exclusive early morning access to the Vatican before the crowds arrive, while the museum is still quiet. From £79pp Breakfast at the Vatican and guided tour Indulge in a more exclusive visit to the Vatican. Enjoy a rich American buffet breakfast in the museum’s restaurant area or courtyard, and discover the countless works of art at your own pace thanks to the special early morning entrance. From £104pp
Your tour price includes • Discover Baroque Rome on a guided tour, seeing the Piazza Navona, Trevi Fountain and the Spanish Steps • Marvel at the scale and history of the Roman Forum and the Colosseum • Explore the other highlights of ancient Rome, including the Baths of Caracalla and the Circus Maximus • Visit the spectacular museums and art collections of the Villa Borghese, avoiding the queues with a reserved timed entrance Plus, of course: • Return flights from a selection of regional airports with hotel transfers • Four nights in four-star accommodation inclusive of all local taxes, with breakfast • The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager throughout (B) Daily Breakfast Prices are per person. For departure dates, prices and flights, please call or visit our website.
Single-Centre Tour
I TALY
My view
ROME
KEY
Watch
The Talented Mr Ripley. Starring Matt Damon and Jude Law, a pivotal scene of this 1999 movie was shot in Rome’s finest square, Piazza Navona.
Arrive Depart
The Colosseum
Taste
Combining pasta with a sauce of pecorino cheese, eggs and pancetta, Spaghetti alla Carbonara is one of the classic dishes of Rome.
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
77
S PA I N
SMALL GROUP TOURS F
25 O R LES
S
O
Alhambra Palace, Granada
Classical Spain Seville, Córdoba & Granada Experience Andalucía’s magical fusion of Spanish and Moorish cultures with Seville’s vibrant streets and conquistador heritage, Granada’s Alhambra and the Mezquita mosque in Córdoba. Discover a tapestry of rugged, fragrant and sunkissed countryside, covered by green olive groves under an azure blue sky.
Plaza de España, Seville
78
7 DAYS FROM
£689
April to June & September to November 2022 SMALL GROUP TOURS FROM
£879
The Mezquita, Córdoba
Your itinerary DAY 1 – Arrival in Malaga Arrive at the airport for your flight to Malaga from where you will be taken to your hotel. DAY 2 – Ronda After breakfast we take a drive into the hills forming the beautiful backdrop to the coast and then arrive in Ronda, a city widely acknowledged as one of the most spectacular in Spain and which enjoys a setting so naturally dramatic it could be in a fairy tale. Built on a ridge and split by a most impressive gorge plunging down hundreds of feet, much of Ronda’s appeal lies in its spectacular views and clear mountain air – Andalucía at its simple best. We continue our drive into the countryside beyond, which is both very scenic and quite isolated, so much so it is not unusual to see eagles and vultures soaring above or ibex roaming the mountains. Another treat awaits, as this evening we enjoy an introduction to delicious tapas. It is said that tapas dishes were originally slices of bread or meat used by sherry drinkers in Andalucían taverns to cover their glasses and keep fruit flies away. Over the centuries, with the introduction of olives, tomatoes, peppers and potatoes, tapas dishes gradually evolved into a most delightful tradition. (B) DAY 3 – Seville Flamboyant, seductive, fascinating… Seville is all these and more. It is simply one of the most beautiful and charismatic cities in the world, with the serene River Guadalquivir flowing through its centre, a history spanning the centuries, a wealth of historic buildings, colourful back streets and peaceful parks. Much of Seville was built
during this time and it seems to have changed little in the last 500 years, with tiny twisting streets and hidden squares where the locals hide from the midday sun in high summer. Today, though, it possesses a vibrant, cultural spirit that is very special. The city of Figaro, this is the setting for another classic opera, Carmen. It’s also the home of flamenco, the origins of which are lost in the aeons of time. In short, this is the essence of Spain. After breakfast we have a sightseeing tour of this beguiling city, during which we’ll see the awe-inspiring semi-circular
Plaza de España, a fine example of Renaissance Revival and Moorish Revival styles of Spanish architecture. You’ll also see the Tower of Gold, so named as it was used to store plunder from the Americas, and much more. During the afternoon you’re free to explore Seville at your leisure. Why not wander the delightful Plaza de España, marvel at the wooden framework of the unusual Metropol Parasol or find a shaded café and enjoy a refreshing glass of fresh Seville orange juice? Or perhaps head to Mercado Lonja del Barranco, the perfect riverside spot to sample Spanish cheese and cured meat from the local area. (B)
Your tour price includes • Experience beautiful Seville’s vibrant streets and tranquil parks on a sightseeing tour led by a local guide • Enjoy the authentic tastes and traditions of tapas in Seville • Explore the mountain-fringed city of Granada and visit the outstanding Alhambra Palace
star hotels, inclusive of local taxes, with breakfast • The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager (B) Daily Breakfast Prices are per person. For departure dates, prices and flights, please call or visit our website.
• Visit historic Córdoba and take a guided tour of the Mezquita • Marvel at the natural drama of Ronda, a city spectacularly situated across a plunging gorge Plus, of course: • Return flights from a selection of regional airports and transfers to and from your hotel • Six nights’ accommodation in three-star superior and four-
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
Multi-Centre Tour Córdoba
Seville
SPA I N Granada
Ronda Mijas
Malaga
KEY Arrive Depart
79
S PA I N DAY 4 – Free day in Seville Today we have a free day. There are the ‘musts’ to visit if you wish, such as the Alcázar, the fortified palace of the Moors with a richness of decoration which will astound you, and the cathedral, but also take time to wander around the Barrio Santa Cruz, the former Jewish quarter of the medieval city, and the smart pedestrianised Calle Sierpes, a street full of beautiful shops selling high-quality leather goods. The Maria Luisa Park is a beautiful display of colour where you can relax and indulge in a spot of people-watching. (B) DAY 5 – Córdoba After breakfast we leave Seville and head east to another of Andalucía’s classic cities, arriving in Córdoba for our walking guided tour. Córdoba was the ancient capital of the Moors and is principally famous for a single building – the Mezquita – the grandest and most beautiful mosque ever constructed in the Moorish world. Dominating the centre of the Old Town, which was once the home of a thriving Jewish community, it is a building of extraordinary power and mystery with an arcaded hall supported by over 850 columns made of semi-precious stones. Another highlight is the immense, well-preserved Roman bridge. Córdoba is a delightful place full of patios drenched in the colour of thousands of flowers – the Spanish seem to take so much pride decorating their homes. We then continue our journey to arrive in the city of Granada, the last stronghold
80
Córdoba of the sultans during the Middle Ages and home to the Alhambra, the most spectacular gem of Moorish Andalucía. As we approach Granada, there can be no more proof of the diversity of this corner of southern Europe. We pass through some very arid countryside with a landscape of dried riverbeds, giving way to rolling olive groves. In the distance is the spectacular Sierra Nevada, the highest mountain range in Spain. (B) DAY 6 – Granada & The Alhambra Granada has a naturally dramatic location, nestling against the backdrop of permanently snow-capped mountains soaring majestically to a height of 11,000 feet. It is the perfect setting for the most perfect of architectural wonders, the Alhambra. So individual in its peaceful setting, so rich in its history
and so exquisite in its design, this iconic building was the high point in Moorish culture. Today we visit the Alhambra and you’ll also have time to explore the city as you wish. There is a myriad of twisting streets, the old Moorish quarter and the traditional gypsy area, with seemingly every balcony sprouting flowers in a profusion of colour. Granada also boasts some of the most distinctive old bars in Spain, many of them decorated with antique tiles, where taking a drink and a few tapas can be an excuse for a unique, authentically Andalucían experience. (B) DAY 7 – Return flight Transfer to Malaga or Granada airport (depending on your departure date) for your return flight. (B)
My view Insider knowledge
Visit the Ceramic Museum in Triana. This district of Seville was once the home of world-renowned tile workshops and potteries.
Read
Chris Stewart, former drummer with Genesis and now an author chronicles rural life in the Alpujarras mountains in his first book, Driving Over Lemons.
Buy
A bottle of orange blossom water will remind you of your visit to Seville. Agua de Azahar is made from the blossoms which spread their intoxicating scent when the Seville oranges are picked in winter and early spring.
Taste
Ronda
Our hand-picked hotels We stay at the same hand-picked hotels in Mijas and Seville, whilst the Córdoba hotel depends on your UK departure date. Ilunion Hacienda del Sol, Mijas HHHH The Ilunion Hacienda del Sol is situated in undulating countryside near the village of Mijas. There is a bar, restaurant, swimming pool (open during summer months, weather permitting) and is set in its own grounds with spectacular views. The modern rooms offer free Wi-Fi and satellite TV. Don Paco, Seville HHH superior The Don Paco in the heart of Seville for three nights. It is very well situated on the edge of the Old Town in one of Seville’s many squares, is fully air-conditioned and has a rooftop swimming pool (open during the summer months). The rooms feature air conditioning, TV, free Wi-Fi and a free safety deposit box.
Hotel Alixares, Granada HHHH The Hotel Alixares is well located opposite the Alhambra and within the Alhambra Natural Reserve. The airconditioned rooms feature a flat-screen satellite TV and free safe. The elegant hotel also has an outdoor swimming pool (open during the summer months) surrounded by attractive gardens.
Dating back to the period of the Spanish Inquisition, Habas con Jamón is a typical dish of Granada which combines fava beans and cured ham.
Paul
Tour Manager
Please note: The use of air-conditioning is at the hotel’s discretion and is normally restricted to summer months, depending on the temperature.
Your options Personalise your holiday Authentic flamenco show in Seville Witness a spectacular flamenco performance filled with passion and energy in a charming theatre. Enjoy a complimentary drink while you admire the superb artistry of world-class dancers, singers and musicians, who bring to life classics like ‘Carmen’. From £33pp.
Hotel Porcel Sabica, Granada HHHH The centrallylocated Hotel Porcel Sabica, is within easy walking distance of the principal areas of interest. The rooms are modern and comfortable, with a desk, safe, TV and telephone in the air-conditioned rooms, which offer free Wi-Fi.
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
81
S PA I N
SMALL GROUP TOURS F
25 O R LES
S
O
Mount Teide
Discover the Real Tenerife & La Gomera Discover the Canaries’ lesser-known treasures: medieval colonial towns that influenced Latin American cities such as Old Havana, volcanic marvels, rugged landscapes where nature reigns and an ancient whistling language. Be inspired by wildly beautiful islands, historic ports and remote mountain villages.
La Laguna
82
8 DAYS FROM
£1,069
May to June & September to November 2022 SMALL GROUP TOURS FROM
£1,099
La Orotava
Your itinerary DAY 1 – Arrival in Tenerife Arrive at the airport for your flight to Tenerife from where you will be taken to your hotel. DAY 2 – La Laguna Enjoy a morning sightseeing, walking tour of San Cristóbal de La Laguna, known simply as La Laguna. Founded in the 15th century, it’s hard to believe the old town was once a haphazard jumble of buildings, as today you’ll find atmospheric squares and straight streets flanked by colourful mansions and an eclectic mix of shops. After our engaging tour, the rest of the day is at leisure. The high walls of elegant villas conceal well-manicured courtyards – each a delightful oasis typically containing a little fountain and garden. Perhaps visit the Museum of the History of Tenerife to unearth the island’s exciting past, or head to La Laguna’s cathedral to see its hidden treasures. Take your pick of the many cafés lining the old town’s plazas and have a barraquito – a strong coffee taken up a notch with liqueur, condensed milk and cinnamon. (B) DAY 3 – Mount Teide Today we delve into the island’s volcanic roots and get up-close with its geological superstar, Mount Teide. Towering over Tenerife at 12,198 feet – almost three times the height of Ben Nevis – Teide is Spain’s highest peak and Europe’s highest active volcano. We spend the day in Teide National Park, an awe-inspiring wilderness of gaping craters, majestic volcanoes and lava streams, learning about the extraordinary formation of Teide and Tenerife, as well as the endemic flora and fauna that thrive in this seemingly inhospitable land. We then take an eight-minute cable car ride, which leaves us just 535-feet shy of Teide’s summit. Nothing can prepare you for the breathtaking views of the rugged valley below, and on clear days, you can glimpse the neighbouring islands of La Gomera, La Palma and El Hierro.
Next, we explore Las Cañadas, the vast caldera created by the collapse of ancient craters. With free time to take in the lunar landscape, why not follow the park’s easy and informative trail over flat terrain – ideal for appreciating the mesmerising geological features sculpted by nature, from igneous intrusions to undulating pahoehoe. (B) Altitude note: Oxygen levels are low at 12,198 feet, so those with heart or respiratory problems may prefer to remain at the cable car station. DAY 4 – Santa Cruz Today we visit Santa Cruz, the picturesque capital situated on the divine coast, with rolling hills providing a dramatic backdrop. An exciting blend of colonial history and modern dynamism, this bustling port city is home to
fantastic architecture, brightly painted buildings, quirky shops, world-class museums and art galleries, vibrant street art and a green oasis in the city park. After our city tour by coach and on foot, the rest of the day is free. Treat your senses to a veritable feast at the Market of Our Lady of Africa, a superb collection of market stalls, shops and eateries. A dazzling array of treasures from the sea can be found at the fish market, while fruit and vegetables tempt the eye in a kaleidoscope of colours. Enjoy a selection of freshly prepared Canarian tapas whilst you observe the Santacruceros going about their day. (B) DAY 5 – La Gomera After breakfast, we catch the 50-minute fast ferry from Los Cristianos port to
Your tour price includes • Guided sightseeing tour of La Laguna, the medieval capital of the Canary Islands • Uncover Tenerife’s volcanic origins at Teide National Park, explore a moonlike caldera and ascend Mount Teide, Spain’s highest peak by cable car • Guided tour of Santa Cruz, the current capital, by the stunning coast
• Seven nights in four-star accommodation inclusive of all taxes, with breakfast and one lunch at a local restaurant • The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager throughout (B) Daily Breakfast, (L) 1 Lunch Prices are per person. For departure dates, prices and flights, please call or visit our website.
• Discover the misty laurel forests and ancient culture of La Gomera, with a demonstration of Silbo, La Gomera’s fascinating whistling language • Guided visits of La Orotava, a picturesque hilltown, and Icod de los Vinos, renowned for the Canaries’ oldest dragon tree
Single-Centre Tour La Laguna Icod de los Vinos Mount Teide
LA GO MERA
Santa Cruz
La Orotava
TENERI FE
Plus, of course: • Return flights from a selection of regional airports, plus hotel transfers
KEY Arrive Depart
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
83
S PA I N the idyllic neighbouring island of La Gomera. Although close in distance, La Gomera is miles apart from Tenerife in character and scenery. The landscape is a rugged masterpiece of emerald valleys, mist-shrouded forests, towering cliffs, volcanic rock formations and black-pebble beaches.
La Gomera
Our first stop is Garajonay National Park, a UNESCO-protected wonderland where ancient laurel forests reign. The fascinating exhibits are devoted to all aspects of the park, including the island as a whole and the traditional rural life of the Gomeran people. A traditional lunch is included today at a local restaurant, where you’ll also be treated to an uplifting demonstration of Silbo, La Gomera’s unique whistling language, which arose from a need to transmit messages across the island’s terrain. Enjoy the performance while you take in spectacular views across the ocean to Tenerife and its mighty volcanic crown. This afternoon we continue through the national park, pausing at several viewpoints for more breathtaking views before returning to San Sebastián and then Tenerife in the early evening. (B, L) DAY 6 – Free day You have the entire day at leisure, so what is it to be? Relax in your hotel or take your time discovering the palmlined streets of La Laguna. (B)
DAY 7 – La Orotava & Icod de los Vinos After breakfast, we drive along the northern coast to La Orotava, one of the loveliest towns in Tenerife. Set in a lush valley, the remarkably preserved colonial town is a maze of cobbled streets, flower-filled squares and handsome Castilian mansions. During our guided walk, we learn about La Orotava’s history and its system of centuries-old water mills and aqueducts. Our tour includes entry to the 17th-century La Casa de los Balcones, whose museum is dedicated to a variety of local handicrafts, from lacework to ceramics.
its relationship with the surrounding countryside. The Canary Islands has many unusual plants, but the most famous of them all is the dragon tree, a symbol of Tenerife. Apart from curiously shaped flora, Icod de los Vinos also boasts many pretty houses, including Casa del Plátano, an old hacienda that really brings to life the story of the Canary Islands’ bananas. A visit here provides insights into the many varieties, the history of banana cultivation on the islands, and even explains the reasons behind the name of London’s Canary Wharf. (B)
There is time for lunch at your leisure before we continue to Icod de los Vinos, a charming town shaped by
DAY 8 – Return flight Transfer to the airport for our flight home. (B)
Santa Cruz
84
Dragon Tree
My view Insider knowledge Shop for local honey, dried fruits and other island specialities at Mercado Municipal, a foodie heaven in La Laguna.
Watch
Smouldering Mount Teide is the back drop to the 1966 box office hit, One Million Years BC starring Raquel Welch.
Taste
Local cheese often features as a starter on the menu. Try the smoked goats cheese, typically this is fried and served with mojo or honey.
Drink
Sugar cane was taken by Columbus from the Canary Islands to the New World and Cuba. Today rum is firmly fused with Canarian culture and the famous Ron Miel (honey rum) enjoys protected status.
Santa Cruz Auditorium
Our hand-picked hotel
Clare
Tour Manager
Roque de Agando
As this is a single-centre tour, we stay at the same hand-picked hotel in San Cristóbal de La Laguna for seven nights, with breakfast. La Laguna Gran Hotel, San Cristóbal de La Laguna HHHH Set in the old town, the hotel’s 17th-century main building has seen various reincarnations, from grand villa to teaching institution and cigar factory, before becoming this fine hotel, with the accommodation being located in the modern purpose built part of the hotel. It has all the facilities you’d expect from a hotel of this star rating, such as an outdoor rooftop pool (open during the summer months, weather permitting), fitness centre rooftop terrace and courtyard garden. There are two restaurants, including one of the Canaries’ five Michelin-starred restaurants and a bar.
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
85
S PA I N
SMALL GROUP TOURS F
25 O R LES
S
O
Madrid
Madrid, Salamanca & Toledo Travel to the heart of Spain to discover the culture, history and cuisine of some of its most stunning cities, from striking Salamanca to Roman Segovia, and from medieval Toledo to the marvellous Madrid. Discover beautiful terrain, varying from rugged hills crowned with sleepy villages to arid plains and lush valleys.
Cathedral of Salamanca
86
7 DAYS FROM
£869
April to June & September to October 2022 SMALL GROUP TOURS FROM
£1,009
Roman aqueduct, Segovia
Your itinerary DAY 1 – Arrival in Salamanca Arrive at the airport for your flight to Madrid where you will be taken to your hotel. DAY 2 – Salamanca & free afternoon Salamanca is acknowledged by many Spaniards to be among their country’s loveliest cities, and the entire Old City is a UNESCO World Heritage Site. It has an exquisite setting – perched on a hill on the banks of the serene Tormes River – and is mostly built of local sandstone, giving the buildings a gorgeous rosecoloured hue, especially at sunset when they seem almost to glow. Today the city is dominated by two magnificent cathedrals standing next to each other. The Romanesque Old Cathedral was completed in the 14th century, while the Gothic-Baroque New Cathedral is mainly 16th century. Another impressive building is Salamanca’s celebrated university – founded in 1218, it’s the oldest in Spain and has been one of the world’s most important seats of learning ever since. The Spanish Inquisition’s records are still kept here, and as early as the 16th century the university boasted some 12,000 students. After breakfast you’ll see all this and more on our guided walking tour. The remainder of the day is free to explore as you wish. It’s well worth spending more time in Salamanca’s cathedrals. Externally they dominate the skyline, but their internal decoration is just as breathtaking, with sumptuous murals and carvings; the 15th-century altarpiece of the Old Cathedral is particularly fine. Salamanca is a great place to wander: narrow old streets, medieval squares, gardens and traditional shops all add to the atmosphere. The main square, the Plaza Mayor, is considered by many to be the finest in the country. (B) DAY 3 – Segovia After breakfast we say goodbye to Salamanca and take the short journey
to Segovia. Dating back over 2,000 years, it features an old quarter with an enchanting skyline of towers and cupolas, plus one of the best-preserved Roman aqueducts in the world. At over half a mile long and close to 100 feet high, this UNESCO-listed wonder is all the more remarkable because neither mortar nor cement were used in its construction. Segovia was the home of Isabella, Queen of Castile, who commissioned Christopher Columbus to discover the New World. They met in the fairy-tale Alcázar fortress, believed to be one of the inspirations for the Disney logo, that dominates the city from a rocky outcrop. As well as opulent rooms,
an armoury and impressive courtyards, the castle also has striking turrets and fortifications offering panoramic views over the area. (B) DAY 4 – Madrid & free afternoon This morning we enjoy a tour of Madrid by coach and on foot, seeing some of the landmarks for which Spain’s majestic capital is most famous: the Plaza Mayor, the vast central square; the Prado Museum, housing one of the world’s finest European art collections, including superb works by Goya, Velázquez and El Greco; the resplendent Royal Palace, used for state ceremonies; Plaza de España, home to a statue of
Your tour price includes • Take a walking tour of Salamanca, home to an ancient university, an exquisite square and two cathedrals • Enjoy a guided tour of medieval Toledo, city of El Greco and the majestic Alcázar • Experience Madrid on a tour seeing the Plaza Mayor, Prado Museum, Royal Palace and much more • Visit Segovia and marvel at its UNESCO-listed Roman aqueduct and fairy-tale fortress
• Six nights in three-star superior and four-star accommodation, inclusive of all local taxes, with breakfast and one dinner in a local restaurant. • The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager throughout (B) Daily Breakfast, (D) 1 Dinner Prices are per person. For departure dates, prices and flights, please call or visit our website.
Two-Centre Tour
• Marvel at the colossal royal monastery of El Escorial, the burial place of Spanish monarchs for 500 years Plus, of course: • Return travel from a selection of regional airports, plus all hotel transfers
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
87
S PA I N the legendary Don Quixote and his creator, Miguel de Cervantes; and the Puerta del Sol, the city gate from which all distances in Spain are measured, plus much more. During the afternoon you’re free to explore Madrid as you wish, with a myriad sightseeing opportunities. (B) DAY 5 – El Escorial & Chinchon Today we head out of Madrid towards the Sierra de Guadarrama, a mountain range of oak forests, pine and juniper groves and granite escarpments. Our destination is the monastery and former royal residence of San Lorenzo de El Escorial. Once considered the eighth wonder of the world – and now a UNESCO World Heritage Site – this vast complex was commissioned by King Philip II in 1563 and took 21 years to complete, with no expense spared. The legacy of its royal patronage is found in the lavish frescoes, altarpieces and paintings by notable 16th- and 17th-century artists throughout the monastery. After exploring the complex, which includes royal burial pantheons, Philip II’s library and two museums, we return to Madrid. In the evening we take the short drive to Chinchón, a typical provincial Spanish village famous for its pretty town square and locally produced aniseed liqueur. We arrive after siesta, when the town comes to life, and spend some time soaking up its rustic ambience before Puerta de Alcala, Madrid
88
Alcazar of Segovia visiting a restaurant, converted from an olive mill, for a dinner of delicious regional specialities. (B, D) DAY 6 – Toledo Today’s highlight is a guided tour of breathtaking Toledo, a golden-hued city rising from the plains and circled by a steep ravine filled by tumbling river waters. Spain’s enchanting former capital is rich in history, architecture and art, and we spend most of the day exploring its atmospheric monasteries, bridges and gates – no wonder this historic city is a UNESCO World Heritage Site. Its long and often turbulent past has meant Toledo has been at the crossroads of several
cultures, with Jewish, Christian and Moorish influences. In the 16th century Philip II moved the nation’s capital to nearby Madrid, leaving Toledo in the wonderful state of preservation we see today. Nowadays it is best known for the Alcázar, a medieval former royal residence that dominates the skyline from the city’s highest hill; its striking Gothic cathedral which is richly adorned with treasures, and a wealth of other classic buildings. We leave Toledo in the late afternoon and return to our hotel. (B) DAY 7 – Return flight Transfer to the airport for your return flight. (B)
My view Insider knowledge
The Casa Lis Art Nouveau building in Salamanca houses the beautiful Art Nouveau and Art Deco collections that once belonged to a local industrialist. Close to the museum is the Roman Bridge from where you can enjoy lovely views of the city.
Read
Madrid was one of Ernest Hemingway’s favourite cities. In his novel, The Sun Also Rises he mentions famous Madrid haunts including the Palace Hotel and one of the oldest restaurants in the world, Botin.
Taste
Try chocolate con churros for a midmorning or afternoon snack. Deep fried sticks of sugary dough are perfect for dunking into an accompanying mug of steaming hot chocolate.
Drink
Tinto de verano (summer wine) is a mix of red wine and lemonade. Similar to Sangria, this is a more refreshing drink, particularly during the hot summer months.
Toledo
Our hand-picked hotels
Clive
Tour Manager
Salamanca
As a two-centre tour, guests spend the first two nights in our hand-picked hotel in Salamanca, whilst the rest of your stay in Madrid. San Polo Hotel, Salamanca HHH Superior Situated in the heart of the city close to the main square and cathedrals, this modern three-star superior hotel is especially distinctive – incorporated into its design are the remains of an 11th-century church that originally stood on the site. It also has a restaurant serving regional dishes. Catalonia Gran Vía, Madrid HHHH Built in 1917, the centrally located hotel occupies a charming building on a lively street renowned for its early 20th-century architecture and upscale shops. There is a restaurant, bar and seasonal rooftop pool.
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
89
S PA I N
SMALL GROUP TOURS F
25 O R LES
S
O
San Sebastiàn
Spain’s Basque Country, La Rioja & Burgos Experience Basque culture, captivating towns and cities along the Camino de Santiago pilgrimage route, spectacular scenery, Rioja wines, an inspired and gastronomic heritage From northern Spain to southwestern France, it is a region of beauty and diversity, crowned by the dramatic peaks of the Pyrenees.
Bayonne
90
8 DAYS FROM
£1,069
April to July & September to October 2022 SMALL GROUP TOURS FROM
£1,189
Your itinerary
La Rioja
DAY 1 – Arrival in Bilbao Arrive at the airport for your flight to Bilbao or Santander from where you will be taken to your hotel. (B) DAY 2 – San Sebastián & free afternoon Gloriously sited on a shell-shaped stretch of the Bay of Biscay and framed by fine white-sand beaches, San Sebastián is one of the most enchanting coastal resorts in San Sebastián is flanked by two hills – Monte Igueldo in the west and Monte Urgull in the east – and this morning we explore the bay between the hills. As we walk through the old town we’ll see its highlights, such as Constitución Square, which was once a bullring where spectators reserved seats on the numbered balconies and placed their bets. The tour concludes at a traditional family-run bar, giving you the opportunity to sample pintxos. Not to be confused with tapas, they tend to be more elaborate, particularly in San Sebastián, where their creation has become an art form. So popular are they that ‘txikiteo’ has become a local pastime – going from bar to bar in the evenings enjoying pintxos and drinks before settling down to a main meal. The rest of the day is free to explore. (B) DAY 3 – Bayonne & La Rhune Railway This morning we cross the French border to Bayonne to experience Basque culture in the north. Situated where the River Nive meets the Adour, Bayonne was once a fortified Roman town. During our guided walking tour, we’ll see colourful half-timbered buildings, the remains of 17th-century ramparts and the stunning Gothic cathedral, seat of the former Bishops of Bayonne. We then journey inland to La Rhune, an imposing mountain sacred in Basque mythology at the western end of the Pyrenees. The La Rhune cog railway takes us past typical Basque villages with red-shuttered houses and rolling countryside, home to Pottok ponies, Manex sheep and birds of prey. From the summit that towers on the border between France and Spain, we are treated to breathtaking views of the majestic Pyrenees and the Bay of Biscay. After a wonderful day of sightseeing, we return to the hotel. (B) DAY 4 – Pamplona & Rioja Winery Today we travel to the wooded foothills of the mighty Pyrenees, passing beautiful landscapes of rolling countryside and rocky gorges. We arrive in Pamplona, capital of the fiercely independent Kingdom of Navarra and a popular stop on the Way of St James, one of the most important Christian pilgrimages in the Middle Ages. During our guided walking tour we’ll see Pamplona’s cathedral, perhaps the finest example of High Gothic
architecture in Spain, and pass shops selling elaborate papier-mâché heads for the festival. One of the country’s best-preserved military structures can be found here in the medieval 16th century citadel, built in a pentagon shape with imposing bastions at each point. This afternoon we follow part of the pilgrimage route through La Rioja, Spain’s legendary wine region centred on the Ebro River Valley. Rows of olive
trees and vines colour the undulating landscape with stripes of green and ochre, while medieval fortified villages crown hilltops overlooked by the jagged Cantabrian mountains. We have a guided tour and tasting at one of the region’s traditional wineries to learn how their grapes are crafted into the noble drink. (B) DAY 5 – Burgos & free afternoon The 9th-century city of Burgos played a
Your tour price includes • Enjoy a guided tour of beautiful Bayonne, capital of the French Basque Country • Ascend to the peak of La Rhune mountain by vintage cog railway for superb panoramas of the Pyrenees • Take a guided walking tour of Burgos and explore its outstanding Gothic cathedral (audio guide included) • Tour one of Rioja’s traditional vineyards and enjoy a tasting • Visit the iconic Guggenheim Museum
Plus, of course: • Return flights from a selection of regional airports, with transfers to and from your hotel • Seven nights in four-star accommodation inclusive of all local taxes, with breakfast and one dinner in a local restaurant • The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager (B) Daily Breakfast, (D) 1 Dinner Prices are per person. For departure dates, prices and flights, please call or visit our website.
• Enjoy a guided tour of Pamplona, capital of Navarra • Explore Santillana del Mar, a picture-postcard medieval town
Multi-Centre Tour
Bilbao
• Discover San Sebastián, an alluring coastal beauty • Sample delicious pintxos at a traditional bar in San Sebastián • Marvel at the superb prehistoric cave paintings of UNESCO-listed Altamira at a remarkably reproduced replica cave museum
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
F RA NC E
Santillana del Mar
San Sebastian La Rhune
Pamplona Burgos
SPA I N
KEY Arrive Depart
91
S PA I N significant military and political role in Spanish history. Founded as a fortress to defend the Kingdom of Navarra from the Moors, it became the capital of Castile and Léon for five centuries. During our guided tour this morning, we learn about the city’s volatile history and explore the old quarter’s maze of twisting streets, dominated by the 13th-century cathedral, one of Spain’s glittering jewels of religious architecture. Our tour of the cathedral includes an audio guide, so you can admire this Gothic masterpiece and its numerous treasures at your own pace.
La Rhune mountain
You are free this afternoon to seek out more of the city’s highlights. This evening we dine at an excellent restaurant specialising in Castilian dishes. (B, D) DAY 6 – Bilbao Today we journey to Bilbao, the largest city of the Basque Country and one of its great treasures. Surrounded by green hills of Artxanda, Bilbao has a very attractive and lively medieval centre with pretty parks and attractive architecture. We enjoy a visit to the Guggenheim to see an array of works by modern Spanish and international artists, with free time to admire the art. (B) DAY 7 – Santillana Del Mar & Altamira Cave Museum We drive through the stunning Cantabria region, dominated by lush forests and the dizzying peaks of the magnificent
Picos de Europa mountains in the distance. Set inland is the medieval town of Santillana del Mar, one of the most picturesque in Spain and a joy to explore. Wander its well-preserved cobbled streets and admire the charming ensemble of 15th- to 17thcentury golden houses. Our journey of discovery continues in Altamira, one of the most important prehistoric caves in Europe as it contains some of the world’s finest examples of Ice Age art – bison, deer and ibex have been masterfully rendered in charcoal and red ochre. We visit the cave museum
nearby to see its remarkably accurate facsimile, built to protect the original paintings – it’s every bit as astonishing as the original and enables us to have a detailed look at the fascinating facets of this complex masterpiece. Later we return to our hotel in Bilbao. Please note: For some departures it may not be possible to visit the Altamira Cave Museum, and an alternative itinerary will be offered. (B) DAY 8 – Return flight Transfer to the airport for your return flight. (B)
The Pyrenees
Altamira
92
Burgos Cathedral
Our hand-picked hotels We stay at the same hand-picked hotel for the first three nights in San Sebastián and the following two nights in Burgos. The Bilbao hotel depends on your UK departure and date, however they all include breakfast. Silken Amara Plaza, San Sebastián HHHH Located along the River Urumea, the Silken Amara Plaza is a pleasant 10-minute walk to the cathedral and a 25-minute walk to the old town. It features a restaurant that serves Basque and international dishes, and a bar offering modern fare. Abba Burgos Hotel, Burgos HHHH Located just 350 yards from Burgos Cathedral, the hotel offers guests complimentary use of its heated indoor pool, sauna, gym and tennis court. The hotel has a café-bar and a restaurant, which serves fresh seasonal dishes, and features a garden terrace with lovely views over Burgos.
Sercotel Coliseo Bilbao, Bilbao HHHH The centrally located hotel is a short walk from shops and restaurants. It occupies the city’s former opera house, which boasts an elegant façade and contemporary décor. The hotel has a café, bar and terrace. Hesperia Hotel, Bilbao HHHH This wellappointed hotel is situated across the river from the Guggenheim in a striking building with a colourful glass façade. It also has a modern bar and restaurant, serving a varied menu including traditional Basque dishes.
My view Insider knowledge
Take a stroll along the promenade that runs alongside half-moon shaped Playa de la Concha. This is the perfect spot for a San Sebastian sunset.
Read
The Basque History of the World by Mark Kurlansky. The author’s passion for the Basque people and his eye for detail shine through in this book.
Taste
You are sure to find something tempting on the menu in one of Burgos’s fine restaurants. Tuck into typical Castilian dishes such as slow-roasted lamb or try a hearty stew made with the famous morcilla sausage.
Drink
The cool, green hills of the Basque Country are ideal for growing apples and the making and drinking of cider is taken very seriously in this region of Spain.
Keith
Tour Manager
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
93
PORTUGAL
SMALL GROUP TOURS F
25 O R LES
S
O
Porto
Lisbon, Porto & the Douro Valley Experience the maritime heritage of Lisbon to the National Palace of Sintra and Coimbra’s ancient university. Plus Porto’s port lodges, the beautiful Douro Valley and chic Cascais. There is so much to discover, including vibrant cities, majestic palaces and cathedrals and delicious produce, most famously port dessert wine. The Douro Valley
94
8 DAYS FROM
£1,049
April to October 2022 SMALL GROUP TOURS FROM
£1,269
Your itinerary DAY 1 – Arrival in Lisbon Arrive at the airport for your flight to Lisbon, from where you will be taken to your hotel. The rest of the day is spent at leisure, allowing you time to settle into the hotel and start exploring if you wish. DAY 2 – Lisbon Tour & free afternoon After a leisurely breakfast we set out to discover Lisbon’s highlights, many of which are UNESCO World Heritage Sites. On our guided tour we’ll see the strikingly modern Monument to the Discoveries and its 16th-century fortified counterpart, the Belém Tower, then visit the church of the Monastery of Jerónimos. We also see the impressive Terreiro do Paço square facing out to sea. Part of Lisbon’s appeal is its mix of old and modern, bustling and peaceful, and this afternoon is free to explore. You might be tempted by the chic shops of the elegant Baixa quarter, rebuilt after the devastating earthquake of 1755, or decide to seek out a café to enjoy a bica – an espresso – often taken with a pastel de nata, the city’s devilishly moreish custard tart. And don’t forget to take a ride on one of the clanging, rattling yellow trams; seemingly well past their sell-by date, they’re still the best way to negotiate the sharp bends of the old quarter. (B) DAY 3 – Sintra We take a short drive to the hillside town of Sintra, whose verdant slopes were memorably described by Byron as a ‘glorious Eden’. The narrow streets of the Old Town wind their way to the main square, where we visit the National Palace, the former residence of the Portuguese monarchy during the hot summer months. Returning to Lisbon late in the afternoon, there’s still free time for you to explore this lively city and its colourful tiles further. (B) DAY 4 – Coimbra University This morning we drive through olive groves and wheat fields to Fátima, an unremarkable small town until 1917, when three children experienced an apparition of the Virgin Mary and it suddenly became an important Catholic pilgrimage site and a national shrine. Continuing north, we reach Coimbra, renowned for the impressive Roman aqueduct striding across the city and the university, one of Europe’s oldest along with Salamanca, Bologna and Oxford. With its labyrinthine lanes, charming Moorish quarter and pretty squares, this is a fascinating place to explore. Once a capital city, Coimbra became a major cultural centre during the Middle Ages with the university – a UNESCO World Heritage Site – at its heart. We have the privilege of a visit to the university, which is situated on
Pena Palace, Sintra a hill overlooking the city. Later this afternoon, we continue to Porto where we stay for three nights. (B, D) DAY 5 – Porto Set on the Douro estuary and once a Roman settlement, Porto’s wealth derived from its knowledge of the sea routes to India. Spices, silks and other fine goods made the fortunes used to
build today’s city – Portugal’s second largest. Our guided tour of Porto unveils some of the city’s major and more surprising sights – you’ll experience the tangled lanes of the medieval quarter, the splendid Praça da Ribeira square with its characteristic tiled townhouses and picture-postcard views of the wine lodges across the river. Of course, Porto
Your tour price includes • E xplore Lisbon on a guided tour, taking in magnificent squares, the Baixa and Moorish quarters, and visit the unforgettable Monastery of Jerónimos • Visit the hillside town of Sintra and its National Palace, a fascinating museum with priceless collections • Enjoy a guided tour of Porto, centre of the port wine trade, including a visit and tasting at Taylor’s port lodge
• Seven nights in three-star superior and four-star accommodation, inclusive of all local taxes, with breakfast and one dinner in a local restaurant. • The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager throughout (B) Daily Breakfast, (D) 3 Dinners (1 dinner only at Royal Bridges) Prices are per person. For departure dates, prices and flights, please call or visit our website.
• Discover the Douro, on a full‑day tour • See the holy shrine of Fátima and visit Coimbra University, one of Europe’s oldest seats of learning
Multi-Centre Tour Porto
Peso da Régua
• Experience the charm of 13thcentury Óbidos PO RTUGAL
• Stay in the chic coastal resort of Cascais in a historic 5-star Pousada hotel
Fatima
Plus, of course: • Return travel from a selection of regional airports, plus all hotel transfers
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
Obidos Sintra LISBON
S PA IN
KEY Arrive Depart
95
PORTUGAL is synonymous with port wine. All the famous producers are here and a visit would not be complete without a tour and tasting of one of them, so we are guests of Taylor’s – perhaps the greatest of them all. You’re free to spend the rest of the day investigating the city at your leisure. (B, D) DAY 6 – The Douro Valley Today we enjoy a leisurely exploration of the Douro River, known as the ‘River of Gold’. We follow a wonderfully scenic route, passing through pretty waterside villages and ascending the lofty valley sides for marvellous vistas of the shimmering ribbon of the river and its classic vine-clad terraces. At Peso da Régua there’s time to wander along the quayside and take in the views while the occasional river traffic glides past. The overwhelming feeling here is one of perfect isolation in one of Europe’s most beautiful and unspoiled river valleys. A short drive upstream is the delightful small town of Pinhão, the heart of the port-producing region. Port truly dominates life here, with even the hand-painted glazed tiles at the railway station depicting scenes from the wine harvest. During our time here we visit one of the local port estates – or quintas – to sample some of its wines. (B, D) DAY 7 – Óbidos & Cascais Leaving Porto, we head south through rolling countryside and past countless olive groves to Óbidos, one of Portugal’s
Obidos most picturesque towns, whose core of narrow streets and alleyways is entirely surrounded by medieval walls. If you’re feeling energetic you can walk around the crenellated fortifications, which offer splendid views of the town and surrounding countryside. Óbidos is also the perfect place to enjoy Portugal’s favourite sour cherry liqueur – ginjinha – because here the locals serve it in a chocolate cup!
until the Portuguese royal family chose it as their preferred summer residence, it developed into a chic resort with grand 19th-century buildings, seafront promenades and fine parks. The attractive Old Town is centred round the harbour and boasts a wide range of restaurants and bars. Many specialise in local seafood and enjoy views out to the Atlantic, the mighty ocean that has shaped Portugal’s history. (B)
We continue to Cascais, a coastal town to the west of Lisbon on the mouth of the Tagus River. A small fishing village
DAY 8 – Return flight Transfer to the airport for your return flight. (B) Sintra
Cascais
96
Monument to the Discoveries, Lisbon
My view Insider knowledge
Lisbon is built on seven hills so there’s no lack of viewpoints but it’s hard to beat the panoramic vistas of red tiled roofs and the River Tagus from Castelo de São Jorge.
Read
The Portuguese: The Land and Its People by Marion Kaplan. This book introduces the geography, history and wine of Portugal.
Taste
Don’t leave Sintra without trying Travesseiro de Sintra. These flaky rectangular pastries, filled with almond cream are a speciality of the hillside town.
Drink
Well known for rich and fruity reds, the Alentejo region, east of Lisbon, is now producing some top class white wines too. Antão Vaz and Arinto are two of the most important grape varieties.
Our hand-picked hotels Depending on your date of departure you’ll stay at one of two hand-picked hotels in Lisbon and one of two hotels in Porto. On the last night, all tours will stay in the same hotel in Cascais. Look out for B (Breakfast) and D (Dinner) inclusions as these vary from hotel to hotel. Tivoli Oriente Hotel, Lisbon HHHH Found in the iconic Parque das Nações area, the hotel has a restaurant serving international cuisine, an indoor swimming pool and a bar providing panoramic views over Lisbon. A complimentary coach service will take you to and from the centre of Lisbon on the evenings of days two and three should you wish to spend more time in the heart of the city, while public transport links nearby provide easy access at any time. (B) MyStory Tejo Hotel, Lisbon HHH Superior Located in the heart of central Lisbon, the hotel is near to the Praça da Figueira metro and just a five minute walk from Figueira Square. This is a contemporary hotel is housed in a renovated 19th-century building, and it features a restaurant and bar area, but given its central location there are also plenty of cafes and restaurants nearby. The rooms are simply furnished in a quirky contemporary style and include air-conditioning, Wi-Fi and minibar. (B)
Luis
Sheraton Hotel & Spa, Porto HHHH Superior Set in its own landscaped gardens, the Sheraton Hotel and Spa has superbly modern appointed rooms as well as a bar, indoor pool and free Wi-Fi. (B,D)
Tour Manager
Royal Bridges Hotel, Porto HHHH The brand-new Royal Bridges Hotel is situated in downtown Porto. All hotels offer superbly appointed rooms and the facilities you would expect of a hotel of this standard. Your stay includes breakfast and one dinner, giving you the opportunity to sample the local restaurants. (B, Dx1) Pousada, Cascais HHHHH This is one of Portugal’s classic hotels, converted from buildings set within the walls of a 16th-century citadel overlooking the marina. Parts of the hotel comprised a former barracks, and the furnishings and stonework of the Pousada combine historical legacy with modern comfort, art and stunning style. There is a restaurant, bar, spa, gym and pool, while the contemporary rooms are beautifully appointed. (B)
Porto
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
97
PORTUGAL
SMALL GROUP TOURS F
25 O R LES
S
O
Santana
Madeira The Pearl of the Atlantic Madeira may be tiny, but this subtropical paradise offers world-renowned gardens and spectacular coastlines, while picturesque Funchal boasts an architectural charm and maritime heritage. Explore ‘the Pearl of the Atlantic, with its thundering waterfalls and soaring peaks to the hidden Valley of the Nuns.
Funchal
98
8 DAYS FROM
£979
March to June & September to November 2022 SMALL GROUP TOURS FROM
£1,119
Botanical Gardens, Funchal
Your itinerary DAY 1 – Arrival in Funchal Arrive at the airport for your flight to Funchal from where you will be taken to your hotel. The hotel offers a special Dine around scheme – please see our website for more information. (D)
Madeira’s most famous waterfalls – the Bridal Veil – cascading down the side of the mountain into the sea. Our final stop is São Vicente, a village nestling in a deep verdant valley and believed to be the volcanic birthplace of the island. After taking in so much, it’s time to return to Funchal. (B, D)
DAY 2 – Funchal After breakfast, a local guide takes us on a walking tour of the historic centre of Funchal, often called ‘little Lisbon’ as it overlooks a spectacular harbour and boasts grand 18th-century buildings with shaded courtyards. A treat is in store as we pause for a tasting of the island’s best-known export – Madeira wine. The process of heating the wine originated by accident when 16thcentury sailors discovered that wines picked up in Madeira tasted richer after the casks had been heated and cooled during passage through the Tropics.
DAY 4 – Monte Near Funchal is the idyllic hilltop town of Monte, which we visit this morning. The town’s landmark is its 18th-century
In the afternoon, we visit the Palheiro Gardens, world famous for its variety of flora and its beautiful setting in the hills overlooking Funchal. This is a blissful place to explore at your leisure, taking in all the colours and fragrances, with a chance to linger when a particular specimen catches your eye. (B)
• Admire the world-renowned Palheiro Gardens, exceptional for their variety of flora and stunning location overlooking Funchal
DAY 3 – Western Madeira Today we explore the western side of the island. Our first stop is Cabo Girão and the spectacle of the island’s highest sea cliff – a sheer drop of 1,980 feet. Experiencing the views from the transparent viewing platform extending over the cliff edge is truly exhilarating. Next, explore charming Ribeira Brava, a small town set in a steep valley carved out by the ‘wild river’ that gives the settlement its name. Madeira’s tropical climate is perfect for growing bananas and in the fishing village of Madalena do Mar you can see life on a small banana plantation, where much of the work is still carried out by hand. Turning inland, we ascend nearly 5,000 feet to the flattest part of the island, Paúl da Serra plateau. We return on the northern coastal route via the village of Seixal to see one of
church, the most important pilgrimage site in Madeira, with its black and white facade and twin towers. We then visit the Monte Palace Tropical Garden, a tropical hillside garden, where you can either join our guided tour or wander at leisure. These oriental gardens are exquisite, complete with Asian-style bridges, arches and a pond filled with koi carp; they also house a historic tile collection gathered from Portuguese palaces, churches and
Your tour price includes • Discover the Old Town of picturesque Funchal, on a tour led by a local guide • Enjoy a tasting of the delicious and world-famous Madeira wines
• Ascend to Curral das Freiras, or the Valley of the Nuns, until recently the almost-inaccessible mountain hideaway of a convent of nuns • See the inspiration for some of Winston Churchill’s paintings in the fishing port of Câmara de Lobos
Girão and Porto Moniz with its natural rock pools Plus, of course: • Return flights from a selection of regional airports, plus hotel transfers • Seven nights in four-star accommodation inclusive of all local taxes, plus breakfast and four dinners; the hotel offers a special Dine around scheme – please see our website for more information • The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager throughout (B) Daily Breakfast, (D) 4 Dinners Prices are per person. For departure dates, prices and flights, please call or visit our website.
• Take a tour of the idyllic Monte Palace Tropical Gardens with a local guide • Discover Madeira’s mountainous eastern coast, taking in the A-framed houses of Santana and the ancient Laurisilva forest of the UNESCO-listed Ribeiro Frio National Park • Explore the varied west side of the island, including Cabo
Single-Centre Tour KEY Arrive Depart
Porto Moniz Seixal
MA DEI RA
Sãu Vicente
Madalena do Mar Ribeira Brava Campo Girão
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
Santana Ponta do Rosto Pico do Arieiro Curral das Freiras
Paúl da Serra
Monte
Funchal
99
PORTUGAL private residences. Later we return to Funchal by coach. Alternatively you can choose cable car for a dramatic 15-minute descent to the capital, or if you’re feeling really adventurous, you could take the famous Monte toboggan ride. This afternoon is free to relax or explore. (B) DAY 5 – Eastern Madeira Today we explore the eastern seaboard, passing diverse landscapes from craggy coastlines to ancient forests. Ponta do Rosto is Madeira’s easternmost point, on a sliver of land jutting out into the Atlantic, and offers dazzling panoramas. Following the northern coast, we call at sleepy Porto da Cruz, named after a large cross displayed to identify it to passing sailors. We leave the village and track the coastline towards the mountainous interior and one of the highlights of the tour – the UNESCO-listed Ribeiro Frio National Park. Around 90 per cent of the park is covered by ancient Laurisilva or laurel trees, and the area features many endemic flora and fauna, such as ferns and the trocaz pigeon. Ascending slopes cloaked in fragrant eucalyptus and swirling mists, we emerge at Pico do Arieiro, Madeira’s third highest mountain at 5,930 feet. You may even spot the Valley of the Nuns way below. On clear days almost all of Madeira is visible, including its highest summit – the 6,100foot Pico Ruivo. (B, D) DAY 6 – Free day The whole day is at your leisure to relax or explore. If you didn’t take the cable
Camara de Lobos car at Monte, why not give it a try today? Alternatively, a steep path leads up to São João do Pico, the impressive fortress that has kept guard over Funchal since the 17th century and which offers a superb panoramas over the city. (B)
chestnuts cultivated on its terraced hillsides – you’ll enjoy sampling these tasty treats. It even hosts an annual festival celebrating this versatile nut, which is used in products from cakes to soups to liqueurs.
DAY 7 – Curral das Freiras (Valley of the Nuns) & Câmara de Lobos Today begins with a short drive north to Madeira’s dramatic interior and the Curral das Freiras or Valley of the Nuns. To appreciate the solitude of this place, we drive to Eira do Serrado, over 3,500 feet above sea level, part of a natural cauldron of jagged peaks and chasms, with time to soak up the glorious views down to the village of Curral das Freiras. Today it is also known for the sweet
We head to Câmara de Lobos, a fishing village built around a bay with Europe’s highest cliffs forming a breathtaking backdrop. Inspired by its location, the colourful boats and whitewashed buildings with distinctive terracotta roofs, Winston Churchill stayed here to paint the harbour during his visit to Madeira in 1950. (B, D) DAY 8 – Return flight Transfer to the airport for our flight home. (B)
Funchal
100
Curral das Freiras
Our hand-picked hotels
Your options
As this is a single-centre tour, we stay at the same hand-picked hotel in Funchal for four nights, with breakfast and four dinners.
Personalise your holiday
VidaMar Resort Hotel, Funchal HHHH Superior A stylish and contemporary hotel with views of the Atlantic, the four star superior VidaMar is located in the Lido area of Funchal. All rooms have full balconies, with at least partial Sea views. Relax in the hotel’s salt water pools, jacuzzi and sauna. The hotel has five different restaurants, and the hotel offers a special Dine around scheme for guests. (Please see our website for more information.)
Enjoy afternoon tea with fantastic views Belmond Reid’s Palace an iconic luxury hotel, set in beautiful subtropical gardens that overlook the Atlantic ocean where you can also relax and take a stroll before indulging in a sumptuous afternoon tea. Enjoy delicious freshly baked scones, pastries and dainty sandwiches with your choice of tea or a glass of refreshing Champagne. From £36pp. Dining options Daily breakfast and four dinners are included at your hotel, so you have the flexibility to experience the local restaurants in Funchal. If you wish to dine in at the hotel throughout your stay, you may pre-book dinner for the 3 remaining nights from £39pp. Please see our website for more information
My view Insider knowledge
Enjoy a stroll under the oleanders and date palms in the Jardim de São Francisco. This pretty park, in the centre of Funchal, is filled with majestic trees from Africa and South America.
Read
Distant Music by Lee Langley. A visit to Madeira inspired the author to write this novel that spans 600 years of history.
Taste
If you are looking for a typical taste of Madeira look no further than the passion fruit. Madeirans use this deliciously tangy fruit to flavour desserts, ice cream, cocktails and their local spirit, poncha.
Drink
Madeirans enjoy their beer and the most popular brand is Coral Lager. Alternatively try a glass of white wine from the neighbouring island of Porto Santo.
Maggie
Tour Manager
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
101
C ROATI A
SMALL GROUP TOURS F
25 O R LES
S
O
Mostar
Dubrovnik & the Dalmatian Coast George Bernard Shaw thought Dubrovnik ‘Paradise on Earth’ and Lord Byron described it as the ‘Pearl of the Adriatic’. On this tour you’ll find that you can only agree with these literary giants. Witness the majesty of Diocletian’s Palace in Split, crossing Mostar’s iconic Stari Most or gazing at the waterfalls in Krka National Park. Krka National Park
102
8 DAYS FROM
£999
April to July & September to October 2022 SMALL GROUP TOURS FROM
£1,199
Dubrovnik
Your itinerary DAY 1 – Arrival in Croatia Arrive at the airport for your flight to Dubrovnik or Split from where you will be taken to your hotel. (D) DAY 2 – Krka Valley After breakfast we drive inland to the Krka Valley. Viewing its majesty, you’ll instantly appreciate why it has been awarded national park status. The valley is home to an immensely impressive sequence of lakes, where water cascades dramatically from one to the next via vertiginous interlocking waterfalls. Minerals dissolved in the water trigger stunning colour changes, from turquoise to azure-blue and from vibrant green to steely grey. With reflections of the majestic surrounding peaks and luxuriant forests rippling on lake surfaces, it’s impossible not to be awestruck. You’ll witness one of the most dramatic stretches of the river as you walk past several tiers of waterfalls tumbling magnificently into a broad, shallow pool, before we take a boat trip along the river. There’s ample time to absorb the surroundings before we return to our hotel during the afternoon. (B, D) DAY 3 – Split & Trogir We drive along stunning Dalmatian coastline on our way to Split. Croatia’s second-largest city is most famous for a single building, the colossal palace of Emperor Diocletian, which makes up much of the city’s Old Town. It’s one of the great structures of the Roman Empire and has survived in amazing condition since it was built at the turn of the 4th century. A guided walking tour this morning of the fascinating complex will bring its storied history to life. In the afternoon, we visit the nearby medieval citadel of Trogir, one of the most beguiling little ports in
Dalmatia. The Old Town is actually an island. A wealth of Renaissance and Romanesque buildings line a veritable maze of charmingly chaotic lanes. At the centre is the exquisite Cathedral of Saint Lawrence, whose long cycle of construction is reflected in its contrasting architectural features. (B, D) DAY 4 – Mostar As we head south, the dazzling coastline gradually gives way to the River Neretva Delta, a bird-lover’s paradise, before we arrive at the ancient town of Mostar, nestling in cliffs that overlook a river.
It was once a provincial capital of the Ottoman Empire, was later annexed by the Austro-Hungarian Empire and is now part of Bosnia and Herzegovina. Much of its renown rests with Stari Most, the bridge linking the two halves of the Old Town. Mostar’s buildings reflect the city’s cosmopolitan evolution – centuries-old mosques mix with Turkish houses, while the fine 19th-century town hall could have been transplanted from Central Europe. Down cobbled streets that demand investigation, tiny workshops house skilled artisans making
Your tour price includes • Explore Dubrovnik, Byron’s ‘Pearl of the Adriatic’, with its medieval and Baroque centre, on a guided tour
• Seven nights’ four-star hotel accommodation including all local taxes, with breakfast and dinner
• Marvel at the rushing waters of the Krka National Park’s dense and dramatic interlocking waterfalls
• The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager throughout
• Cross the iconic Stari Most bridge, now returned to its former glory in Mostar • Immerse yourself in the history of Emperor Diocletian’s monumental palace in Split, with a local guide
(B) Daily Breakfast, (D) 7 Dinners Prices are per person. For departure dates, prices and flights, please call or visit our website.
Two-Centre Tour Krka Valley
BO SNI A A ND HERZEGOV INA
CROATI A
• Discover the delights of medieval Trogir, one of Dalmatia’s most alluring old ports Plus, of course: • Return flights from a selection of regional airports, plus all hotel transfers
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
Trogir Split Omiš
Mostar
Dubrovnik
Cavtat
KEY Arrive Depart
103
C ROATI A all manner of metal goods in a fashion unchanged for centuries, giving the sense of time having stood still.
Trogir
Once you’ve experienced the marvels of the city, we continue to Dubrovnik. (B, D) DAY 5 – Dubrovnik Dubrovnik, an independent city-state for much of its history, has evolved differently to the rest of Croatia. This morning, we take a walking tour with an expert local guide explaining the city’s landmarks and intriguing history. Dubrovnik threw off its Venetian masters in medieval times and founded a commercial empire, trading with the eastern Mediterranean, France, Spain and, later, the Ottoman Empire. The economic boom that resulted in the ‘Pearl of the Adriatic’ found beautiful expression in the likes of the Rector’s Palace, now a museum, and Sponza Palace, currently housing centuries of historical city documents. Add in a wonderful array of monasteries and monumental ramparts and you’ll find this is a wonderful city, nestling in a location of outstanding natural beauty. In the afternoon, you’re free to explore before we return to the hotel for dinner. (B, D) DAY 6 – Free day in Dubrovnik You have the day to yourselves, so what is it to be? Watching the world go by as you have a leisurely lunch in the main square? Enjoying a cruise around the harbour? A stroll around the city walls that once protected the city’s inhabitants, but now offer unbeatable views? The options are many and the choice is yours. (B, D) Diocletian’s Palace, Split
104
DAY 7 – Traditional Watermill & Cavtat This morning we drive south away from the rugged coast around Dubrovnik and through the lush fields and immaculate vineyards of Konavle, Croatia’s southernmost region nestled between the mesmerisingly blue Adriatic Sea and the dramatic mountains. This fertile land became the main granary of the Dubrovnik Republic and has produced grapes, olives and even silk for hundreds of years. The rivers that flow through the valley encouraged the construction of mills for agricultural development over the centuries, but today only three remain operational. We visit one of these faithfully restored watermills to learn how woollen cloth was produced here – the traditional processes of spinning, weaving and stamping are fascinating. Afterwards we enjoy a welcome drink made with homemade
liqueurs, figs, sugared orange, lemon peels and candied almonds, as well as a selection of local cheeses, prosciutto, bread and wine for which Konavle is renowned. We then visit Cavtat, a picturesque town on the Adriatic Coast set amidst an evergreen forest of pine and cypress trees. Like so many Dalmatian cities Cavtat was a Greek settlement, known as Epidaurum, before the Romans conquered. For lunch, perhaps have the catch of the day at one of the restaurants and cafés overlooking the palm-lined harbour. Or stroll through the old town, which is home to ancient monuments, fine Renaissance buildings and a Baroque church. (B, D) DAY 8 – Return flight Transfer to the airport for our flight home. (B)
Cavtat
Our hand-picked hotels Depending on your UK departure, you will stay in a different hotel in either Omiš or Vodice for the first three nights. From day 4 onwards, all departures spend the remainder of their holiday at the same hand-picked hotel in Dubrovnik. All hotels included breakfast and dinner. The Hotel Plaza, Omiš HHHH Omiš is a lovely little village, dominated by two medieval fortresses with remnants of the old city walls still intact. The Hotel Plaza is approximately a 10-minute stroll from the centre, shaded by aromatic pine forests and is set in a cove on a stretch of beautiful coastline with direct access to the beach. It has a wellness centre, restaurant and bar with a delightful terrace overlooking the beach. The modern rooms are well appointed all with air-conditioning, mini-bar, safe and hairdryer. Hotel Plaža Duće, near Omiš HHHH The Hotel Plaža Duće is located along the coast close to Omiš. Every room is modern and spacious with mini-bar, airconditioning, safe and offers a balcony with sea views. The hotel features a restaurant, both indoor and outdoor
pools with a bar, fitness centre, spa and wellness centre, with access to the sandy beach. Arausana Hotel, Vodice HHHH North of Split on the Sibenik Riviera is the resort of Vodice, a traditional coastal village surrounded by the sea, islands and rivers. The contemporary hotel is well-located next to the sea and only a few minutes’ walk from the town centre. The hotel’s restaurant and bar offers superb views of the sea and the surrounding islands. All air-conditioned rooms have a desk, bar, TV and free Wi-Fi. Hotel Lacroma, Dubrovnik HHHH An excellent relaxing base for the remainder of our tour, this contemporary hotel is situated on a rocky promontory into the Adriatic and is surrounded by pine forests. The hotel has two restaurants and a terrace bar with panoramic views of the Elaphiti Islands . All rooms have air-conditioning, minibar, safe and hairdryer. The hotel offers spacious indoor and outdoor pools as well as a wellness area.
My view Insider knowledge
Take the cable car from Dubrovnik to the top of Srd Hill. You’ll be rewarded with the most spectacular views of the old city and the Dalmatian coastline.
Read
Croatia: A Nation Forged in War by Marcus Tanner provides an enlightening account of the rise, fall and rebirth of Croatia.
Taste
Popular along the Dalmatian coastline, crni rižot is a black risotto made with squid. Squid ink gives this rice dish its colour and an intense seafood flavour.
Drink
As well as excellent wine, Croatia also produces potent fruit brandies and liqueurs. Popular flavours include cherry, plum and walnut.
Please note: Where hotels feature an outdoor swimming pool, this will be open summer months, weather permitting.
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
Jeffrey
Tour Manager
105
M O NTE N EG RO
SMALL GROUP TOURS F
25 O R LES
S
O
Kotor
Montenegro Budva, Cetinje & the Bay of Kotor Let us take you on a tour of mysterious Montenegro, an unspoilt slice of the Mediterranean that’s eager to share its secrets. With an intriguing mix of cultures and historical influences, and an incredible mountainous landscape bordered by the azure waters of the Adriatic, this tiny Balkan hidden gem has so much to offer.
Perast
106
8 DAYS FROM
£999
April to June & September to October 2022 SMALL GROUP TOURS FROM
£1,049
Budva Old Town
Our Lady of the Rocks, Perast
Your itinerary DAY 1 – Arrival in Budva Arrive at the airport for your flight to Dubrovnik from where you will be taken to your hotel in Budva. During high season, Budva is a lively and sociable resort. (D) DAY 2 – Budva & wine tasting This morning is spent getting acquainted with Montenegro’s most popular coastal town, which makes up part of the beautiful Budva Riviera. Enclosed on three sides by lush, treecovered mountains, Budva follows a gentle coastal curve to a charming harbour, where gleaming white fishing boats, sailboats and yachts line the walkways and jetties. We’ll explore within the Venetian old town walls with a local guide on a walking tour, finding our way through the narrow streets to the seaside citadel, where the crumbling fortress walls drop dramatically into the Adriatic. Early afternoon we head inland to the Šipčanik wine cellar for a tour and tasting. Hidden underneath a vast vineyard at a depth of 30 metres, what was once a secret underground aircraft hangar operated by the Yugoslav People’s Army is now a cavernous wine cellar, with rows of neatly stacked wooden vats storing around two million litres of wine. (B) DAY 3 – Njeguši & Cetinje Today we travel from the coast and through the mountains into Lovćen National Park, where we discover Njeguši on the slopes of Mount Lovćen. The residents of the old stone houses warmly welcome visitors with roadside stalls laden with colourful handicrafts, mountain honey and some of the country’s best ‘pršut’ ham and Njeguši cheese.
city after Montenegro’s recognition as an independent country in 1878. A tour of the russet-red Royal Palace of King Nikola precedes free time in the city, which you could spend walking neat-as-a-pin Main Street lined with quaint pastel-coloured houses, admiring the stoic stone complex of St Peter’s Monastery or visiting the four museums that form the National Museum of Montenegro.
After a tasting of local mountain produce including honey, ham, cheese – the local variety distinctively flavoured by the wooden ‘kaca’ pot in which it’s aged – and a delicious doughnut-style dish that’s typical of the region, we return to our hotel in Budva. (B) DAY 4 – Stari Bar & Shkodër, Albania This morning we head inland to the town that was perhaps never meant to be. Stari Bar or ‘Old Bar’ is a fortified
Your tour price includes • Explore the winding streets of Budva’s medieval old town, with a local guide • See the incredible Ostrog Monastery, then enjoy an afternoon boat trip on beautiful Lake Skadar • Tour the atmospheric walled town of Kotor with a local guide, plus visit Venetian Perast and its island church of Our Lady of the Rocks • Enjoy a guided tour of the Albanian town of Shkodër • Learn about Montenegro’s best kept secret with a tour and tasting at one of the most unusual wine cellars in the world, hidden 30 metres underground
Plus, of course: • Return flights from a selection of regional airports, with hotel transfers • Seven nights in four-star accommodation inclusive of all local taxes, with breakfast daily and four dinners • The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager throughout (B) Daily Breakfast, (D) 4 Dinners Prices are per person. For departure dates, prices and flights, please call or visit our website.
Single-Centre Tour To Dubrovnik
• Explore elegant Cetinje, Montenegro’s royal capital, and visit King Nikola’s palace with a guide, before sampling delicious local specialities
Perast
KEY MO NTENEGRO
Arrive Depart
Kotor Cetinje
A L BA NIA
Budva Skadar Lake
Stari Bar
Shkodër
After a short stop in Njeguši we continue to Cetinje, the old royal capital of Montenegro and the first official capital
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
107
M O NTE N EG RO town that now lies in overgrown ruins on the shrubby foothills of craggy Mount Rumija. A walk to the top of the ruins of the hillside fortress will reward you with enchanting mountain and countryside views, although you might prefer to soak up the atmosphere in one of the flower-draped cafes that line the cobblestoned climb. After our short stop in Stari Bar, a scenic drive past the old farming villages that sit in the green and fertile low-lying countryside takes us over the Albanian border. Shkodër, our destination in Montenegro’s equally evocative nextdoor neighbour, was founded in the 4th century by the Illyrians, making it one of the most ancient cities in the Balkans. The city’s most impressive sights include St Stephen’s cathedral and the striking, domed and turreted Ebu Bekr mosque, which lies just behind the city’s floweradorned monument to Mother Teresa, perhaps the most well-loved Albanian. (B, D) DAY 5 – Kotor & Perast We make the short journey from Budva to the resplendent Bay of Kotor, which winds inland from the Adriatic, flanked by the limestone peaks of Mount Lovćen. The shores of this picture-perfect bay, which is a protected UNESCO World Heritage site, are dotted with sleepy fishing villages and charming old towns, and Kotor makes an ideal first stop. A little way around the bay we come to impossibly idyllic Perast which, like Kotor, benefited architecturally from Venetian rule. Perast is renowned for its man-made island, crowned by Our Lady of the Rocks, an attractive blue-domed church.
Kotor
We follow a boat trip to Our Lady of the Rocks with a scenic drive around the beautiful bay, then a ferry brings us back across the water at the narrowest point of the bay for our return to Budva. (B, D) DAY 6 – Free day in Budva You have the entire day to explore Budva at your leisure. A stroll along the beach takes you to the elegant bronze ballerina who has become an icon of the city. In the heart of the old town, you can immerse yourself in the Montenegrin café-culture, with cafes, bars and restaurants spilling out onto the narrow medieval streets. It’s impossible to go wrong with a catch-of-the-day lunch, washed down by a cool Nikšićko beer or a glass of the local wine. (B)
DAY 7 – Ostrog Monastery & Lake Skadar This morning we drive the mountain road to the miraculous Ostrog Monastery. Set into a sheer elevation of the Ostroška Greda rock, some 900 metres above the verdant Zeta Valley, the Ostrog Monastery gleams like a pearl in the craggy cliff face. From the divine to the delightful, we now depart for Lake Skadar, the vast body of water that bridges Montenegro and Albania. After time for lunch at a lakeside village, we board a boat for a relaxing cruise. If you’re lucky you may spot a passing pod of pelicans or some of the other 260 species of bird that call this beautifully clean freshwater lake home. With a glass of traditional fiery grappa in hand, we end our tour of magnificent Montenegro, surrounded by the beauty of Lake Skadar National Park, where tree-covered karst mountains are reflected in the tranquil waters. (B, D) DAY 8 – Return flight Transfer to the airport for our flight home. (B)
Ostrog Monastery
108
Budva
Our hand-picked hotel
My view
Cetinje
As this is a single-centre tour, we stay at the same hand-picked hotel in Budva for seven nights, with daily breakfast and four dinners.
Insider knowledge
Hotel Budva, Budva HHHH
Check out the impressive collection of Greek and Roman jewellery and ceramics at the Budva Museum and discover the fascinating history of the town which dates back to at least 500 BC.
This hotel is well-located on the city’s main promenade, five minutes from the sweeping sands of the beach and 10 minutes from the atmospheric Old Town. The rooftop pool (open in the summer months weather permitting) and outdoor terrace bar are perfect places to relax after a day of sightseeing. The contemporary, air-conditioned rooms all have a minibar, safe, hairdryer, desk, Wi-Fi and TV.
Buy
Stari Bar
The diverse plant population of Montenegro is ideal for the production of honey which comes in many different flavours. Other bee related products include honey-based soaps, cosmetics and beeswax candles.
Taste
Look out for buzara on the menu. This winning combination of shellfish cooked with red or white wine, tomatoes and herbs is a local favourite.
Drink
Pomegranates grow abundantly in Montenegro and the juice is served freshly squeezed or as a syrup which can be diluted with water.
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
109
S LOV E N I A
SMALL GROUP TOURS F
25 O R LES
S
O
Lake Bled
Slovenia & Lake Bled Discover the storybook scenery of Lake Bled, picturesque Ljubljana and the delightful Adriatic resort of Piran… plus the little-known gem of Maribor, fine wine and Lipizzaner horses. Snow-capped Karavanke and Julian Alps dominate the northwest, whilst the Adriatic coast boasts scenic palm-lined promenades.
Piran
110
6 DAYS FROM
£799
May to October 2022 SMALL GROUP TOURS FROM
£899
Your itinerary DAY 1 – Arrival in Ljubljana Arrive at the airport for your flight to Ljubljana from where you will be taken to your hotel. DAY 2 – Ljubljana This morning we enjoy a walking tour of Slovenia’s picturesque capital with a local guide sharing the stories behind the main sights. Preseren Square is where poet and national icon France Preseren has been immortalised in bronze, while the salmon-hued Franciscan Church of the Annunciation is an attractive expression of the Baroque style. Crossing the Triple Bridge we enter the pedestrianised Old Town with its many Baroque buildings, piazzas graced by attractive fountains and narrow cobbled alleys, all with a distinct Italian flavour. Within the lattice of red-roofed buildings are the Renaissance Town Hall and the Cathedral of Saint Nicholas, which both tower over the Central Market whose stalls sell a variety of tempting goods, from souvenirs to local produce such as cheese, seafood and chocolates in unusual flavours – who knew that fig and prosciutto work so well with cocoa? You have free time this afternoon to explore the city’s past and present. A boat cruise along the river is a tranquil way of seeing Ljubljana, or stroll along its leafy banks, alive in the summer with inviting cafés offering al fresco dining. (B)
Ljubljana into the history of this noble breed and explains how the horses have been relocated during outbreaks of war. (B)
locals for a coffee and admire the pastel-coloured buildings – the grandest is the Germanic Neo-Gothic Town Hall.
DAY 4 – Ptuj & Maribor We head northeast this morning to the picture-postcard town of Ptuj, nestling beneath the walls of its impressive castle. After a brief orientation you’re free to explore its many treasures, all within walking distance. Start at the main square, where you can join the
Leaving Ptuj we follow the Drava to the picturesque city of Maribor. Immerse yourself in this delightful destination on a walking tour with a local guide. At its heart is the 13th-century main square with its Plague Column, a Baroque monument erected in thanks for the end of the outbreak that devastated the
DAY 3 – Piran & Lipica The beautiful Adriatic Coast is our destination this morning with a visit to Piran, which seems to mirror Venice across the Gulf of Trieste. The influence of ‘La Serenissima’ is evident in Piran’s medieval cobbled streets and alleyways, often leading to unexpected squares. The Old Town is centred on the ovalshaped Tartini Square, named after local composer Giuseppe Tartini, whose statue stands proudly as its focal point. You have free time to explore Piran and its gems of Venetian Gothic architecture, such as the Casa Veneziana with its richly decorated red facade. Maybe take an easy climb up to Saint George’s Cathedral, notable for its 152-foot bell tower echoing Venice’s Campanile and its collection of Venetian Baroque paintings. A walk along the 15th- and 16th-century town wall presents exceptional views of the raft of pastelcoloured buildings crowned with terracotta roofs.
Your tour price includes
A short drive after lunch brings us to the Lipica Stud Farm, where the famed Lipizzaner horses have been bred for over 400 years. We enjoy a delightful presentation by the Classical Riding School as the majestic white stallions perform their complex dressage routines. A guided tour gives us insights
• Spot the Venetian influences in the captivating coastal town of Piran
• Discover picturesque Ljubljana on a guided tour and see why it’s often called ‘Little Prague’ • Fall under the spell of Lake Bled on a traditional pletna boat trip to its fairy-tale island • Explore enchanting Ptuj, possibly the prettiest town in Slovenia • Tour charming Maribor with a local guide, seeing its impressive Baroque buildings and the world’s oldest living vine
Plus, of course: • Return flights from a selection of airports, with hotel transfers • Five nights in four-star accommodation inclusive of all local taxes, with breakfast • The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager throughout (B) Daily Breakfast Prices are per person. For departure dates, prices and flights, please call or visit our website.
Single-Centre Tour
• Visit one of Europe’s oldest wine cellars and enjoy a tasting
A USTRI A Maribor
• Watch a performance by Lipizzaner horses on a guided tour of the Lipica Classical Riding School
Ptuj Lake Bled
SLOVENI A LJUBLJANA
C ROAT IA
Lipica Piran
KEY Arrive Depart
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
111
S LOV E N I A population in the 17th century. Nearby is the grand Town Hall with its ornate clock tower and Renaissance courtyard. In the bustling riverside Lent quarter, the oldest part of Maribor, are the city’s most attractive Baroque buildings, now housing art galleries and lively cafés, as well as the historical Jewish quarter. In the afternoon we visit Vinag, among Europe’s oldest and largest wine cellars, for a guided tour and tasting. It’s a subterranean paradise for wine connoisseurs, boasting a mile and a half of underground tunnels filled with wooden barrels, concrete cisterns and a collection of over 250,000 bottles. (B) DAY 5 – Lake Bled Today we enjoy a scenic drive through undulating forested hills scattered with quaint villages before arriving at Lake Bled. Enchanting, heavenly, romantic – take your pick of adjectives to describe Slovenia’s best-known natural wonder. You may have seen it in pictures, but they simply can’t compare to seeing the lake in person. The first thing you’ll notice are the dazzling waters, stretching over a mile in length and width. A tear-shaped island sits almost at the lake’s centre, topped with a fairytale church with a soaring spire and deep terracotta roof. Your eyes are then drawn to the surrounding tree-covered hills, where a medieval castle stands atop a craggy cliff. Completing the idyllic scene are the snow-capped Alps in the distance.
Maribor Old Town We take a relaxing ride to the island on a pletna, a traditional canopied gondola-like boat. Given its setting, it’s easy to see why the nearby church is the perfect wedding venue – tradition dictates that the groom carries his wife up the 99 steps to the top. Inside the church there are 15th-century frescoes to admire, and there’s a path around the island that’s ideal for a stroll to take in the storybook scenery. Back on shore, the rest of the day is yours to explore at leisure. You could visit fabulous Vila Bled, once the summer
residence of Yugoslavian President Tito and now a luxury hotel. Or indulge your sweet tooth at a café serving kremsnita, a divine local cake of puff pastry, whipped cream and custard. There’s also the opportunity to visit atmospheric Bled Castle, the oldest in Slovenia, perched close to the edge of a jagged cliff with a 330-foot plunge into the lake below. (B) DAY 6 – Return flight Transfer to the airport for our flight home. (B)
Lipica Stud Farm
Tartini Square, Piran
112
Ptuj
Our hand-picked hotels As this is a single-centre tour, we stay in the same centrally located hotel in Ljubljana for five nights, with breakfast. Depending on your UK departure date, it will be one of the following hand‑picked hotels. Best Western Premier Slon, Ljubljana HHHH Just a few steps from the Old Town, the Best Western Premier Slon is a modern hotel featuring contemporary air-conditioned rooms with Wi-Fi, satellite TV, tea- and coffee-making facilities, minibar, safe and hairdryer. There’s also a spa and fitness centre,
a bar and a light, airy breakfast room. The hotel has a reputation for excellent cuisine – its restaurant, Slon 1552, serves modern Slovene and Mediterranean food as well as other international dishes and seasonal menus. Hotel Lev, Ljubljana HHHH The Hotel Lev is a few minutes’ walk from the Old Town. The spacious lobby leads to the hotel bar and breakfast room. There’s also the modern air-conditioned rooms, tastefully decorated in a neutral palette, offer wonderful views of Ljubljana Castle or the city centre and are equipped with a flat-screen TV, Wi-Fi, minibar, safe and hairdryer.
My view Insider knowledge
Meander through landscaped gardens dotted with numerous statues and fountains and amble along the chestnut shaded avenues of Tivoli Park, Ljubljana’s largest and most beautiful green space.
Buy
Harvested from the salt pans of Piran, a small bag of delicate fleur de sel is the ideal gift for a foodie friend.
Taste
Made from a buttery dough and filled with sugar, spices and walnuts, potica is a cross between bread and cake.
Drink
Slovenia is home to no less than 28 breweries making it the perfect destination for the beer connoisseur. Craft beers are the current stars of the Slovenian brewing renaissance.
Nadja
Tour Manager
Lake Bled
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
113
AU STR I A
SMALL GROUP TOURS F
25 O R LES
S
O
Grossglockner Pass
Lakes & Mountains of Austria An unforgettable experience in scenic Austria, taking in towering mountains, mighty glaciers and the country’s Lake District, while also touring alpine villages and the architectural gems of Mozart’s birthplace, Salzburg. Be inspired by pristine alpine scenery, invigorating air, fragrant pine forests and mirror-like lakes.
Austrian Lake District
114
8 DAYS FROM
£1,199
May to July & September 2022 SMALL GROUP TOURS FROM
£1,379
Salzburg
Your itinerary DAY 1 – Arrival in Salzburg Arrive at the airport for your flight to Munich from where you will be taken to your hotel over the Austrian border in Salzburg. (D) DAY 2 – Salzburg With a captivating ambience, characterised by its resplendent horsedrawn carriages, Salzburg is a gorgeous and compact jewel surrounded by a magnificent alpine backdrop. After breakfast, we have a relaxed tour, with our knowledgeable guide leading us through its maze of cobbled streets, pointing out all the hidden points of interest and describing what it was like to live here in Mozart’s day. You’re free to enjoy the afternoon as you wish, perhaps to follow your passion for Salzburg’s most famous son, Mozart. A musical prodigy, he first played in public at the age of five and composed his first opera while not yet a teenager. The home where he was born, at 9 Getreidegasse, has been restored, while his presence permeates the city, not least in Mozartplatz, with its statue of him. More claims to fame are made for the locations throughout the city and surrounding area that became globally famous after featuring in the Oscarwinning film The Sound of Music. (B, D) DAY 3 – Salzkammergut We leave the city for Salzkammergut, the Austrian Lake District, an area of magnificent natural beauty with over 70 lakes of varying sizes. A morning drive takes us to Mondsee, a charming town perched on the northern shore of the lake bearing its name. Following a route alongside sparkling lake shores and through velvet-green hill pastures, we then head to the crystal-clear waters of Lake Traunsee and the picture-postcard
setting of the village of Traunkirchen, which until the late 19th century was a fishing village that could be reached only by boat, but today is a centre for outdoor activities, from hiking to sailing. Leaving lakes behind for a short while, we pass through the picturesque spa town of Bad Ischl, once a regular summer destination for Emperor Franz Joseph. Mountains and forest stretch in all directions as we head for St
Wolfgang, where there’s time for lunch amid true scenic splendour. There’s time to relax in this idyllic spot this afternoon, or perhaps opt for a more elevated viewpoint via the steam-hauled rack railway up the Schafberg mountain. With a summit reaching almost 6,000 feet, it offers spellbinding views across the entire Salzkammergut. We then return to Salzburg for dinner, recalling the day in a convivial atmosphere. (B, D)
Your tour price includes • Explore the fairy-tale architectural charm of Salzburg, the birthplace of Mozart, on a guided tour • Take in the sumptuous views offered by the Salzkammergut, Austria’s Lake District, and St Wolfgang, a picture-perfect lakeside village • Tour the 17th-century Hellbrunn Palace, with its beautiful gardens and famous ‘trick fountains’
• Seven nights in four-star accommodation inclusive of all local taxes, with breakfast and dinner, including three in a local restaurant • The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager (B) Daily Breakfast, (D) 7 Dinners Prices are per person. For departure dates, prices and flights, please call or visit our website.
• Witness the grace and power of the Krimml Waterfalls, Central Europe’s highest, against the natural grandeur of High Tauern National Park • Gaze with awe at the Grossglockner, Austria’s tallest mountain, during a panoramic tour of the High Alpine Road Plus, of course: • Return flights from a selection of regional airports, plus all hotel transfers
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
Two-Centre Tour GERMA NY Munich
Mondsee Salzburg
A U S T RIA Kaprun Krimml Waterfalls Grossglockner
KEY Arrive Depart
115
AU STR I A DAY 4 – Hellbrunn Palace Leaving Salzburg, we take a short drive to enjoy the 17th-century majesty of Hellbrunn Palace, just outside Salzburg. Commissioned by an archbishop with a mischievous sense of humour and a favoured destination for emperors, it features rooms decorated in a variety of themes, such as a Chinese Room with hand-painted wallpaper; others were specially designed to create the ideal acoustics for performing musicians, including one that takes the shape of an octagon. The gardens are no less unique, and a local guide takes us on a tour of their famous Wasserspiele or ‘trick fountains’, which stop and start to catch visitors unaware. After this remarkable tour, we ascend into the High Alps, where we stay four nights in the small alpine village of Kaprun. (B, D) DAY 5 – Krimml Waterfalls We start our exploration of some of the world’s most outstanding alpine terrain, witnessing nature at its dynamic best. After breakfast, we follow a winding road through woodland and peaceful pastures into an ever-narrowing valley, revealing one of Europe’s great natural wonders: the Krimml Waterfalls. The highest in Central Europe, this amazing three-stage series of waterfalls tumbles almost 1,300 feet, fed by glacial meltwater. We have plenty of time for a gentle stroll, taking a wellmarked footpath revealing delicate and colourful examples of the area’s alpine flora. (B, D)
DAY 6 – Grossglockner Today we pass along one of Europe’s oldest and most celebrated alpine routes as another chapter in our breathtaking journey into this wonderland unfolds in front of you: Austria’s highest mountain – the Grossglockner. Gradually, the scenery changes from lush green meadow to dark pine forests. Then, above the tree line, a startling landscape of snow and ice reveals itself. We continue twisting up the ruggedly attractive valley to reach the Pasterze Glacier and the ‘Emperor’s Viewpoint’. In an area defined by an array of spectacular views, this really does stand out: gaze at the rocky crags, pure-white snowfields, tumbling waterfalls and deep-blue ice fields of this mountain wilderness. If you wish, you can ride the dramatic funicular railway to the Pasterze Glacier and walk on its surface – there are few other places in the world where you can do this (note that this trip is subject to weather conditions). (B, D) DAY 7 – Free day Today is completely free for you to spend as you please. Perhaps a ride on the cable car up the Kitzsteinhorn, a 10,500-foot peak in the High Tauern range to the south of Kaprun. Or you may prefer to take a stroll around the village of Kaprun, catch up on some reading or maybe visit nearby Lake Zell. You could opt for a cruise on a steamer to view the local bird life and see the villages on the far side of the lake. Those with a head for heights might like to take Salzburg
St Wolfgang
116
Krimml waterfall the cable car to the summit of Zell am See’s own mountain, the Schmittenhöhe, for a marvellous 360-degree panorama of the snow-capped Alps – one more view to take the breath away. (B, D) DAY 8 – Return flight Transfer to the airport for our flight home. (B)
Zell am See
Our hand-picked hotels As this is a two-centre tour, we stay at the same hand-picked hotel in Salzburg for the first three nights and the spend the remaining four nights in Kaprun. Goldenes Theater Hotel, Salzburg HHHH A warm welcome awaits in this classically styled and comfortable hotel. Located within walking distance from Salzburg’s main attractions, this elegant property provides a convenient base to explore the sensational ‘City of Mozart’. There is a range of shops to browse close by and cafés to enjoy a spot of people-watching over tea and cake. Set yourself up for the day from the well-stocked buffet, served in the bright and spacious breakfast room and unwind after a day’s sightseeing in contemporary fully air-conditioned rooms, stylishly furnished with minibar, safe and free Wi-Fi.
Hotel Das Alpenhaus, Kaprun HHHH Located in the small alpine village of Kaprun, at the heart of the spectacular Zell am See region, this stylish modern hotel nestles at the foot of the Kitzsteinhorn and the dramatic Grossglockner mountain, at 12,461 feet Austria’s highest. It features an excellent restaurant, while the lobby bar offers a terrace and a panoramic view. There’s also a lounge bar, spa and wellness centre, with both indoor and outdoor swimming pools (outdoor pool open summer months, weather permitting). All the rooms are extremely comfortable and well appointed.
My view Insider knowledge
Perched high above Salzburg the innovative Museum der Moderne houses an impressive permanent collection, including works by Jackson Pollock and Henri Matisse. There are also lovely views over the city from the museum terrace.
Listen
Your options
The Salzburg Symphonies are a series of symphonies composed by Mozart between 1772 and 1774. This was one of his most prolific periods of work.
Personalise your holiday
Taste
Classical concert in Salzburg Catch a classical performance by the renowned Salzburger Schlosskonzerte in the world-famous Mirabell Palace in Salzburg. You’ll feel like royalty soaking up the romantic ambience of a very special evening. Don’t miss the opportunity to attend this wonderful concert. From £38pp.
Spätzle is Austria’s answer to pasta and is generally served as an accompaniment to meat dishes. Cheese is added to make the heartier Käsespätzle.
Drink
Austria’s flagship white wine is the Gruener Veltliner. If you a prefer a glass of red choose a Zweigelt from the wine list.
Pina
Tour Manager
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
117
AU STR I A
SMALL GROUP TOURS F
25 O R LES
S
O
Neuschwanstein Castle
Austrian Tyrol & Innsbruck Immerse yourself in the alpine scenery and cultural heritage of Tyrol. Be inspired by the imperial history of its beautiful capital Innsbruck, soaring summits of the Oetztal Valley, towering turrets of the Neuschwanstein, Germany’s highest mountain, the Zugspitze and the heritage-rich towns of Merano and Bolzano. Innsbruck
118
8 DAYS FROM
£1,139
May to October 2022 SMALL GROUP TOURS FROM
£1,359
Your itinerary DAY 1 – Arrival in Seefeld Arrive at the airport for your flight to Munich or Innsbruck from where you will be taken to your hotel. (D) DAY 2 – Innsbruck After breakfast, we take the short drive along the Inn Valley to the Tyrolean capital, Innsbruck. Our local guide will take us on a walking tour of this delightful historic city, showing us the main highlights and offering informative insights into life here. Among numerous visual treats are the famous copper-tiled ‘Golden Roof’, the city’s magnificent Baroque cathedral and the Imperial Palace. Equally impressive are the Stadtturm belfry tower with its excellent views across the city, and Schloss Ambras, Innsbruck’s imposing Renaissance castle and palace. (B, D)
Bolzano a coffee and slice of irresistibly dense chocolate torte. (B, D)
DAY 3 – Bolzano & Merano The Tyrol was first established as a province in the late 1200s, and today history is very much to the fore as we take the Via Claudia Augusta through the Südtirol. Built by the Romans to enable easier passage through the Alps from Italy, this ancient road is flanked by picture-postcard alpine scenery – rolling hills studded with apple orchards, majestic snow-capped peaks, roaring rivers, shimmering lakes and hillside villages. Our first stop is the town of Bolzano where you have the choice of two very different experiences; a walking tour with a local guide or entrance to the South Tyrol Museum of Archaeology home of Otzi the Iceman. Our visit to the provincial capital, Bolzano, gives you the opportunity to experience this intriguing mix – Italian coffee and traditional Tyrolean cakes make a great match!
DAY 5 – Oetztal Glacier Road This morning we drive up the Oetztal Valley to the high mountain resort of Soelden, enjoying ever more scenic views. Despite being almost 5,000 feet high, this remote village is dwarfed by surrounding giant snow-capped mountains. Our spectacular drive
Next, we make our way to the pretty spa town of Merano. You can really soak up the atmosphere of the region as you wander through its glorious belle-époque buildings, fine gardens and excellent cafés that line a leafy riverbank walk, all set within a dramatic natural amphitheatre of high mountain peaks. Our return to Seefeld takes us along the famous Brenner Pass. The countless ruined castles seemingly guarding every hilltop are evidence that this has been one of the most important trans-alpine trade routes since the Roman Empire. As one vista blends into the next, you’ll marvel at the stunning scenery of verdant meadows, forested hillsides and snow-capped peaks of increasing height. (B, D)
• Discover the Italian Tyrol, visiting Bolzano and the spa town of Merano
DAY 4 – Free day in Seefeld Today is yours to relax and enjoy the attractions in and around Seefeld. Try a round of golf at one of Europe’s most picturesque courses, take a horse-drawn carriage around Wildsee lake or hire a boat before selecting a village café for
continues up the Oetztal Glacier Road – which, at almost 9,300 feet, is one of Europe’s highest paved roads – into the heart of the mountains where Otzi the Iceman met his fate over five millennia ago. Keep your eyes peeled for mountain wildlife, including the goat-like chamois, eagles and those delightful indigenous rodents, marmots – hugely entertaining bundles of fur with a spinetingling whistle.
Your tour price includes • Stay in the picture-postcard village of Seefeld in the heart of the Austrian Tyrol
• Opportunity to join a complimentary guided walk in Seefeld
• Enjoy a guided tour of Innsbruck, capital of the Tyrol and royal city of the Habsburgs
Plus, of course:
• Travel the Oetztaler Glacier Road through the Oetztaler Valley
• Choose between a guided walking tour of Bolzano or a visit to see Otzi, the 5,300 year old mummified iceman at the Museum of Archaeology
• Return flights from a selection of airports, plus all hotel transfers • Seven nights in four-star superior accommodation inclusive of all local taxes, with breakfast and dinner • The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager (B) Daily Breakfast, (D) 7 Dinners Prices are per person. For departure dates, prices and flights, please call or visit our website.
• Explore iconic Neuschwanstein on a guided tour of the iconic fairy-tale castle and see Germany’s highest mountain, the Zugspitze • Take a trip on the Achenseebahn railway to visit Lake Achensee • See the beautifully preserved Cistercian monastery at Stams on a guided tour • Visit picturesque Rattenburg, a former medieval silver mining village
Single-Centre Tour Munich
GERMA NY
Salzburg
Neuschwanstein
A USTRI A
Jenbach Seefeld Innsbruck
Soeldon
I TA LY Merano
KEY
Bolzano
Arrive Depart
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
119
AU STR I A In the afternoon, we descend to enjoy a guided tour of one of the Tyrol’s architectural gems, the Cistercian monastery at Stams. As we explore, the knowledgeable local guide will reveal the stories behind the monastery’s magnificent buildings that feature a beautifully painted high altar, delicate murals, ornate ceiling frescoes and elaborate stucco work. Alternatively, if you’d like to explore the village and its pretty meadows and woodlands on foot, we offer a complimentary guided walk accompanied by an experienced local naturalist. (B, D) DAY 6 – Neuschwanstein Our drive today takes us across the border into nearby Bavaria where we pass Germany’s highest mountain, the 9,718-foot Zugspitze. The journey includes two of Germany’s most iconic routes – the fabled ‘Romantic Road’ passing through quintessential Bavarian countryside, and the equally grand ‘German Alpine Road’. The latter leads to arguably the country’s most famous castle and the instantly recognisable focus of today’s tour – Neuschwanstein. This classic fairy-tale citadel has been the inspiration for numerous stories and allegedly served as the blueprint for Disney’s iconic Sleeping Beauty castle. As the castle comes into view, you can’t help but be moved by its dramatic valleyside location above the village of Hohenschwangau. Towers, turrets and an imposing Romanesque main structure clad in light-coloured limestone are epic in design and scale. The architecture is similarly impressive inside, as you’ll discover on our guided tour taking you through sumptuous marbled halls, salons and dining rooms,
Monastery, Stams
with walls decorated with extravagant tapestries and murals; the standard of workmanship is truly exceptional. We return to Seefeld with memories of Neuschwanstein’s romantic beauty imprinted in our minds. (B, D) DAY 7 – Achenseebahn After breakfast we travel to the town of Jenbach, where the unmistakable aroma of steam coal fills the air. Here we take an unforgettable trip on the historic Achenseebahn, a metre-gauge railway ascending from the Inn Valley using a cog system to negotiate the steep gradient. The coal-fired locomotives are among the world’s oldest working steam trains, still doing the job they were built for when, in 1889, tourists were first transported the four and a half
miles from Jenbach up to the beautiful Achensee Lake. Rejoining our coach, we journey even further back in history to Tyrol’s smallest municipality, medieval Rattenberg on the River Inn. The village’s gorgeous stone buildings were built on the proceeds of silver mining, after which Rattenberg prospered from the glassmaking industry for which it is renowned today. Wander through the narrow cobbled streets and alleyways, climb or take a lift to the ruined castle for splendid panoramic views or simply unwind with a coffee and strudel at a konditore. (B, D) DAY 8 – Return flight Transfer to the airport for our flight home. (B)
Innsbruck
Seefeld
120
Lake Achensee
Our hand-picked hotels As this is a single-centre tour, we stay at the same hand-picked hotel in Seefeld for seven nights, with breakfast and dinner. Depending on your UK departure date, it will be one of the following hand‑picked hotels. Krumers Post Hotel, Seefeld HHHH The Krumers Post Hotel is situated on the main square opposite Seefeld’s charming church. Built in the typical Tyrolean style with sloping roofs and wooden exterior, the hotel offers generously sized, superbly appointed rooms, with complimentary Wi-Fi for all guests. There’s the option to upgrade to a suite – even more spacious plus added features to make your stay even more memorable. The hotel’s restaurant serves wonderful Tyrolean specialities and international cuisine. Enjoy a refreshing drink at the hotel bar or visit the panoramic rooftop terrace equipped with sun loungers, from where you can admire picturesque views of the village and mountains beyond. When you want to indulge yourself, the hotel has a large wellness and spa centre equipped with two panorama pools, a sauna area, massage pool and leisure lounge. The facilities are free, though you can pay extra for a range of relaxing spa treatments.
The Hocheder Hotel, Seefeld HHHH An easy and scenic walk from the famous Seekirchl chapel, the inviting Hocheder Hotel boasts wonderful views of the spectacular Tyrol. Enjoy a glass of wine on the sun terrace enjoying the mountain vistas after a day’s sightseeing or sink into a comfy chair in the cosy bar with a digestif after dinner. Unwind in the sauna or steam room and dine in the convivial atmosphere of the restaurant serving locally inspired as well as international cuisine. All rooms are finished in a traditional style, in a palette of warm tones with minibar, safe and satellite TV
Your options You’re free to choose On day 3, enjoy a guided walking tour in Bolzano, the capital of South Tyrol, or a visit to the South Tyrol Museum of Archaeology to see Oetzi the Iceman. Complimentary guided walk in Seefeld Covering about 6 miles in around 3.5 to 4 hours, it’s not arduous, though light walking shoes or strong trainers are advisable. We start our leisurely ramble in Seefeld and head towards the Casino Arena before continuing through Alpine meadows to Mösern. We then follow a track through an unspoilt forest teeming with wildlife, with our guide describing the local flora and fauna. We arrive at Lake Mösern where you can relax, take
My view Insider knowledge
The Folk Art Museum in Innsbruck provides a fascinating journey through Tyrolean art and culture and is considered to be one of the finest heritage museums in Europe.
Watch
Directed by Sam Mendes and starring Daniel Craig, the 2015 James Bond film Spectre was shot on location in the Oetzal Valley.
Buy
Felt slippers, known as toggin have been produced in the Tyrol for centuries and this cosy footwear comes in a wide range of designs and colours. You’ll be spoilt for choice.
Taste
For a typical taste of the Tyrol sample the speckknoedel. These tasty bacon dumplings are served in a warm clear broth or as an accompaniment to a hearty stew.
Richard
Tour Manager
in the mountain views and return to Seefeld. Places are limited, so please let us know if you’d like to join the walk at time of booking.
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
121
FR A N C E
F
25 O R LES
S
O
SMALL GROUP TOURS Beynac
Dordogne, Albi & Carcassonne Immerse yourself in rural France, taking in glorious countryside, preserved ancient villages, prehistoric rock art and spectacular medieval citadels. Experience the Dordogne’s famously picturesque scenery, magnificent architecture, the art of Toulouse-Lautrec in Albi and the medieval citadel at Carcassonne. Pont Valentre, Cahors
122
8 DAYS FROM
£1,229
April to October 2022 SMALL GROUP TOURS FROM
£1,329
Your itinerary DAY 1 – Arrival in Sarlat Arrive at the airport for your flight to Toulouse or Carcassonne, or at the station for your train journey via Paris to Souillac, from where you will be taken to your hotel. (D) DAY 2 – Sarlat & Lascaux After breakfast we get an insight into the fascinating history of Sarlat on a walking tour of this ancient market town. As we meander through the atmospheric cobbled streets, we’ll discover how the town was shaped by the various conflicts that brought upheaval to the Dordogne in the Middle Ages. The town’s street life is especially vibrant – observe locals tasting delicious market produce: pungent cheeses, fine charcuterie and colourful ripe vegetables. This afternoon we travel back around 17,000 years to prehistoric France and the famous cave of Lascaux. This UNESCO World Heritage Site near the village of Montignac is an elaborate cave system where chambers, galleries and shafts are adorned with almost 2,000 Upper Paleolithic paintings and engraved figures. What we experience when we visit the recently opened International Centre for Cave Art (Lascaux 4) adjacent to the original cave is equally impressive – an exact copy of the decorated caverns that took three years to recreate. We then enter the replica cave for a truly unforgettable experience – the muffled sounds, eerie light and cool temperature are reproduced exactly as in the original cavern, while astonishingly detailed drawings of humans, symbols and animals – including horses, bulls and stags – decorate the walls. You’ll have the opportunity to draw using the same tools and techniques employed by the Stone Age cave artists, touch original artefacts found by archaeologists around Lascaux and enjoy a 3D film that shines a light on some of the cave’s major artworks. It’s a strikingly realistic and thought-provoking experience, one that you cannot find anywhere else in the world. (B, D) DAY 3 – Rocamadour & Marqueyssac Today we follow the picturesque Dordogne River before branching south to one of France’s most recognisable sights – the dramatic medieval cliffside village of Rocamadour. As we round the twisting, ascending lanes, the view of this near-vertical settlement with its buildings hewn into a canyon overlooking the Alzou River will take your breath away. You’ll have the opportunity to wander Rocamadour’s pretty cobbled streets and see its many impressive buildings, including Saint-Sauveur Basilica, the Palace of the Bishops and the Chapel of Notre Dame.
Albi Our next stop is Marqueyssac and its spectacular ‘hanging gardens’. As you walk along the many paths that meander through this wonderful display of 150,000 hand-clipped box hedges you pass dry-stone huts, pretty benches and water features, with wafts of lavender and rosemary filling the air. Ornamental species, cypresses and pines break the manicured relief, while the Belvedere balcony offers a jaw-dropping panoramic view of the beautiful Dordogne Valley. (B, D)
DAY 4 – Beynac, Domme & La Roque-Gageac Within a couple of graceful meanders of the Dordogne River are a number of destinations that embody the absorbing blend of dramatic natural features, centuries-old history and varied cultural delights that make this one of France’s most beguiling regions. First we visit Beynac and the imposing chateau that towers above this classic medieval village. We continue to the magnificent walled town of Domme, another
Your tour price includes • Explore medieval Sarlat, one of the Dordogne’s most picturesque towns • Learn the story of the prehistoric cave paintings of our ancestors at Lascaux IV, a faithfully reproduced replica cave • Enjoy a tour of Albi, home town of the artist Toulouse-Lautrec, with a local guide • Take a guided walking tour of the 13th-century citadel of Carcassonne • Visit to Beynac Castle, 12th century fortress • Relax on a trip along the Dordogne River on flatbottomed boat
Plus, of course: • Return travel from a selection of regional airports or by Eurostar and Intercités train, plus all hotel transfers • Seven nights in four-star and three-star superior accommodation, inclusive of all local taxes, plus breakfast and five dinners • The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager throughout (B) Daily Breakfast, (D) 5 Dinners Prices are per person. For departure dates, prices, Eurostar and regional rail, please call or visit our website.
Two-Centre Tour Lascaux
• Visit some of France’s most attractive medieval villages, including Domme, Rocamadour and La Roque-Gageac
Beynac Cahors
FRA NC E Albi
• Stroll around the magnificent formal gardens of Marqueyssac • Admire the fabled architecture and fortified bridge of Cahors
Rocamadour
Sarlat
Toulouse
Carcassonne
KEY Arrive Depart
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
123
FR A N C E settlement with a turbulent past. You’ll have the opportunity to wander around its impressive gates and fortifications and the handsome dwellings and delightful covered market of the Place de la Halle. Nestling next to the river with its cream-coloured stone houses, pictureperfect La Roque-Gageac is one of France’s loveliest villages. Here we board a gabare – a traditional flatbottomed river boat historically used for transporting wine amongst other things – for a relaxing trip along the Dordogne and experiencing a taste of the way of life that once dominated the region. (B, D) DAY 5 – Cahors This morning we say goodbye to the Dordogne and travel southeast to the delightful Roman city of Cahors, renowned throughout France for its delicious red wines and fine truffles, but also for its architecture, especially the 14th-century Pont Valentré, a breathtaking fortified bridge with three towers and seven arches that majestically spans the Lot River. We continue to the stunning hilltop citadel of Carcassonne, with some dates staying in Albi. (B, D) DAY 6 – Carcassonne & free afternoon France is home to many historic walled towns, but few can match the visual splendour of Carcassonne. Situated on a rocky outcrop on the banks of the Aude River, its magnificent UNESCO-listed La Cité is surrounded by 52 roofed towers and serrated battlements that top almost two miles of double-enclosure walls. This morning’s guided tour will evoke a real sense of history as we visit
Sarlat a number of magnificent structures, including the Castle of the Counts, Basilica Saint-Nazaire Saint-Selse and La Cité’s two imposing gates, one of which incorporates a drawbridge. The afternoon is yours to enjoy Carcassonne’s old world atmosphere – sipping a pastis at a traditional bar, it’s easy to image knights on horseback riding past into the fortress. (B) DAY 7 – Albi & free afternoon Today we explore beautiful Albi, where the graceful greenery of the Dordogne has given way to the more Mediterranean ambience of rugged hillsides, sunflowers and the scent of wild herbs in the warm air. Nestling on the banks of the Tarn River, Albi brims with wonderfully preserved medieval architecture reflecting an intriguing
Toulouse-Lautrec museum, Albi
Carcassonne
124
history that includes a period where Catharism flourished. Nearby is the Palais de la Berbie, a grand structure built for the medieval Bishops of Albi, which today houses a museum dedicated to Albi’s greatest artist, Toulouse-Lautrec. This afternoon you’re free at your leisure – a trip to the museum to see more than 1,000 of the artist’s works is highly recommended. Alternatively you could simply amble around Albi’s old town (another UNESCO World Heritage Site), with its attractive red-brick buildings, impressive 11thcentury bridge and authentic Gallic ambience. (B) DAY 8 – Return flight Transfer to the airport for our flight home. (B)
Rocamadour
Our hand-picked hotels We stay at the same hotel in Sarlat for the first four nights, however your stay from day five depends on your UK departure. Best Western Le Renoir, Sarlat HHH Previously a distillery, this small, family-run hotel is ideally located less than 500 metres away from the centre of medieval Sarlat. The en suite rooms include air-conditioning, a minibar, TV and tea and coffee making facilities. The hotel benefits from a courtyard terrace with an outdoor pool to relax by (open April to October, weather permitting) and bar. Hotel le Compostelle, Sarlat HHH Situated an easy 5-10 minute walk from the Medieval centre of Sarlat, with a bar, lounge area, terrace and outdoor heated pool (open during the summer months, weather permitting). The en suite contemporary rooms have recently been refurbished and have all the facilities you would expect such as air-conditioning, minibar and tea and coffee making facilities. Mercure Carcassonne La Cité, Carcassonne HHHH The Mercure Carcassonne La Cité is set just outside the walls of La Cité (the citadel),
making exploration easy. It features contemporary rooms, an outdoor swimming pool for use in the summer season and a restaurant overlooking a terrace, from where you can enjoy views of Carcassonne with a refreshing drink. Hotel Le Donjon, Carcassonne HHH Superior Within the walls of the citadel is the Hotel Le Donjon, which consists of three separate medieval buildings. A superb renovation programme has resulted in every room being uniquely decorated to reflect the buildings’ 15th-century features – traditional terracotta tiles, exposed beams and beautiful stonework all combine with the features of a modern hotel. Hotel SaintAntoine, Albi HHHH Departures staying in Albi will stay at the Saint-Antoine. This comfortable hotel is centrally located just a few minutes’ walk from the sights and has a restaurant. The rooms are very well appointed as you would expect, with many furnished with tasteful antiques. Ideal to relax in after some sightseeing are the peaceful, flower adorned gardens at the rear.
My view Insider knowledge
For glorious 360° views over the rooftops and honey stoned walls of Sarlat, take the panoramic glass lift which takes you to the top of the Sainte-Marie bell tower.
Read
Labyrinth by Kate Mosse. The hilltop citadel of Carcassonne was the inspiration for this bestselling novel.
Taste
Feast on Carcassonne’s signature dish, cassoulet. This hearty mix of sausage, pork and haricot beans is traditionally cooked in a deep, round earthenware pot with slanting sides.
Drink
A glass of fruity red Bergerac is the perfect accompaniment to a Dordogne cheese such as Rocamadour or Ossau Iraty.
Chris
Tour Manager
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
125
FR A N C E
SMALL GROUP TOURS F
25 O R LES
S
O
Monet’s Garden
Monet’s Garden, the Loire Valley & Fontainebleau Take in the beauty of Claude Monet’s garden, the royal opulence of Fontainebleau and the splendour of the Loire’s châteaux, with exquisite landscapes, an unhurried pace of life and incomparable wines. The Loire is known as the ‘Garden of France’ - producing golden colours of plums, apples and, of course, grapes.
Fontainebleau
126
7 DAYS FROM
£799
April to October 2022
SMALL GROUP TOURS FROM
£919
Your itinerary DAY 1 – Arrival in Vernon Arrive at London St Pancras International and take the Eurostar to Paris Gare du Nord. We then transfer by coach to Vernon where we stay for one night. (D) DAY 2 – Monet’s Garden & Chartres Claude Monet’s paintings are some of the most exquisite and familiar works of art ever produced, and to witness first-hand the spectacular displays of colour at the artist’s house and garden at Giverny is an unforgettable experience. In the Japanese-inspired water garden, shaded by a great willow tree, is the lily pond where he painted his famous Les Nymphéas (Water Lilies) series. Little surprise he referred to the garden as ‘my most beautiful masterpiece’. We continue to Chartres
and its awe-inspiring Gothic cathedral; its many treasures include 176 stainedglass windows dating from the 12th and 13th centuries. Our day concludes in the picturesque city of Tours, where we stay for four nights. (B) DAY 3 – Tours & Chenonceau After breakfast we enjoy a guided walking tour of the historic centre of Tours, a jumble of streets dotted with half-timbered houses and graced with a fine cathedral. The city dates back to the Gallo-Roman period, later becoming the occasional capital of France. A short drive away is perhaps the Loire’s most romantic château – Chenonceau. Known as the Château des Dames after the succession of powerful royal ladies who influenced its architecture, it elegantly spans the Cher River, creating the most magical reflections in its waters. (B) DAY 4 – Fontevraud Abbey & Saumur Perhaps the most impressive monastery in France, Fontevraud Abbey was founded at the turn of the 12th century and was the burial place of King Henry II, his queen, Eleanor of Aquitaine and their son, Richard the Lionheart. After a guided tour, we head to Saumur, a lovely town on the banks of the Loire known as the ‘Pearl of Anjou’. It’s a delightful spot to stop for lunch and wander through its history in the charming old town. No visit here would be complete without sampling the fruits of the vineyards surrounding Saumur, and this afternoon we visit the Ackerman wine cellars for a tasting of their award-winning wines. Later we return to Tours and dine in a traditional restaurant. (B, D) DAY 5 – Chinon & Villandry Visually and historically, the town of Chinon is dominated by the imposing château. It was here in 1429 that national heroine Joan of Arc first met the Dauphin, the future King Charles VII, in a pivotal moment in the Hundred Years’ War. You’ve time to explore its cobbled streets, with painted half-timbered and stone buildings at every turn. After lunch we visit the stunning Château de Villandry and its truly unforgettable formal gardens – often regarded as the finest in France. (B) DAY 6 – Amboise & Le Clos Luce Amboise is a beguiling medieval market town on the banks of the Loire, dominated by its grand honey-coloured château. Tucked away in one of its streets is Le Clos Lucé, where the great Leonardo da Vinci spent his final years at the invitation of King Francis I. It’s a fascinating place – four of the rooms feature working recreations of his inventions, including a flying machine, while larger-scale versions are located around the relaxing gardens. (B, D) DAY 7 – Fontainebleau & return home After breakfast we visit the Palace of Fontainebleau. Set in 130 acres of
parklands and gardens south of Paris, it boasts over 1,500 rooms and eight centuries of royal history. Fontainebleau is as fabulously opulent – even outrageous – as you can imagine, with sumptuous living apartments, intricate frescoes, parquet floors inlaid with exotic woods, elegant furniture and countless artistic treasures. Full of wonder at this grand finale to our tour, we drive to Paris and return to London by Eurostar. (B).
Your tour price includes • Explore Claude Monet’s delightful house and gardens, with the famous pond and Japanese bridge • Visit the finest châteaux in the Loire – Chinon, Chenonceau and Villandry
Our hand-picked hotels
• Savour the grandeur of the Palace of Fontainebleau
As this is a multi-centre tour, we stay in three hand-picked hotels.
• Marvel at Europe’s finest stained glass in Chartres’ stunning cathedral
Hotel Normandy, Vernon HHH The Hotel Normandy is situated close to the banks of the River Seine in the centre of Vernon. This hotel is ideally located for our visit to Giverny & Monet’s Garden. Family run, this traditional hotel benefits from newly refurbished rooms and has good quality restaurant and cosy bar. Novotel Tours Centre Gare, Tours HHHH The Novotel Tours Centre Gare is conveniently located in the centre of Tours close to local restaurants and cafes and approximately 10 minutes’ walk from the cathedral. The hotel is modern in style, with a music themed restaurant and bar. Mercure Portes de Sologne HHHH The Hotel Mercure Orléans Portes de Sologne is located near the Limère golf course and offers a relaxing stay. The hotel has a bar, a restaurant where we take dinner and a terrace with fine views over the greens.
My view Insider knowledge
• Experience delightful Tours on a guided tour • See Leonardo da Vinci’s house and many of his inventions in Amboise • Visit to a world-renowned cellar in Saumur • Tour Fontevraud Abbey, a stunning UNESCO World Heritage Site, with an expert guide Plus, of course: • Return rail connections available on selected dates from over 50 regional stations (a supplement may apply) and return reserved Eurostar travel from London St Pancras, plus all hotel transfers • Six nights in three-star to four-star accommodation, inclusive of all local taxes, plus breakfast and three dinners (one will be taken at a traditional, local restaurant) • The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager throughout (B) Breakfast, (D) 3 Dinners Prices are per person. For departure dates, prices, Eurostar and regional rail, please call or visit our website.
Take a stroll along Rue Colbert in Tours where you’ll find a plaque marking the half-timbered house of the armurier who made Joan of Arc’s armour before the siege of Orléans in 1429.
Multi-Centre Tour Vernon To London (Eurostar) PARIS Chartres Fontainebleau
Read
The Loire: A Cultural History by Martin Garrett. The author follows the Loire’s course through cities and countryside and traces the river’s dramatic history.
Evelyn
Tour Manager
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
F R ANC E
Saumur Chinon
Tours Ambois
KEY Eurostar
127
FR A N C E
F
25 O R LES
S
O
SMALL GROUP TOURS Annecy
Mont Blanc, Lake Geneva & Annecy Where magnificent Mont Blanc, spectacular alpine scenery and mighty glaciers contrast with Roman Aosta, medieval Annecy and the charming towns dotting the shores of serene Lake Geneva. Based in Chamonix, discover a perfect blend of historic towns, ice‑blue lakes and twisting mountain roads with panoramic views.
Chamonix
128
8 DAYS FROM
£1,189
May to July & September to October 2022 SMALL GROUP TOURS FROM
£1,259
Your itinerary
Aiguille du Midi
DAY 1 – Arrival in Chamonix Arrive at the airport for your flight to Geneva or at London St Pancras International for your Eurostar and TGV high-speed train to Annecy. DAY 2 – Mont Blanc & free afternoon Our exploration of this glorious region begins when we board the narrowgauge cog railway that ascends nearly 900 m (3,000 feet) from the valley floor to Montenvers. Climbing through pinescented forests, across viaducts, over meltwater streams and through tunnels cut through the mountainside, a sense of anticipation mounts until we catch our first glimpse of the tip of France’s largest glacier – the dramatic Mer de Glace, or ‘Sea of Ice’, measuring over 7 km (4 miles long and 650 feet) deep. You have the option of taking a ride on a gondola to the glacier itself, where a cave is carved into the ice. Walking into the cavern and touching its icy walls, you cannot fail to be impressed by the staggering scale of this natural wonder. The adjacent Glaciorium is a fascinating exhibition that explains the glacial processes that created the Mer de Glace. Alternatively, simply enjoy a drink in the Glacier Bar and take in the stupendous views, keeping an eye out for alpine birds like nutcrackers and black woodpeckers, deer, mountain goats and perhaps even an ibex. This afternoon is free for you to explore Chamonix, with the option of joining our complimentary guided walk around the area. Tonight we dine in a carefully selected local restaurant. (B, D) DAY 3 – Annecy You can expect more glorious views today as we drive to charming Annecy, where our guided walk reveals the fascinating history of this medieval town. In the afternoon we enjoy a tranquil cruise on the lake for a stunning juxtaposition of water and mountains. As we journey back to Chamonix, look out for the red and white Savoyard cross flags and Savoie Libre, or Free Savoy, messages painted on the valley sides – reminders that this passionately independent region only became part of France in 1860. (B) DAY 4 – Cable car to Aiguille Du Midi After breakfast we take an unforgettable trip on the world’s highest-ascending cable car to the top of the Aiguille du Midi peak which, at 3,842 m (12,605 feet), is as close as you can get to the summit of Mont Blanc without climbing the mountain itself. It’s a truly magical experience as we arrive at the breathtaking landscape of snowcapped peaks and jagged granite spires that define the high Alps. The upper section of the two-stage journey offers uninterrupted views of the tumbling ice of the Pelerins glacier and of the Aiguille rock face – look out for climbers below, making the ascent the hard way.
Disembarking the cable car you cross a footbridge to a lift, which takes you to a top terrace and the very peak of Aiguille du Midi. This is nature at its most inspiring and the vistas are simply incredible – Mont Blanc, the surrounding massif and, on a clear day, even the Matterhorn and beyond to Western Europe’s second-highest mountain, Monte Rosa, nearly 80 km (50 miles) away. You can lunch at one
of Europe’s highest restaurants, visit a mountaineering museum or simply identify several glaciers from the panoramic terraces while breathing in the crystal-clear air. For those with a real head for heights there’s a chance to experience the ‘Step into the Void’ skywalk, where you can walk on a clear glass floor suspended 900 m (3,000 feet) above the rocks below! (B)
Your tour price includes • Tour the alpine regions of France, Switzerland and Italy, staying in the classic mountain town of Chamonix • Ride the Montenvers cog railway to the dramatic Mer de Glace • Take Europe’s highest cable car to the summit of the Aiguille du Midi for breathtaking views of Mont Blanc and the highest peaks in the Alps • Enjoy a guided walking tour of medieval Annecy, then take a boat cruise on the pure waters of its lake • Visit the superbly preserved castle, Château de Chillon, and relax in lakeside Montreux
Plus, of course: • Return flights from a selection of regional airports, or reserved Eurostar and TGV seats, plus all hotel transfers • Seven nights in four-star accommodation inclusive of all local taxes, plus breakfast and two meals taken in quality local restaurants • The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager throughout (B) Daily Breakfast, (D) 2 Dinners Prices are per person. For departure dates, prices, flights and Eurostar, please call or visit our website.
Two-Centre Tour SWI TZERLA ND
• Learn about Aosta’s remarkable Roman heritage on a guided walk of this pretty Italian mountain town
Lake Geneva
Montreux
Yvoire Geneva
• Visit enchanting Evian-lesBains, famed for its natural spring waters, and ancient Yvoire
FRA NCE
• Opportunity to join a complimentary walk from Chamonix
KEY
I TA LY
Annecy Aosta
Chamonix Mont Blanc
Arrive Depart
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
129
FR A N C E DAY 5 – Yvoire & Evian Les Bains There’s a change of style today as we travel to Lake Geneva. Departing Chamonix in the morning, we visit Yvoire, a 14th-century settlement by the lake that’s simply one of the most beautiful villages in France. Dominated by a turreted castle and a church with a classic alpine onion-shaped steeple, its tangled alleyways are lined with balconied houses billowing with gorgeous wisteria displays. Nearby is the spa town of Evian-lesBains, whose natural spring waters were held to be a ‘cure-all’ for the kidneys and liver in the 19th century… big news considering France’s love of wine! As you stroll past grand villas looking out over seductive Lake Geneva and then drink some of the natural mountain water at the famous Cachat spring, it’s easy to imagine how restorative the town must have felt for visitors over a century ago. (B) DAY 6 – Aosta Today we leave France and travel to Italy via one of Europe’s longest road tunnels, a 11 km (7.2 mile) route through Mont Blanc itself. Though it’s a relatively short journey, on emerging in Italy the differences in style, climate and culture are immediately noticeable. We arrive at the historic town of Aosta, a beguiling mix of ancient culture and yet more spectacular alpine scenery. Founded in 25 BC, it became the Roman capital of the region and we take a guided walk of the rich architectural legacy left by the occupiers. This includes an amphitheatre, Praetoria Gate and the impressive Arch of Augustus, which was built in honour of the Roman emperor.
Aosta You’ll have free time to explore Aosta’s wealth of other buildings – don’t miss the ornate cathedral – or just soak up the ambience of this charming Italian mountain town while sipping a cappuccino. We dine this evening in the second of our carefully selected restaurants. (B, D) DAY 7 – Château De Chillon & Montreux This morning we enjoy unforgettable scenery on a drive through the Mont Blanc range, winding down the many hairpins to the fledgling Rhône River, before crossing into Switzerland to Château de Chillon on Lake Geneva. The inspiration for Byron’s poem, ‘The Prisoner of Chillon’, this almost perfectly preserved medieval castle has a picture-perfect location on the water’s Aosta Town Square
Château de Chillon
130
edge and is Switzerland’s most visited monument. We then drive along the lake to Montreux, a picturesque resort town surrounded by vineyards and nestled against the Alps. You have free time to wander, so perhaps enjoy a peaceful stroll along the promenade, lined with colourful flowers, Mediterranean trees and belle-époque buildings. Look out for the bronze statue of Freddie Mercury, who fell in love with Montreux and settled here – if you’re a fan, you may wish to try the Queen Studio Experience in the renowned casino. (B) DAY 8 – Return flight Transfer to the airport for our flight home. (B)
Lake Annecy
Our hand-picked hotels
Your options
As this is a single-centre tour, we stay at one of two hand-picked hotels in Chamonix for seven nights, depending on your UK departure date. Both hotels include breakfast.
You’re free to choose
Le Refuge des Aiglons HHHH Situated next to the Aiguille du Midi cable car, Aiglons has a terrace, heated outdoor pool and views of Mont Blanc from panoramic windows in the contemporary lounge and restaurant. Each of the comfortable rooms has a balcony and is furnished in a contemporary alpine style, both of which have views of the surrounding mountains. The hotel also has a spa featuring a sauna, steam room and treatment cabins. Please note: Outdoor heated pool is open during summer months subject to weather conditions.
Mercure Centre Chamonix HHHH The Mercure is located in two facing buildings and, with its extensive use of local wood, is fashioned very much in the alpine chalet style. Outside is a terrace, where you can relax with a drink. The rooms all have balconies. The hotel has a restaurant and a bar.
Complimentary guided walk An increasing number of you want to stretch your legs whilst away so you may wish to join a complimentary walk. Although it’s not arduous, it is best to have walking shoes or good trainers. Our walk starts in Chamonix and we choose a route to suit our group and the weather. We will walk through the forest and across rivers, giving you a chance to immerse yourself in the area’s beautiful alpine scenery. There are stunning mountain views along the route and our local walking guide will tell us all we need to know about the area, its history and the flora and fauna. We will then return to Chamonix. Our walk can take up to four hours. It’s a leisurely walk but places are strictly limited and must be prebooked. This is not bookable online so please contact our reservations department for more information or to book.
My view Insider knowledge
The Bridge of Lovers in Annecy’s picturesque Jardins de L’Europe offers a charming vantage point to the lake, Old Town and the majestic Alps beyond.
Read
Much of Mary Shelley’s life is reflected in her 18th century novel Frankenstein which is set in various locations in the French Alps and on the shores of Lake Geneva.
Buy
Made with hazelnuts and named after roof tiles due to their thin round shape, tegole are a typical type of biscuit from the Aosta Valley.
Taste
Tartiflette is the perfect choice for lunch after a morning in the Alps. This hearty mountain dish is made with potatoes, reblochon cheese, bacon and onions.
Altitude note: At the top of the Aiguille du Midi, you are 3,842m (12,568 feet) above sea level, so if you have any potential health problems, please consult your doctor before travelling. The rest of the itinerary poses no such problems. Please note: The Aiguille du Midi may close at short notice for maintenance work. In such an event, an alternative itinerary will be offered.
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
Alan
Tour Manager
131
FR A N C E
SMALL GROUP TOURS F
25 O R LES
S
O
Eiffel Tower
Paris See the iconic sights of Paris – the Eiffel Tower, Île de la Cité, the Louvre, the Champs-Elysées, the Sacré-Coeur, the Moulin Rouge – and experience the city’s famed shopping, food and culture. Plus visits to the artist-lined streets of Montmartre and the town of Versailles with time to visit the renowned Palace.
4 DAYS FROM
£299
April to December 2022 SMALL GROUP TOURS FROM
£399
Your itinerary DAY 1 – Arrival in Paris Take the Eurostar service from London St Pancras International to Paris Gare du Nord. We transfer by coach to our hotel, staying for three nights, with breakfast.
Montmartre
132
DAY 2 – Guided City Sightseeing Tour Today our comprehensive sightseeing tour takes in all the sights that have earned the city its eternal fame. You’ll see Napoleon’s Arc de Triomphe, the grand Champs-Elysées – a focal point in times of national celebration – and the Louvre, repository of countless art treasures, all places that are bound together by the Seine River and overseen by the Eiffel Tower. We then leave Paris for the short drive to Versailles where you can visit the majestic palace of the ‘Sun King’, Louis XIV, and the typically
provincial market town of Versailles itself. We return to the hotel in the late afternoon and the remainder of the day is free to spend as you wish – maybe shopping, browsing bookshops or more sightseeing. Perhaps you’ll prefer to join the locals by relaxing at a pavement table in one of the numerous cafés or bistros and watch the world go by. Paris is beautiful by day but it takes on a whole new aspect after dark, as you’ll discover on our ‘By Night’ coach tour. With monuments and buildings illuminated, their reflections dancing on the Seine, the whole city appears as a giant, enchanting work of art with the Eiffel Tower as the focal point – so delicate it could almost be made of lace. The tour leaves enough time for you to fall under the spell of Paris’s famous nightlife, from its cosy bars to its welcoming restaurants. (B) DAY 3 – Montmartre After breakfast we visit the most picturesque and atmospheric quarter of Paris, Montmartre – dominated by the iconic white dome of the SacréCoeur basilica. With winding cobbled streets and colourful restaurants with tables and chairs spilling out on to the pavements, Montmartre retains much of its ‘villagey’ feel of the Belle Epoque that attracted artists here during the late 19th century. Today artists still work here, many congregating around the tree-lined Place du Tertre, sketching caricatures and painting the classic views of the Paris skyline. You’ll have time to wander among Montmartre’s charming lanes and streets, seeing sights such as the Moulin Rouge, where artist Toulouse-Lautrec found most of the subjects for his paintings, and the former houses of Vincent van Gogh and Auguste Renoir. There’s also the Espace Dalí, with over 300 works by the Surrealist, and the Lapin Agile, the famous cabaret club. Of the many other fascinating sights, the oldest vineyard in Paris – Clos Montmartre – is among the most unusual. The afternoon is for you to experience Paris as you wish. So what’s it to be? Perhaps a trip up to the viewing platform on the Eiffel Tower, or a cruise on the Seine for a different perspective on the city. Maybe a visit to the Musée Rodin to see the sublime creations of the French sculptor? Then there’s the option of browsing the many antique shops, followed by a wander around the city’s plentiful green spaces. (B) DAY 4 – Return home After a leisurely start to the day we return to the Gare du Nord for our Eurostar service to London St Pancras International. (B)
My view Read
Parisians: An Adventure History of Paris by Graham Robb. The author takes us on an entertaining journey from the 18th century to the millennium, dipping into the fascinating history and people of this elegant city.
Mark
Tour Manager
Our hand-picked hotels As this is a single-centre tour, choose which Paris hotel you prefer, according to your UK departure date. Ibis Bercy Village, Paris HHH This modern hotel features a bar and restaurant. Rooms have airconditioning, Wi-Fi and TV. It is situated near a Metro station in a pleasant area, home to restored wine warehouses that now house many cafés, restaurants and shops. The Île de la Cité is approximately two miles away. B&B Hotel Paris 17 Batignolles HHH A comfortable contemporary hotel on Boulevard Berthier in the northwest of Paris, two miles from the Arc de Triomphe and close to a Metro station. It has a bar and buffet restaurant with an outdoor terrace. Mercure Paris Boulogne HHHH This beautifully designed and fully refurbished hotel has a spacious bar and restaurant. Between May and October guests are welcome to use the rooftop pool. Located in a quiet area, the hotel is around three miles from the Eiffel Tower. It is a short walk to the nearest Metro station, which is on a direct line to the Champs‑Elysées.
Your tour price includes • Explore one of the world’s most beautiful cities with a comprehensive sightseeing tour of its iconic landmarks • Experience Paris after dark on our extraordinary ‘By Night’ tour • Visit the town of Versailles, with its astonishing 17th-century palace, the magnificent residence of the ‘Sun King’, Louis XIV • Discover the narrow streets and historic sites of the artists’ quarter, Montmartre Plus, of course: • Return standard-class reserved Eurostar seats from London St. Pancras, plus all hotel transfers - upgrades available at a supplement • Return rail connections available on selected dates from over 50 regional stations. A supplement may apply for certain stations • Three nights in three- or four-star accommodation inclusive of all local taxes, with daily breakfast • The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager (B) Daily Breakfast Prices are per person. For departure dates, prices, Eurostar and regional rail, please call or visit our website.
Single-Centre Tour
Please note: Rooftop pool is open during summer months subject to weather conditions.
Your options Personalise your holiday See the legendary Paradis Latin cabaret in Paris Experience glamorous 17th-century Paris at the world’s oldest cabaret and Gustave Eiffel’s legendary theatre. Have a three-course dinner with vintage wine before enjoying the visual masterpiece which is best cabaret in the city, the new Paradis Latin Show entitled L’Oiseau Paradis! From £91pp.
Discover Versailles with an audio guide and timed entry Make the most of your time in Versailles and pre-book a timedentry visit, which provides admission to the magnificent palace and the outstanding gardens. You’ll receive an audio guide so you can explore at your own pace. From £27pp.
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
133
FR A N C E
SMALL GROUP TOURS F
25 O R LES
S
O
Provence
Timeless Provence Provence is a feast for the senses with a striking natural beauty, historic Aix and Avignon, plus the unique Camargue wetlands, stunning Luberon Mountains and rugged coastline. Deep valleys are carpeted with forests, garrigue-covered hillsides are punctuated by cypresses, filling the air with a distinctive Provençal aroma.
Aix-en-Provence
134
8 DAYS FROM
£1,049
April to October 2022 SMALL GROUP TOURS FROM
£1,179
Pont du Gard
Your itinerary DAY 1 – Arrival in Aix-En-Provence Arrive at the airport for your flight to Nice, Marseille or Montpellier, or at the station for your train journey by Eurostar and high-speed TGV to Aix-en-Provence. DAY 2 – Tour of Aix-En-Provence Beautiful Aix-en-Provence seamlessly combines Parisian-style chic with villagelike gentility. Founded as a spa town by the Romans, it became the capital of Provence during the Middle Ages and evolved into a major educational and artistic hub. Aix is known as the ‘City of a Thousand Fountains’ and the tranquil sound of running water accompanies you down colourful boulevards, through fine squares and labyrinthine alleyways. During a morning guided walking tour you’ll see what inspired the city’s favourite son, Paul Cézanne, to produce numerous paintings in and around Aix. The afternoon is yours to spend as you wish in this wonderful Provençal city, perhaps taking the opportunity to visit Cézanne’s perfectly preserved workshop. Tonight we dine in a carefully selected local restaurant. (B) DAY 3 – The Camargue After breakfast we head to the Camargue, the delta of the great Rhône River and a beguiling landscape of flat saltwater marshland teeming with around 400 species of birds – including remarkable pink flamingos. This designated national park is also home to the region’s iconic black bulls and an ancient breed of white horse, some of which you may spot being ridden by the Camargue’s famous ‘cowboys’. We arrive at the small port town of Saintes Maries de la Mer and take a guided boat trip to explore the natural splendour of this wetland environment – don’t forget to bring your binoculars! We then make the short trip to extraordinary Arles, a prosperous Roman regional capital from the 1st century AD. We marvel at the city’s impressive UNESCO-listed monuments on a fascinating walking tour, taking
in the incredibly well-preserved Roman amphitheatre and the theatre built by the Emperor Augustus. We also see the Place du Forum, once the Roman city’s heart and now a thriving square with vibrant cafés and restaurants. There’s free time to spend in Arles, perhaps to seek out locations associated with Vincent Van Gogh, who spent 14 months here from early 1888. It was his most
prolific period and, inspired by Arles and the light and beauty of the Provençal countryside, he produced around 300 works, including The Café Terrace at Night, The Sower and, of course, Sunflowers. (B) DAY 4 – Luberon Mountains This morning we travel north to the stunning Luberon Mountains. The region’s pure natural light has always
Your tour price includes • Enjoy a guided tour of Aixen-Provence, the ‘City of a Thousand Fountains’ and home to artist Paul Cézanne • Discover Avignon’s sublime medieval architecture, including the Palais des Papes and nearmythical bridge • Learn about the capital of Roman Gaul on a walking tour of Arles, with its superbly preserved amphitheatre and Van Gogh heritage • Tour the picture-postcard fishing village of Cassis and see the dramatic Calanques cliffs on a boat trip • Visit the Camargue, the unique wetland region famous for its white horses and pink flamingos, and enjoy a boat trip through the Carmague delta • Experience the spectacular landscapes, enchanting hilltop villages and natural light of the Luberon Mountains
Plus, of course: • Return flights from a selection of regional airports or train travel by Eurostar and high-speed TGV, plus all hotel transfers • Seven nights in four- to fourstar superior accommodation inclusive of all local taxes, with breakfast and two dinners, plus two dinners in carefully selected restaurants • The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager throughout (B) Daily Breakfast, (D) 4 Dinners Prices are per person. For departure dates, prices and flights, please call or visit our website.
Single-Centre Tour FRA NCE
Luberon Mountains Avignon
Nice Montpellier Saintes Maries de la Mar
• Marvel at the Pont du Gard, one of the best-preserved Roman aqueducts
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
Aix-en-Provence Marseille Cassis
KEY Arrive Depart
135
FR A N C E attracted artists, while the hilltops are crowned by enchanting villages that, at a distance, appear frozen in medieval times, yet are alive with vibrant bistros, rustic restaurants and markets selling fabulous local produce. The landscape in this designated Regional Nature Park changes dramatically from flat plains dotted with olive and peach groves to sloping vineyards and then, higher up, rows of lavender whose fragrance mingles with pine and wild herbs to give the unmistakable aroma of rural Provence. (B) DAY 5 – Avignon Today we visit historic Avignon, whose destiny changed in the 14th century when the Pope’s court was exiled here from Rome. Vast wealth poured in to build churches, convents and elegant townhouses, but especially the incredible Palais des Papes. You’ll have time to explore this imposing palace – one of Europe’s largest Gothic buildings – which resembles a citadel rising from living rock, flanked by towering turrets. Alternatively you could visit the Petit Palais Museum, which houses an excellent collection of more than 300 paintings from the Middle Ages and Renaissance, while a walk (or even dance!) on the city’s celebrated 12thcentury bridge will have you singing a certain French song for the rest of the day. We return to Aix via the Pont du Gard, an aqueduct constructed in the 1st century AD as part of a 30-mile route supplying water to the Roman city of Nîmes. The three-tiered, arched structure measures over 900 feet in length and almost 160 feet in height; stand back to
Cassis
absorb the beauty of this engineering masterpiece and you’ll understand why it’s considered a wonder of the ancient world. (B) DAY 6 – Free day A free day to spend as you wish in Aix. Wander along Cours Mirabeau, Aix’s elegant main street, and peel off into the maze of lanes to discover tiny squares and myriad fountains. Alternatively visit the superb Musée Granet and its collection of works by Cézanne, Degas, Picasso, Matisse and Monet, or the fascinating Museum of Natural History where you can view a collection of dinosaur eggs unearthed on the slopes of nearby Mont SainteVictoire. (B) DAY 7 – Cassis An invigorating trip by the sea today Aix-en-Provence
Bellagio village
Luberon Mountains
The Camargue
136
as we head to the rugged coast and the lovely fishing port of Cassis whose painted cottages, charming little harbour and sandy beach are all overlooked by a mighty medieval fortress. Situated in a spectacular bay, the town has attracted numerous famous visitors over the years – including Virginia Woolf and Sir Winston Churchill, who took painting lessons here in the 1920s. Choose one of the many waterside restaurants for a lunch of freshly caught fish before taking an afternoon boat trip to see the Massif des Calanques, a rugged coastline of dazzling white cliffs, rock pinnacles and rare seabirds. (B) DAY 8 – Return home Transfer to the airport or station for your flight or train home. (B)
Avignon
Our hand-picked hotels As this is a single-centre tour, we stay at one of three hand-picked hotels in Aix-En-Provence for seven nights, with two hotels to choose from depending on your departure date. You have four included meals on this tour: two in your chosen hotel and two of which are in carefully selected restaurants. Novotel Aix Beaumanoir HHHH Situated on the outskirts of the city, this welcoming hotel is a purposebuilt property with comfortable airconditioned rooms. Set in its own garden, the hotel has a pleasant bar and restaurant, outside terrace and a swimming pool (open in the summer months). Aquabella Hotel and Spa HHHH The Aquabella is a converted 18thcentury townhouse next to the old town – a part of the surviving medieval wall actually forms the hotel’s boundary. It’s an oasis of calm set in a large private garden with an olive grove, terrace and heated outdoor swimming pool (open in the summer months). The hotel features a spa centre with a sauna and jacuzzi plus the option of treatments including spring water hydrotherapy (local costs apply). There are inside and outside bars, a
restaurant overlooking the gardens and comfortable rooms. MGallery Roi René HHHH Superior Exceptionally chic, it offers a stylish atmosphere coupled with attentive service just steps away from the city’s atmospheric Cours Mirabeau. Light and airy rooms feature top-quality fittings and luxurious touches such as bathrobes. This hotel is centred around an internal courtyard with comfortable seating and a heated outdoor pool (open in the summer months). The intimate bar and restaurant are the perfect places to relax.
My view Insider knowledge
Follow in the footsteps of Paul Cézanne in the Terrain des Peintres. The artist was inspired by the panoramic views of the city and Mont Sainte-Victoire from this public park in Aix en Provence.
Buy
The markets of Provence are renowned and there is a food market in Aix nearly every day. Take your pick from marinated olives, fine cheeses, local bread, peaches and melons and a bounty of other seasonal treasures and enjoy your feast in a charming square.
Taste
Try the famous Calisson d’Aix. These sweets, made with local almonds, fruit paste and orange peel, were officially recognised as part of the heritage of Aix en Provence in 1990.
Drink
Provence is the world’s largest producer of rosé wine. Elegant and pale, a glass of Provencal rosé is perfect with tomato based dishes and shellfish.
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
Diane
Tour Manager
137
FR A N C E
SMALL GROUP TOURS F
25 O R LES
S
O
Honfleur
Highlights of Normandy Monet’s Garden, Rouen & Honfleur Discover the essence of Normandy with echoes of William the Conqueror and D-Day, medieval Rouen and Bayeux, plus the delightful port of Honfleur, rural landscapes and delicious local produce. The region is lush and green, its countryside is a patchwork of emerald-green fields, apple orchards and ivyclad farmhouses. Bayeux Tapestry
138
5 DAYS FROM
£579
April to October 2022 SMALL GROUP TOURS FROM
£649
Your itinerary DAY 1 – Arrival in Rouen Take the Eurostar from London St Pancras International to Paris Gare du Nord. We transfer by coach to the lovely old city of Rouen, staying for four nights. DAY 2 – Walking tour of Rouen This morning we step back in time on an enlightening guided walking tour around the old centre of the capital of Normandy. We’ll visit Rouen’s remarkable Notre-Dame Cathedral, which over the centuries has been built, destroyed by fire, rebuilt, damaged in the Wars of Religion and embellished to create the fantastic Gothic edifice we see today. You’ll marvel at the epic scale of the four-storey nave, pillared choir and the famous cobalt blue stained
glass, and see the tombs of several kings and dukes as well as a recumbent statue of Richard the Lionheart containing his heart. This afternoon we take a short drive to the coastal town of Fécamp, home of the famous Bénédictine liqueur. After our visit, which includes a tasting of the delicious liqueur, we drive back to Rouen through Normandy’s alluring pastoral countryside, so beloved by the Impressionist artists of the 19th and 20th centuries. (B) DAY 3 – Bayeux Honfleur is often regarded as the most picturesque spot on the northern French coast and after breakfast we make the short journey to this delightful town. Exquisitely preserved, its old harbour – complete with both fishing boats and luxurious pleasure craft – is surrounded by a pretty waterfront of tall pastel-coloured houses dating from the 16th to 18th centuries. Many of these have been converted into seafood restaurants or traditional shops selling items such as antiques, books and fine foods. Pull up a chair at one of these quayside restaurants, order a plate of fruits de mer and watch the world go by – it’s a pleasure observing talented artists capturing the views on canvas. Away from the harbour, Honfleur’s intricate maze of streets is a delight to wander through and offers an authentic flavour of this wonderfully provincial old port. We return to Rouen in the late afternoon. (B) DAY 4 – Honfleur Today we visit two of the most famous places in Normandy. Our first stop is Bayeux, home of the world-famous tapestry which tells the story of the Norman invasion of Britain in 1066 in glorious detail. The 230-foot-long tapestry is made up of nine panels of extremely delicate embroidery – gazing at its wonderful depictions of the battle and the period’s architecture, weapons and everyday life, you’ll appreciate why the Bayeux Tapestry is arguably the most perfect relic from the Middle Ages. After lunch we drive to nearby Gold Beach, one of the five main landing sites on D-Day, when Allied forces surged into Normandy to begin the liberation of occupied Europe from Nazi Germany. Casting your eyes across the sand to the water’s edge, it’s sobering to consider that on 6 June 1944 around 25,000 British troops came ashore on this one beach, with 400 killed by the defenders. At the western end of the shoreline is Arromanches, where you’ll have the opportunity to visit a superb museum dedicated to the ‘longest day’. While the trips to Bayeux and Gold Beach are included in your holiday, they’re not compulsory, and you may prefer instead to remain in Rouen. You’re really spoilt for choice – Joan of Arc was burned at the stake in the city’s old marketplace
and in the Archbishop’s Palace next to the cathedral you’ll find a fascinating museum dedicated to the iconic French heroine. Or just browse Rouen’s superb shops dotted along some of the loveliest and most atmospheric old streets you’ll find anywhere in France. (B) DAY 5 – Monet’s Garden & return home Claude Monet’s paintings are some of the most exquisite and familiar works of art ever produced, and to witness firsthand the spectacular displays of colour at the artist’s house and garden at Giverny is an unforgettable experience. In the Japanese inspired water garden, shaded by a great willow tree and surrounded by bamboo, rhododendrons and azaleas, is the lily pond where he painted his famous Les Nympheas (Water Lilies) series. Little surprise he referred to the garden as ‘my most beautiful masterpiece’. The interior of the house, including the artist’s studio, is similarly outstanding. Later we continue to Paris for our return Eurostar. (B)
Our hand-picked hotel As this is a single-centre tour, all dates stay at our hand-picked hotel in Rouen. Mercure Champ de Mars, Rouen HHHH A modern hotel just a short stroll from Rouen’s old quarter. It has a restaurant and bar and the spacious airconditioned bedrooms.
My view Insider knowledge
The Seine weaves through Rouen breaking the city into two banks. The pathway that follows the river is ideal for an evening stroll before a delicious dinner in one of the city’s many fine restaurants.
Read
Your tour price includes • Enjoy a guided tour of Rouen, Normandy’s capital, with its magnificent Gothic cathedral and Joan of Arc heritage • Take a tour of the distillery at the Palais Bénédictine, home of the famous liqueur • Explore the picturesque old port town of Honfleur, so adored by Monet • Visit Gold Beach, one of the D-Day landing sites, and the fascinating museum at Arromanches recalling the momentous Allied landings • Visit impressionist artist Claude Monet’s home and garden – see the ‘Water Lily’ pond and ‘Japanese Bridge’ Plus, of course: • Return standard-class reserved Eurostar seats from London St. Pancras, plus all hotel transfers - upgrades available at a supplement • Return rail connections available on selected dates from over 50 regional stations • Four nights in four-star accommodation inclusive of all local taxes, with breakfast • The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager throughout (B) Daily Breakfast Prices are per person. For departure dates, prices, Eurostar and regional rail, please call or visit our website.
Monet at Giverny by Caroline Holmes. This book considers the natural influences that shaped the artist’s life and vision.
Buy
Single-Centre Tour
Salted caramels are a speciality of Normandy and these sweet treats make the perfect gift but only if you can resist eating them all before you get home!
Drink
Trou Normand is a shot of Calvados served as a digestif or poured over a tangy apple sorbet. The Trou Normand is served between courses or to end a meal.
Angus
Tour Manager
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
To London (Eurostar)
Bayeux
Honfleur
Rouen
F R ANC E
Monet’s Garden PARIS
KEY Eurostar
139
B E LG I U M
SMALL GROUP TOURS F
25 O R LES
S
O
Bruges
Bruges Medieval buildings, romantic squares, pretty canals, worldclass art; Bruges is a lavish feast for the eyes. Old-world charm and Europe’s most perfectly preserved medieval city ensure that enchanting Bruges makes a superb short-break, one where delicious cuisine, the finest chocolate and artisanal beers are never far away.
4 DAYS FROM
£299
April to December 2022 SMALL GROUP TOURS FROM
£399
Your itinerary DAY 1 – Arrival in Bruges Take the late morning/early afternoon Eurostar service from London St Pancras International to Lille. On arrival, we transfer by coach to your hotel for three nights in Bruges’ old town. DAY 2 – Walking tour of Bruges After breakfast we enjoy a guided walk to discover the highlights of this alluring city. We begin in its medieval heart, the Markt, which has served as the main market square since the 10th century. Towering 272 feet over the colourful gabled buildings framing the square is the Belfry and its 47-bell carillon. This afternoon you’ll have the opportunity to climb the 366 steps to the top, the reward being a breathtaking view of
140
Bruges and the Flanders countryside extending beyond. We also visit two other notable buildings in the Burg, the city’s second main square – the elegant Gothic Stadhuis (Town Hall) and the 18th-century law courts – plus the Basilica of the Holy Blood. Another mustsee is the Church of Our Lady, which houses Michelangelo’s beautiful white marble sculpture, Madonna and Child. The remainder of the day is free for you to explore. The Groeningemuseum and Sint-Janshospitaal are home to sublime works of art and you can find museums dedicated to Belgium’s holy trinity of beer, chocolate and frites, while no visit to Bruges would be complete without a brewery trip. Why not try ‘De Halve Maan’, which has constructed a twomile-long pipeline from the brewery to a bottling plant on the city’s edge; a fascinating tour of the cellars concludes with a tasting of its excellent Brugse Zot Blond. (B) DAY 3 – Ypres, Passchendaele & Tyne Cot Cemetery This morning we can arrange an optional boat tour of the canals so you can see the city from a waterside perspective (subject to seasonal operation). Late morning, for those interested, a coach leaves Bruges to visit Ypres and nearby Great War battlefields. Alternatively, you can simply choose to remain in Bruges to spend your time as you please. The battlefield tour centres on Ypres, which was almost flattened during the First World War as Allied and German forces fought for control of this strategically important town. The countless lives lost are remembered with a moving ceremony at the Menin Gate Memorial each evening at 8pm. You can also visit the Passchendaele Memorial Museum, which shines a light on some of the darkest days of the Great War. During the Third Battle of Ypres in 1917, over 500,000 troops died in just three months as the Allies attempted to take the village of Passchendaele. We visit the bunkers, craters and trench sites of this monumentally bloody battle. The day concludes with a visit to the world’s largest Commonwealth cemetery at Tyne Cot, its sea of 11,961 graves reflecting the First World War’s staggering loss of life. Returning to Bruges in the late afternoon, you cannot fail to be touched by the sights and sounds of this unforgettable trip back in time. (B) DAY 4 – Return by Eurostar Belgian chocolates are known as the finest in the world, and this morning we visit one of the few establishments in Bruges where they are still made by hand. During the demonstration you’ll learn all about this artisanal craft, including the top-quality ingredients that are used and the techniques involved in making these delicious luxuries. Later, a coach returns you to
nearby Lille for an afternoon Eurostar service back to London St Pancras International.Later we continue to Paris for our return Eurostar. (B)
Our hand-picked hotels As this is a single-centre tour, we stay at one of four hand-picked hotels in the heart of Bruges, depending on your UK departure date. Martin’s Brugge, Bruges HHH Superior This hotel is ideally located opposite the Belfry in the heart of the historic centre. The hotel has a welcoming atmosphere with a stylish interior, bar and courtyard terrace. The Golden Tree, Bruges HHH Built in 1864, The Golden Tree is close to the t’Zand, a square on the edge of Bruges’ historic core. Sympathetically converted from a neoclassical town house – it retains many of the building’s original features. Academie, Bruges HHHH Located within the historic centre of Bruges, the Academie is situated on a small cobbled street near the Minnewater. It offers modern facilities, stylish accommodation and has a cosy bar and courtyard garden. Grand Hotel Casselbergh HHHH Superior The Casselbergh was created from three historic residences owned for many centuries by local aristocracy. Located near the market square, it combines modern comfort with oldworld charm. Facilities include a bar and a wellness centre in the cellars, which date back to the 14th century.
Your tour price includes • Explore the fascinating medieval history of Bruges on an illuminating walking tour of its many highlights • Discover the significance of Flanders during the First World War in a thoughtprovoking visit to Ypres and the Tyne Cot Cemetery • Learn how the world’s finest chocolates are made at one of Bruges’ last surviving traditional chocolatiers Plus, of course: • Return standard-class reserved Eurostar seats from London St. Pancras, plus all hotel transfers - upgrades available at a supplement • Return rail connections available on selected dates from over 50 regional stations. A supplement may apply for certain stations • Three nights in threeto four-star superior accommodation inclusive of all local taxes, with breakfast • The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager throughout (B) Daily Breakfast Prices are per person. For departure dates, prices, Eurostar and regional rail, please call or visit our website.
My view
Single-Centre Tour Bruges
Insider knowledge
For a quieter side of Bruges join the locals on the cobbled streets of Sint Anna. You’ll find the Museum of Folk Life and some of the city’s most interesting medieval churches in this pretty district.
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
B E LG I U M Ypres
F R ANC E To London (Eurostar)
Lille
KEY Eurostar Transfer
141
SW IT ZE R L A N D
SMALL GROUP TOURS F
25 O R LES
S
O
Cog Railway to Schynige Platte
Switzerland’s Bernese Oberland Snow-capped peaks, crystal-clear lakes, picturesque cities, alpine meadows, wooden chalets with flower boxes, the purest air – explore the classic image of Switzerland by railway, lake steamer and cable car. Based in Interlaken, it’s the perfect way to experience the Bernese Oberland, a jewel at the heart of Europe.
Brienz
142
8 DAYS FROM
£1,769
May to September 2022
SMALL GROUP TOURS FROM
£1,929
Lucerne
Your itinerary DAY 1 – Arrival in Interlaken Arrive at the airport for your flight to Geneva from where you will be taken to your hotel. (D) DAY 2 – Interlaken Well known for its relaxed, genteel atmosphere and excellent transport links, Interlaken lies at the heart of the Bernese Oberland, making the region’s many attractions easy to visit. Mighty mountains surround you and today you’ll get close to some of the world’s most famous peaks – the majestic Jungfrau (young maiden), Mönch (monk) and Eiger (ogre). Together they form a trio of giant snow-capped summits soaring upwards to over 13,000 feet. We take the narrow-gauge railway to Lauterbrunnen, nestling in a stunning vertical-sided glacial valley formed many thousands of years ago. This afternoon we take the yellow PostBus for a scenic drive over the 6,400-foot Grosse Scheidegg pass. This is one of the most dramatic routes in the region, crossing the ‘secret’ Rosenlaui Valley, where no private cars are allowed to disturb the tranquillity of the flower-filled meadows that are dwarfed by the jagged peak of the Wetterhorn. Finally we reach Meiringen – a wonderfully attractive town, perhaps most famous for the nearby Reichenbach Falls. It was against the backdrop of this water torrent plunging towards the valley floor that Sherlock Holmes met his demise in his epic struggle with Professor Moriarty. You can visit the small Sherlock Holmes Museum or just relax in Meiringen itself before joining the train back along the shores of the pretty Brienzersee to Interlaken. (B, D) DAY 3 – Brienz Rothorn Railway Since the late 19th century, some of the world’s most amazing feats of railway engineering have transported travellers high into the Swiss mountains. And while most of the original steam locomotives are long gone, now replaced with
electric or diesel engines, today you can experience one of the few routes still operated primarily by steam. After a short regular train journey to the lakeside resort of Brienz, we join the remarkable Brienz Rothorn Railway for the breathtaking ride to the top of the Rothorn, a 7,710-foot peak with superb panoramic views across lakes and valleys to the surrounding summits – including the iconic Matterhorn. Although many of the locomotives are modern diesels, a few of the original coal-burning engines from the 1892 line
still operate. There’s time for lunch at the summit and a leisurely wander around Brienz itself following the return ride. If you’re feeling energetic you can choose instead to take the steep but enjoyable hike down the mountain. After that, we return by boat across the Brienzersee to Interlaken. (B, D) DAY 4 – Free day in Interlaken There are countless fascinating things to do in and around Interlaken, so today is free to spend as you wish. To personalise your holiday you could take the spectacular cable car ride to
Your tour price includes • Visit the lakeside resort of Brienz and ride the cog railway to the summit of the Rothorn mountain • Enjoy a spectacular cable car journey to beautiful Lake Oeschinen • Take the train through the Brünig Pass to Lucerne, with its picturesque waterfront • Admire some of Switzerland’s most breathtaking scenery on a rail journey past the towering Jungfrau, Mönch and Eiger mountains
Plus, of course: • Return flights from a selection of regional airports, plus all hotel transfers • Seven nights in four-star accommodation inclusive of all local taxes, with breakfast and dinner • The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager (B) Daily Breakfast, (D) 7 Dinners Prices are per person. For departure dates, prices and flights, please call or visit our website.
Single-Centre Tour
• See the famous Reichenbach Falls and the Sherlock Holmes Museum on a visit to Meiringen
SWI TZERLAND
• Cruise by lake steamer in Spiez and Brienz
Lucerne
• Explore the Bernese Oberland with a complimentary Bernese Oberland Regional Pass, allowing free travel on the entire railway network
Spiez
Brienz Meiringen Interlaken
Lake Geneva
Geneva
KEY
FRA NCE
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
I TA LY
Arrive Depart
143
SW X X XITXZE R L A N D the Schilthorn. Famous for its revolving restaurant with awe-inspiring views of the surrounding mountains, it starred in the 1969 James Bond film On Her Majesty’s Secret Service. On the return journey you might like to stop to view the amazing Trümmelbach Falls, hidden within a deep cleft in the mountain. And anyone with an interest in flora should definitely consider a day out riding the historic cog railway that winds upwards from the tranquil village of Wilderswil to the Schynige Platte peak, home to an excellent alpine garden featuring many rare plants, including the legendary edelweiss. Wherever you choose to go, keep an eye out for the gorgeous pink glow on the snowy peaks as the sun sets. (B, D) DAY 5 – Lake Oeschinen Today’s trip starts with a train journey along the lake to Spiez. Here we change onto the BLS railway that twists and turns up the picturesque Kander Valley to the small town of Kandersteg. Then we take a cable car for a spectacular ride to beautiful Lake Oeschinen, set in a mountain amphitheatre high above the main valley, carpeted with a kaleidoscope of colourful wildflowers. On a short scenic walk we pass the lush pastures nourishing cows whose rich milk goes into making that legendary Swiss chocolate. Returning to picturesque Spiez, there’s free time for lunch and a wander before returning at your leisure by lake steamer to Interlaken – you might like to stop off and explore the pretty communities lining the lakeside. (B, D)
Meiringen DAY 6 – Lucerne Today we enjoy a visit to Lucerne. After breakfast our outward train takes the lakeside route to Brienz, then we go over the steeply graded Brünig Pass into central Switzerland. As you leave the station in Lucerne you’re greeted by one of Switzerland’s iconic images – Chapel Bridge with its octagonal water tower. You’ll have plenty of time to explore Lucerne, its charming waterfront and the narrow streets and squares of its car-free Old Town. Then we board the narrow-gauge train, returning back over the Brünig Pass via Meiringen along the lake to Interlaken. (B, D) DAY 7 – Free day Your last day is free for you to choose your own personal itinerary, perhaps using your Bernese Oberland Pass.
A short trip will take you to Mülenen for a ride on one of Europe’s longest funiculars to the summit of Niesen, the conical mountain with tremendous views over Spiez and the Thunersee. If the weather looks good and you’re eager for even more high mountain scenery, you can take the train to Kleine Scheidegg and continue on the Jungfrau Railway through the heart of the Eiger mountain itself to Jungfraujoch (direct supplement payable). This is Europe’s highest railway station, with breathtaking glacier views that are normally reserved for the hardiest mountaineers. This evening we enjoy our final dinner together in the Royal St Georges. (B, D) DAY 8 – Return flight Transfer to the airport for our flight home. (B)
Interlaken
Grindelwald
144
Lake Oeschinen
Our hand-picked hotels As this is a single-centre tour, all dates stay at our hand-picked hotel in Interlaken. MGallery Royal St Georges Hotel, Interlaken HHHH Ideally situated just a few minutes’ walk from the railway station and close to the town’s main green space and numerous shops, this is one of the ‘grandes dames’ of Interlaken’s hotels and has been welcoming visitors since 1908. The Art Nouveau marble lobby and public rooms have been carefully renovated and facilities include the stylish Lounge Royal bar, a large, ornate dining room and the Verandah
restaurant. There’s also a terrace and garden to the rear, overlooking the Harder Kulm peak. The bedrooms (in either modern or traditional style) have satellite TV, safe, minibar and Wi-Fi.
Your options Personalise your holiday Try the James Bond experience Head to the summit of the Schilthorn for stunning views of the Swiss skyline and relive James Bond’s adventures from On Her Majesty’s Secret Service at the interactive Bond World 007 exhibition. Perhaps enjoy lunch at the revolving restaurant with superb views of the alpine peaks. From £31pp.
My view Insider knowledge
For a gentle walk take the path from Interlaken to the glistening waters of Lake Thun. The trail will take you through the Weissenau- Neuhaus nature reserve where more than 200 species of bird have been identified.
Read
A Tramp Abroad by Mark Twain. Twain visited Interlaken and Lucerne and both feature in this amusing mix of autobiography and fiction.
Buy
The confectionery shops of Lucerne are sure to tempt you with their elaborate displays of the finest Swiss chocolates.
Taste
Savour a traditional Swiss rösti or try the Älplermagronen, a macaroni cheese topped with apple sauce and onions.
Mark
Tour Manager
Brienz Rothorn Railway
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
145
SW IT ZE R L A N D
F
25 O R LES
S
O
SMALL GROUP TOURS Glacier Express
Switzerland, the Matterhorn & the Glacier Express An exhilarating tour of the Swiss and Italian Alps, exploring Lakes Geneva and Maggiore and travelling on the Glacier and Bernina Express and taking in views of the iconic Matterhorn. Spectacular scenery, awe-inspiring views of glaciers and snowcovered peaks, forested slopes and lush meadows – welcome to Switzerland. Zermatt
146
8 DAYS FROM
£1,369
May to October 2022 SMALL GROUP TOURS FROM
£1,499
Gornergrat Railway Station
Your itinerary
gardens imaginatively planted with a host of colourful and exotic shrubs.
DAY 1 – Arrival in Brig Arrive at the airport for your flight to Zurich from where you will be taken to your hotel. (D) DAY 2 – Zermatt & The Matterhorn Our first day trip takes us up the Mattertal Valley. As we ascend, the scenery becomes ever more impressive – lush meadows covered with wildflowers and studded with tiny shepherds’ shelters give way to dense forests crowned by snow-capped mountains glistening in the sun. We traverse towering viaducts and pass streams and waterfalls before arriving at Zermatt. The world’s most photographed mountain, the Matterhorn is relatively unobtrusive until you reach the end of Zermatt and turn a corner, when the Swiss national symbol is revealed in all its splendour. Should you wish to gain a better view, there is the possibility to, take the cog railway up 10,000 feet to Gornergrat, an awe-inspiring wonderland of glaciers and summits. Alternatively, relax in one of Zermatt’s many cosy cafés or take a gentle ride in a horse-drawn carriage. (B, D) DAY 3 – Lake Maggiore This morning we travel over the Simplon Pass to Italy and the peaceful shores of Lake Maggiore. Its loveliest town is Stresa, which owes its renown to the days of the ‘Grand Tour’, when Europe’s 19th-century aristocracy crossed from Switzerland to experience their first taste of Italy. You’ll have some free time to wander around the town’s cobbled streets with their wealth of traditional shops or relax in one of the main square’s numerous cafés with a coffee and watch the world go by. Boarding our private launch, we then cruise across central Lake Maggiore to take in one of the real gems of northern Italy – the Borromean Islands. We’ll see Isola Bella, which dominates the landscape with its resplendent Baroque palazzo and astonishing ornamental
Cruising past the traditional fishing boats on the shores of Isola dei Pescatori, you’ll discover an island that has retained its original charm. We disembark at Verbania, then drive along the lake edge before crossing the border back into Switzerland. At Locarno we board the narrow-gauge Centovalli Railway, named after the socalled ‘hundred valleys’ through which it passes. The train features specially designed panoramic carriages so you
can sit back and enjoy glorious views of the magnificent scenery – cascading waterfalls, deep ravines, chestnut forests and romantic hillside villages. Passing over viaducts and bridges, we eventually arrive in Domodossola, from where we return by coach to our hotel. (B, D) DAY 4 – Montreux & Château De Chillon After breakfast we travel to Montreux on the shores of Lake Geneva, where you have a full day at leisure to choose what you’d like to do. You could take a cruise
Your tour price includes • Visit Zermatt and marvel at the iconic Matterhorn • Travel on the Glacier Express, a classic railway route twisting through breathtaking alpine scenery • Enjoy a trip on the UNESCOlisted Bernina Express with its series of loops, tunnels and bridges • Explore Montreux – known as the ‘Swiss Riviera’ – on the shores of Lake Geneva
• Seven nights in three- and four-star accommodation inclusive of all local taxes, with breakfast and dinner • The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager throughout (B) Daily Breakfast, (D) 7 Dinners Prices are per person. For departure dates, prices and flights, please call or visit our website.
• Ride the Centovalli Railway across a ‘hundred valleys’
Two-Centre Tour
• Visit Italy’s picturesque Lake Maggiore and the delightful town of Stresa, plus enjoy a cruise around the beautiful Borromean Islands • Stay in the village of Klosters, the Swiss mountain resort favoured by the royals
Zurich
SWI TZERLA ND Chur Klosters Davos Platz Lake Geneva
Plus, of course: • Return flights from a selection of regional airports, plus all hotel transfers
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
Montreux
Brig Tirano
The Matterhorn
Zermatt
KEY
I TA LY
Arrive Depart Train
Lake Maggiore
147
SW IT ZE R L A N D with lunch on board one of the many side-wheel paddle steamers plying the lake or ride the cog railway to the peak of Rochers-de-Naye that – at 6,700 feet – towers over the water. Back down by the lakefront, the imposing 13th-century Château de Chillon stands guard over the Rhône Valley just outside the town.
Bernina Express
For those who prefer to stay closer to Brig and enjoy walking in the fresh mountain air, there are some easy footpaths close by. Alternatively take a train, cable car and gondola to be whisked up to the 8,684-foot summit of the Bettmerhorn, from where you’ll enjoy an amazing panoramic view over the Great Aletsch Glacier; measuring more than 14 miles from end to end, it’s the longest in Europe and a UNESCO World Heritage Site. (B, D) DAY 5 – The Glacier Express Today we enjoy one of the world’s most legendary railway journeys – the Glacier Express. The trains feature panoramic windows so you can take in the spectacular views, and we experience several changes of locomotive to cope with the changing gradients. Covering a distance of around 75 miles, the train twists its way through ever more dramatic scenery of peaks, waterfalls, pine-clad hillsides and ravines on our four-hour ride. The highest point on our journey is the Oberalp Pass at 6,700 feet, where we’re well above the treeline – snow can remain on the ground here well into June. Another highlight is the Upper Rhine Gorge – sometimes called the ‘Swiss Grand Canyon’, it was largely inaccessible until the railway was
opened in 1903. After lunch on board (payable locally), we arrive in Chur. From here our coach takes us up to Klosters, renowned as a favourite ski resort of Prince Charles and other members of the Royal Family. The village features a huddle of typical dark wooden chalets framed by alpine peaks to create a picture-postcard Swiss scene. (B,D) DAY 6 – Free Day in Klosters Today is free to spend at your leisure in this fashionable village and the stunning alpine wonderland that surrounds it. While in Klosters you have easy access to the nearby peaks via the nearby cable cars and chair lifts, which are all Gornergrat Train
Bellagio village Château de Chillon
Brig
148
free – they’ll transport you high into the mountains for tremendous views and walking. (B, D) DAY 7– The Bernina Express A contrasting day of amazing scenery and extraordinary Swiss engineering as we take the famous Bernina Express to Tirano just over the Italian border. The railway – and its surrounding countryside – was designated a UNESCO World Heritage Site in 2008 and is among the world’s most scenic journeys. The route ascends in a remarkable sequence of spirals, loops, 55 tunnels and 196 bridges past the chic resort of Saint Moritz to the summit at Ospizio Bernina, at 7,392 feet, one of the highest stations in Europe. The train then winds down through pretty pastures and pine forests to Tirano. You’ll enjoy some free time in this pretty Italian town of historic buildings, piazzas and riverside cafés before boarding a coach and returning to Klosters via the stunning Upper Engadine Valley over the Flüela Pass (normally open late May to mid October). (B, D) DAY 8 – Return flight Transfer to the airport for our flight home. (B)
My view Insider knowledge
The state-of-the-art Matterhorn Museum in Zermatt provides an enlightening insight into mountain life and also tells the story of the first ascent of the Matterhorn in 1865 by Edward Whymper .
Read
Swiss Watching by Diccon Bewes. This enlightening book reveals there’s more to Switzerland than banks, francs and chocolate.
Taste
Bündner nusstorte is a traditional tart made with shortbread pastry and filled with walnuts and caramel. You’ll find this sweet delicacy in the bakeries and cafés in Klosters.
Drink
Sample a fruity Swiss Pinot Noir or if your preference is for white wine, try a full bodied Müller-Thurgau.
Lake Maggiore
Gill
Tour Manager
Lauterbrunnen
Our hand-picked hotels As this is a two-centre tour, all dates stay at our same hand-picked hotels in Brig for four nights and Klosters for the remaining three. Hotel Victoria, Brig HHH This hotel combines antique furniture with modern fittings and is conveniently located opposite the railway station, while the rooms feature Wi-Fi, TV, safe and a hairdryer. Silvretta Parkhotel, Klosters HHHH Located in the heart of Klosters, it has a large indoor pool with whirlpool and fitness area, the Panorama restaurant where we take dinner, a lounge bar and spacious, wellappointed rooms.
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
149
GERMANY
SMALL GROUP TOURS F
25 O R LES
S
O
Brandenburg Gate
Berlin, Dresden, Meissen & Colditz Witness Germany’s past and present merging in fascinating ways – taking in Berlin’s eclectic ambience, Dresden’s architectural glories, the artisanal heritage of Meissen and the adventure of Colditz Castle. Discover Germany’s delightful contrasts, from its vibrant modern cities to its rural landscapes. Dresden
Your itinerary DAY 1 – Arrival in Berlin Arrive at the airport for your flight to Berlin. DAY 2 – Berlin Berlin is an incredible place. Originally two separate 14th-century towns, it has long been a city of contrasts and never more so than in its recent past, which makes it such a fascinating place to visit. This morning we have a sightseeing tour taking in many landmarks, including Checkpoint Charlie, a poignant symbol of the Cold War when the city was divided between East and West. You’ll see the Brandenburg Gate – one of Germany’s most iconic landmarks –
150
5 DAYS FROM
£689
April to June & August to October 2022 SMALL GROUP TOURS FROM
£739
and the Reichstag, the parliament of the reunified Germany that is steeped in history and partially reconstructed by Norman Foster. We also take in Unter Den Linden, the city’s most famous boulevard, the imposing cathedral and of course what remains of the Berlin Wall – now a protected historical monument. The afternoon is free for you to explore. Berlin’s turbulent political past makes it such an absorbing place, but it is also an incredibly vibrant city with a character and optimism to match. It strongly rewards exploring on foot – visit the impressive Charlottenburg Palace and the legendary Olympiastadion stadium, or you may wish to take a short train ride to Potsdam and the Sanssouci Palace,
home of the famous Prussian king Frederick the Great. (B) DAY 3 – Colditz & Meissen After breakfast we drive through gentle rolling woodland and fields into Saxony, crossing the mighty River Elbe en route to somewhere synonymous with the heroic art of escape: Colditz. The supposedly escape-proof castle towers on its clifftop, looming over the town below. Our guided tour and the related exhibition offer intriguing insights into the lives of both inmates and guards. We see escape tunnels, a home-made radio, false uniforms and other escape equipment, all ingeniously crafted from whatever materials were to hand. Much was secreted about the buildings and, like the ‘radio room’, was discovered by maintenance workers after the war. Some of the most moving exhibits are postcards sent by prisoners to their children, whom they were not to see for many years. Next we visit the town of Meissen, famous for producing the first porcelain to be made outside of China. We have a remarkable tour revealing how, since 1710, highly skilled artisans have created these unique works of art. After Meissen, we depart for Dresden, where we stay for two nights. (B) DAY 4 – Dresden Sitting majestically astride the stately waters of the River Elbe and dating from the 12th century, Dresden is a strikingly beautiful place to visit. It rose to artistic prominence during the early 18th century when August the Strong, ruler of Poland and Saxony, gathered many of Europe’s best musicians, architects and artists in his capital. Its pre-eminence as a centre for art, classical music and science saw the emergence of fine Renaissance, Baroque and Classical buildings, the majority of which – though destroyed by the Allied bombings of 1945 – have been wonderfully restored in recent years, returning Dresden to its former glory. This morning we have a walking tour around these revitalised architectural gems, and in the afternoon you’re free to explore as you wish. Absorb the ambience of Dresden’s many enchanting shops, seek out a cosy restaurant down one of the quaintly cobbled streets, or simply enjoy the numerous talented street musicians that keep Dresden’s musical heritage alive. (B) DAY 5 – Return flight Transfer to the airport for our flight home. (B) Please note: On some dates, this tour operates in reverse order.
Maritim Pro Arte, Berlin HHHH Superior The Maritim Pro Arte is a beautiful modern hotel conveniently situated between the Brandenburg Gate and the Gendarmenmarkt, and is just a stone’s throw from Unter den Linden with its elegant shops – perfect for exploring on foot. The hotel is spacious, very comfortable and houses a wonderful art collection. Courtyard by Marriott Berlin HHHH Within easy walking distance of Museum Island, the Gendarmenmarkt and Checkpoint Charlie, this chic and modern hotel provides the perfect base to explore Berlin’s sights. Beyond the spacious welcoming lobby, enjoy light bites in the coffee shop and international cuisine in the restaurant before a cocktail or two in the stylish bar. Rooms are modern, light and bright, with safe, mini-fridge and tea and coffee making facilities. Maritim, Dresden HHHH Superior On the banks of the Elbe, housed in a building that is a protected monument, the hotel has a restaurant piano bar, and a wellness centre with a pool (a charge may apply to some of the facilities). All rooms are air-conditioned and have satellite TV with pay TV channels, mini bar, telephone, safe and hairdryer. Hotel Steigenberger de Saxe, Dresden HHHH Superior Beautifully designed, this modern and wellmanaged hotel makes extensive use of marble throughout, has a very good quality restaurant, bar and wellness centre. The extremely comfortable rooms are superbly decorated, fully airconditioned with minibar and safe.
Your tour price includes • Discover Berlin’s most iconic locations, including the Reichstag, Brandenburg Gate, historic Unter den Linden on a guided tour • Absorb the German capital’s eclectic ambience and discover its world-class archaeological and art museums • Enjoy a walking tour of Dresden, the ‘Florence of the Elbe’, whose Renaissance, Baroque and Classical buildings have been rebuilt and restored to their original magnificence • Visit medieval Meissen and tour the world-famous porcelain studio, where an expert guide explains how its unique creations are hand crafted using centuries-old techniques • Hear tales of heroic escapes brought to life on our guided tour of Colditz Castle, the Second World War prison Plus, of course: • Return flights from a selection of regional airports, plus all hotel transfers • Four nights in four-star superior accommodation inclusive of all local taxes with daily breakfast • The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager throughout
Your options
(B) Daily Breakfast Prices are per person. For departure dates, prices and flights, please call or visit our website.
Personalise your holiday Dine in Berlin TV Tower’s revolving restaurant Enjoy panoramic views while you dine at Sphere in Berlin’s tallest building at 679 feet above the city. Skip the queues, ascend to your reserved table and take in incredible vistas of the city’s landmarks while you enjoy your two-course dinner, accompanied by two glasses of wine. From £78pp.
Our hand-picked hotels
Two-Centre Tour KEY BERLIN
G E R M ANY
Colditz
As this is a two-centre tour, we stay at one of four hand-picked hotels for Berlin and Dresden, depending on your UK departure date.
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
Arrive Depart
POLAND
Meissen Dresden
151
S C A N D I N AV I A
SMALL GROUP TOURS F
25 O R LES
S
O
Tallinn
Helsinki, Tallinn & Riga Discover the heritage of the Baltic on this tour of three unique countries, each with a unique atmosphere yet brimming with Russian-influenced history, architecture and an abundance of UNESCO World Heritage Sites. From Helsinki in the north to our southernmost stop in Riga, this tour encompasses four unique cities.
Helsinki
152
8 DAYS FROM
£999
May to September 2022
SMALL GROUP TOURS FROM
£1,079
Riga
Uspenski Cathedral
Your itinerary DAY 1 – Arrival in Helsinki Arrive at the airport for your flight to Helsinki, from where you will be taken to your hotel. (D) DAY 2 – Helsinki & free afternoon Helsinki is a captivating city situated on an archipelago in the Gulf of Finland. Many of its grand neoclassical buildings were designed by German architect Carl Ludvig Engel, who was commissioned by Tsar Alexander I to redevelop the city in the early 1800s. Our morning guided tour takes us around many of Helsinki’s highlights. We’ll see the capital’s striking Art Nouveau railway station and the Sibelius Monument, an abstract work made up of more than 600 steel ‘organ pipes’ and a bust of Finland’s most celebrated classical composer. The afternoon is yours to explore the city’s numerous sights. Why not visit one of its many peaceful green spaces such as the six-mile-long Central Park or waterside Kaivopuisto Park? (B) DAY 3 – Suomenlinna Fortress Today we are transported back in time as we take a short ferry ride from the mainland to the UNESCO World Heritage Site of Suomenlinna Fortress. Despite a tumultuous history from the mid 1700s under Swedish, Russian and Finnish command, the fortress is now a tranquil location that provides a snapshot of the past. Our expert guide will bring the spectacular fort’s history to life as we explore its four bastions as well as a wealth of other attractions within its walls, including deep connecting tunnels, a turquoise-domed dual-use church and lighthouse, the only Second World War-era submarine remaining in Finland, lakes, gardens and even a beach. In the afternoon you’ll have some free time to further explore Suomenlinna – it’s home to no fewer than six museums – or, if you prefer, head back to the city centre. (B)
DAY 4 – Kadriorg Palace After breakfast we say goodbye to Helsinki and board a ferry to cross the Gulf of Finland to Estonia. We dock in the capital, Tallinn, and drive to grand Kadriorg Palace in the east of the city. Built in the 18th century by Tsar Peter the Great as a gift to his wife, Catherine, this Italianate building houses one of the country’s finest art collections, with around 9,000 works. On a guided tour we see its ornate ceiling in the main
hall and paintings by 16th- to 20thcentury European masters as well as the palace’s manicured gardens and elegant fountains. We head back into Tallinn to settle into our hotel before enjoying dinner in a local restaurant. (B, D) DAY 5 – Tallinn Estonia’s capital is, quite simply, like stepping back in time several centuries and this morning we enjoy a walking
Your tour price includes • Enjoy a guided tour of the Finnish capital, Helsinki, a melting pot of Scandinavian and Russian influences • Explore the UNESCO-listed Suomenlinna Fortress, spanning six Helsinki islands, on a guided tour • Marvel at Tallinn’s UNESCOlisted Old Town on a walking tour of Estonia’s atmospheric capital with a local guide • Discover Tallinn’s Baroque Kadriorg Palace and gardens on a guided tour of this masterpiece built by Peter the Great • Take a relaxing countryside drive to Estonia’s cultural capital, Tartu, with time to enjoy its picturesque Old Town • Visit the Latvian capital, Riga, enjoying a guided visit to its historic core with its mix of Gothic and Art Nouveau architecture
• Seven nights in four-star accommodation, including all local taxes, with breakfast and three dinners including two at local restaurants • Ferry crossing from Helsinki to Tallinn • The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager throughout (B) Daily Breakfast, (D) 3 Dinners Prices are per person. For departure dates, prices and flights, please call or visit our website.
Two-Centre Tour KEY Arrive Depart
Plus, of course: • Return flights from a selection of regional airports, plus all hotel transfers
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
FI NLA ND HELSINKI TALLINN
ESTO NIA
Tartu
LAT V IA RIGA
153
S C A N D I N AV I A tour of its centre with a local guide. The lower quarter of Tallinn’s fairytale UNESCO World Heritage-listed Old Town is a warren of atmospheric streets and buildings situated below an impressive hilltop upper district. After the tour there’s some free time to seek out further delights in this enchanting city. Perhaps step into one of its numerous pretty churches, visit the superb Estonian Maritime Museum or just relax in a café, watching the world go by. (B) DAY 6 – Tartu After breakfast we leave the capital and head to Estonia’s second city of Tartu, passing rich farmland, traditional wooden barns and dense forests. Tartu, home to the country’s most renowned university, is a vibrant cultural hub with a picturesque centre and we have time to explore its compact historic core. The Town Hall Square – with its famous Kissing Students fountain, pretty pink Town Hall and curious Leaning House – is the perfect place to people-watch and take in views of the Emajogi River. We set off again mid-afternoon and enter Latvia, arriving at its capital, Riga. After settling into our hotel, we head out for the evening to sample some local cuisine in a nearby restaurant. (B, D) DAY 7 – Riga & free afternoon This morning we embark on a guided walking tour of beautiful Riga, the largest city of the Baltic states. Positioned at the mouth of the Daugava River, Latvia’s capital is a dazzling mix of architectural styles – spires of grand Gothic churches tower above Suomenlinna Fortress
154
Tartu
cobblestoned streets lined with decorative Art Nouveau buildings. In the UNESCO-listed Old Town you can see building facades adorned with the most elaborate carvings, then wander a little further afield and you’ll find yourself in one of Riga’s ‘wooden neighbourhoods’, where the pace slows considerably and the streets become much leafier, hinting at the thick forests surrounding this city by the sea. We explore the medieval maze that makes up the Old Town, including its striking 82-foot Powder Tower – previously where gunpowder was stored and now home to the Latvian War Museum – and the central Dome Square, where seven streets meet in the
city’s largest public space. Stand on a marked spot in the square and you can see the golden cockerels – traditionally viewed as symbolic ‘watchmen’ in Latvia – on the spires of three of Riga’s oldest churches. During the afternoon you’re free to explore the city as you wish. Enjoy a stroll through Riga’s vast Central Market – housed in five former zeppelin hangars – marvel at the ornate architecture of buildings such as Blackheads House in the Town Hall Square or take a trip in a traditional boat on the canal that runs through the historic centre. (B) DAY 8 – Return flight Transfer to the airport for our flight home. (B)
Tallinn
Our hand-picked hotels As this is a multi-centre tour, we stay at the same hand-picked hotel in Helsinki and Tallinn, however the Riga hotel depends on your UK departure and date. Scandic Grand Marina, Helsinki HHHH Housed in an Art Nouveau building by the waterfront of Katajanokka, the hotel has rooms with wooden floors, while large, arched windows and high ceilings in the restaurant and bar create a bright atmosphere. The rooms are decorated in a contemporary Scandinavian style with all the facilities you’d expect. Nordic Forum Hotel, Tallinn HHHH Located in the centre of Tallinn, just moments away from the Old Town, this bright, stylish hotel boasts a large bar and restaurant as well as a topfloor heated swimming pool with views of Tallinn’s famed towers. Designed to reflect a combination of the Old Town and nature, all the rooms have air conditioning, Wi-Fi, TV, safe, minibar and hairdryer.
Radisson Blu Elizabete HHHH Facing one of the city’s most famous parks, the Radisson Blu Elizabete is a contemporary hotel conveniently located in central Riga, just a couple of minutes’ walk from the Old Town. The hotel offers a bar and a restaurant located on the ground floor, as well as stylish and well-appointed rooms. Wellton Hotel & Spa, Riga HHHH The Wellton Hotel & Spa is situated in the Old Town itself, close to the city’s main squares and marketplace. All the air-conditioned rooms have Wi-Fi, flat-screen TV, safe, hairdryer and minibar, while the hotel’s wonderful spa is the perfect place to unwind after a day’s sightseeing.
My view Insider knowledge
Helsinki has one of the oldest electrified tram systems in the world and it is easy to navigate. Tram line 2 will take you past the main sights of the city.
Buy
Centuries of tradition are woven into a pair of Latvian mittens and they are often given as gifts at traditional ceremonies. You can choose the perfect pair from a huge variety of colours and patterns.
Taste
For a typical taste of Finland try kalakeitto. A slice of Finnish rye bread is the perfect partner to this hearty fish soup.
Drink
Craft beer is booming in Tallinn. Sample the rye and malt based beers that are brewed in and around the city.
Michele
Tour Manager
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
155
ICELAND
F
25 O R LES
S
O
SMALL GROUP TOURS Seljalandsfoss
Iceland Experience raw nature in breathtaking Iceland, where the power of this ancient land can be seen in its volcanoes, thermal springs, geysers and glaciers, and the icy seas teem with wildlife. We stay in charming Reykjavik, the perfect base for exploring Iceland’s fabled ‘Golden Circle’ of natural wonders.
5 DAYS FROM
£979
May to October 2022 SMALL GROUP TOURS FROM
£1,029
Your itinerary DAY 1 – Arrival in Reykjavik Arrive at the airport for your flight to Reykjavik from where you will be taken to your hotel.
Blue Lagoon
156
DAY 2 – Spectacular Waterfalls & The Black Beach Today we explore Iceland’s wonderfully diverse southwestern shoreline. We ascend into a remarkable lunar-like landscape of multicoloured lava plateaus, travel through the Threngsli Pass and then descend to the sparkling Olfusa River, famous for its excellent salmon. Some of Iceland’s prettiest landscapes now lie before us as we pass farms and charming villages set among pleasant pastures – keep an eye out for the hardy Icelandic horses. To the north you can see the Myrdalsjokull and
Eyjafjallajokull glaciers, the latter famous for its active volcano below, which famously disrupted Europe’s air traffic following an eruption in 2010. We head to two of Iceland’s most spectacular waterfalls: majestic Seljalandsfoss, which tumbles ribbon-like over a huge overhanging lava cliff, and Skogafoss, one of Iceland’s highest waterfalls, which plunges almost 200 feet in an impressive shower of shimmering spray. The wonders continue as we approach the imposing wall of ice at the head of the immense five-mile-long Solheimajokull glacier. Next we travel to Reynisfjara, close to Iceland’s southern most point, to see the famous Black Beach, where you may be lucky and spot the renowned puffin colonies. (B)
a beautiful two-level cascade that drops spectacularly from more than 100 feet above. We then head to another astounding phenomenon – Haukadalur, one of the most active geothermal areas on our planet. In the steaming volcanic landscape you’ll experience the amazing Strokkur geyser, a gurgling pool of boiling water that simmers away before firing a jet of steam and water up to 100 feet high about every 10 minutes. The whole area of Haukadalur has an otherworldly feel, with few signs of habitation in the rocky, treeless terrain of hot springs and moss-covered lava formations. (B)
DAY 3 – Reykjavik Tour & Whale-Watching or Blue Lagoon Late morning we enjoy a sightseeing tour of Reykjavik situated around its natural harbour on a fjord. You then have a choice of two completely different yet very special experiences: a boat trip in search of whales and dolphins, or a relaxing bath in the Blue Lagoon. We take a boat out in search of two of the planet’s most graceful creatures. Depending on conditions and with a little luck, we may see some of the many species of whales living in Icelandic waters, such as humpbacks and killer whales, though more common are minkes as well as dolphins. Alternatively, you may choose to visit Iceland’s celebrated Blue Lagoon, where there’s the opportunity for a unique bathing experience. Against a stunning volcanic backdrop, you can enjoy a restorative dip in the lagoon’s mineral-rich waters, which are geothermally heated to a constant 38 degrees Celsius. (B)
Our hand-picked hotels
DAY 4 – Golden Circle No visit to Iceland would be complete without a trip to its renowned ‘Golden Circle’. This southern region serves up a dramatic cocktail of breathtaking scenery, fascinating geology and an ancient heritage that makes an unforgettable full-day tour. We arrive at the UNESCO-listed Thingvellir National Park, which is situated on the northern shore of Iceland’s largest lake. Iceland was formed from volcanic activity after the North American and Eurasian continental plates split, and the park is located in a rift valley between the two plates. One side marks the edge of the American continent, while the other is part of the Eurasian plate. Thingvellir has further historical interest, as it’s the original location for Iceland’s parliament, the Althing, which first met here in the year 930. Continuing to the Hvita River, we travel upstream to a layer of tiered rock ‘pavements’ and a smokelike column of spray rising above the lava fields. The natural wonder before you is Gullfoss, or ‘Golden Waterfall’,
DAY 5 – Return flight Transfer to the airport for your return flight. (B)
As this is a single-centre tour, we stay at one of two hand-picked hotels in the heart of Reykjavik, depending on your UK departure date. Centrum, Reykjavik HHHH The Centrum is situated on the city’s oldest street and spread across three buildings, the oldest built in 1764. They have been sympathetically renovated in the style of early 1900s Reykjavik, while underneath the hotel are the remains of a Viking longhouse. The modern rooms feature satellite TV, minibar, safe, Wi-Fi and hairdryer. Fosshotel Reykjavik HHHH The Fosshotel Reykjavik blends Scandinavian style and class with sophisticated decor. The largest hotel in Iceland, it’s located close to Laugavegur, the city’s main shopping street, which also offers a choice of bars and restaurants. The bright and spacious rooms are fully equipped with flat-screen TV, safe, Wi-Fi and hairdryer.
Your options You’re free to choose
Your tour price includes • Get to know Reykjavik on a guided tour of the world’s northernmost capital • Discover UNESCO-listed Thingvellir National Park with its magnificent lake, where the Mid-Atlantic Ridge divides Iceland • Experience the awesome natural power of Gullfoss, Iceland’s iconic waterfall • Choose between a spellbinding cruise with the chance to spot whales and dolphins or taking a dip in the mineral-rich geothermal waters of the Blue Lagoon • Travel across contorted lava fields through the Threngsli Pass, where two continents meet, and see the immense Solheimajokull glacier • Visit Reynisfjara’s black-sand beach, home to puffins and extraordinary rock formations • Marvel at the famous Eyjafjallajokull volcano • Encounter the extraordinary Strokkur geyser, located in one of the world’s most geothermally active areas Plus, of course: • Return flights from a selection of airports, plus all hotel transfers • Four nights in a choice of centrally located, four-star accommodation including all local taxes, with breakfast • The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager throughout
On day 3, take an exciting boat trip to spot whales and dolphins, or relax with a soak in the Blue Lagoon, Iceland’s famous geothermal spa.
My view
(B) Daily Breakfast Prices are per person. For departure dates, prices and flights, please call or visit our website.
Single-Centre Tour KEY Arrive Depart
Read
Names for the Sea by Sarah Moss gives an entertaining account of a new life in Iceland shaped by the country’s 2009 economic collapse, an erupting volcano and the forging of new friendships.
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
I C E L AND Thingvellir REYKJAVIK Blue Lagoon Black Beach
157
N O RWAY
F
25 O R LES
S
O
SMALL GROUP TOURS Norway’s fjords
Norway A wonderfully varied tour to Norway, highlighting its natural beauty, Viking heritage and wartime courage, plus chic cities full of Scandinavian style and the Flåm Railway, “the world’s most incredible train journey”. Then there are the majestic fjords – cruise on one of the most unforgettable, the UNESCOlisted Naeroyfjord.
8 DAYS FROM
£1,399
May to September 2022 SMALL GROUP TOURS FROM
£1,599
Your itinerary DAY 1 – Arrival in Oslo Arrive at the airport for your flight to Oslo, from where you will be taken to your hotel.
Voringfossen waterfalls
158
DAY 2 – Oslo & free afternoon After breakfast we embark on a walking tour of Oslo. Norway’s capital is a beguiling mix of old and new, featuring world-class museums, contemporary architecture and beautiful open spaces. We’ll see the imposing Royal Palace, the nearby Ibsen Museum and the famed Vigeland sculpture park. From here you can walk to the fascinating Kon-Tiki Museum and the museum dedicated to the polar exploration ship Fram, used in the race to reach the South Pole, which also includes the Gjøa, the first vessel to transit the Northwest Passage. The
rest of the day is free for you to explore this charming city with an Oslo Pass, which allows free entry to the city’s main museums and galleries, plus travel on public transport. (B) DAY 3 – Telemark Today begins with a journey west to picturesque Telemark. During the Second World War the region was renowned for the heroic actions of the Norwegian resistance and Allied bombers who together helped prevent the occupying German forces from developing the ‘heavy water’ needed for their atomic bomb-making capabilities. We visit the site of the processing plant at Rjukan that was destroyed by a team of Norwegian saboteurs in February 1943, then travel to Lake Tinnsjo. We head back to Oslo through this stunning landscape via Heddal to see the country’s largest medieval wooden stave church – a spectacular 13th-century fairy-tale structure with multiple roofs. (B) DAY 4 – Bergen Railway After breakfast we depart from Oslo on the fabled Bergen Railway. Often cited as one of the world’s most scenic rail journeys, Oslo–Bergen is the highest line between any two cities in Europe, peaking at just over 4,000 feet. Passing pristine lakes and uninterrupted forests, the railway begins to climb until we’re past the tree line and on the Hardangervidda plateau, where patches of snow linger well into July. Just over five hours later we arrive at the mountain resort of Voss - this evening we dine in style in the hotel restaurant. (B, D) DAY 5 – Flåm Railway Today enjoy an exhilarating trip on the Flåm Railway. From Voss we head to Myrdal, where we change trains for Flåm, a 12 1/2-mile journey that sees us descend over 2,800 feet on one of the world’s steepest railway lines. It’s an extraordinary feat of engineering, with 20 tunnels carved through sheer mountainsides allowing us to take in the perpendicular cliffs and cascading waterfalls before the spectacular Aurlandsfjord comes into view. The hour-long journey ends in Flåm, where we board a ferry to Gudvangen across the UNESCO-listed Naeroyfjord with its jawdropping vistas. Back on land, we return to Voss by coach. This tour may operate in reverse and we first take the ferry across Naeroyfjord before boarding the train at Flåm and ascending to Myrdal. (B, D) DAY 6 – Voringfossen We leave Voss for the pretty village of Eidfjord, which is nestled on the banks of Norway’s second-longest fjord, Hardangerfjord – known as the ‘Queen of Fjords’. Our journey takes us across Norway’s longest suspension bridge and we continue up the valley to the renowned waterfall at Voringfossen. We continue our journey along the fjord on a scenic drive by coach to Bergen where we stay for two nights. (B)
DAY 7 – Bergen & free afternoon Bergen has a long fishing heritage and on our walking tour we’ll visit its fish market before strolling among the colourful wooden buildings in the UNESCO World Heritage Site of Bryggen. Built during the 14th century for German merchants trading from the city, these waterside buildings have been converted into characterful shops and restaurants that wonderfully evoke Bergen’s medieval past. The afternoon is free at your leisure. There’s a wealth of sightseeing opportunities, including the house of Bergen’s most famous son, composer Edvard Grieg, or the opportunity of a ride on the Floibanen funicular to the summit of Floyen. (B) DAY 8 – Return flight Transfer to the airport for your return flight. (B)
Our hand-picked hotels As this is a multi-centre tour, we will stay at three hotels on the tour, in Oslo, Voss and Bergen. Scandic Byporten Hotel, Oslo HHHH The spacious reception area of this centrallylocated, modern hotel is welcoming and bright, and includes a bar with panoramic windows. The minimalist rooms – featuring spacesaving clothes-hanging poles – are simply furnished and have Wi-Fi, a TV, minibar and hairdryer. Fleischer’s Hotel, Voss HHHH This beautiful historic hotel dates back to the 19th century and is still owned by the fourth-generation Fleischer family. The hotel has a large terrace with delightful lake and mountain views and an indoor pool, and the rooms are classically decorated in warm tones and provide Wi-Fi, TV and minibar. Grand Hotel Terminus, Bergen HHH Superior An elegant Art Deco hotel dating back to 1928, within walking distance of Bergen’s main sights. The oak-panelled bar – voted the best in Norway for whisky – offers over a thousand different labels and is an ideal place to relax. Rooms include Wi-Fi, TV and minibar.
Your tour price includes • Enjoy a sightseeing tour of Oslo • See the natural beauty of the Telemark region, visiting the sites of Second World War heroics and Heddal’s 13thcentury wooden stave church • Discover picturesque Bergen on a walking tour, including UNESCO-listed Bryggen • Travel on the famous Oslo to Bergen railway line and one of the world’s steepest standard-gauge railways to Flåm • Cruise across the UNESCOlisted Naeroyfjord • Marvel at Voringfossen, Norway’s most celebrated waterfall • Enjoy a complimentary Oslo Pass, allowing free entry to more than 30 museums and attractions, plus free travel on all local public transport Plus, of course: • Return flights from a selection of regional airports, plus all hotel transfers • Seven nights in four-star and three-star superior accommodation, including all local taxes, with breakfast and two dinners • The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager throughout
My view
(B) Daily Breakfast, (D) 2 Dinners Prices are per person. For departure dates, prices and flights, please call or visit our website.
Multi-Centre Tour Voss
Flåm
NO RWAY
Bergen Voringfossen OSLO Telemark
Taste
Klippfisk is salted, dried cod which is used in many Norwegian dishes. One of the most popular dishes is plukkfisk which combines the salty fish with creamy mashed potato.
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
KEY Arrive Depart Train
159
G EO RG I A
SMALL GROUP TOURS F
25 O R LES
S
O
Tblisi Old Town
Georgia: the Crossroads of Europe & Asia Discover the intriguing current and historic capitals, spectacular mountain scenery steeped in myths and legends, ancient churches, an unbelievable cave-city, and formidable citadels. Georgia boasts millennia of fascinating history, legacies of powerful civilisations from two continents, and landscapes certain to inspire. Narikala Fortress
160
9 DAYS FROM
£1,599
April to June & September to October 2022 SMALL GROUP TOURS FROM
£1,769
Gergeti Trinity Church
Your itinerary DAY 1 – Flight from the UK Arrive at the airport for your late afternoon or evening flight via Istanbul, Warsaw or Munich to Tbilisi. DAY 2 – Arrival in Tbilisi We arrive in Tbilisi in the early hours, from where you will be taken to your hotel. After time to rest, we begin discovering Georgia’s irresistible capital this afternoon on a walking tour. Set in the deep valley of the Mtkvari River, which flows through the old town, Tbilisi has blossomed under the watchful gaze of its founder, King Vakhtang Gorgasali – or rather, his statue, which stands near the 13th-century Metekhi Church and the rakishly perched clifftop houses of the Avlabari quarter. Tonight’s dinner at a local restaurant provides the perfect opportunity to try some delicious Georgian dishes. (B, D) DAY 3 – Kakheti & Sighnaghi Today is dedicated to the discovery of Georgia’s 8,000-year-old tradition of viticulture, now protected by UNESCO. Archaeological finds reveal that wine has been produced here since 6000 BC, making Georgians the first to conquer the common grape. We drive east through vast plains to fertile farmlands and vineyards dotted with tiny villages and churches, protected by the peaks of majestic mountains. As we travel through the villages, it’s not unusual to see roadside stalls laden with colourful produce for sale. We visit the splendid estate of the princely Chavchavadze family in the village of Tsinandali, which was once Georgia’s cultural centre thanks to Prince Alexander Chavchavadze. The estate’s Englishstyle gardens are set in a lush park filled with mature trees, such as magnolias and sequoias. As we tour the palace’s elegant rooms furnished with antiques, the story of this illustrious noble family comes to life. Afterwards, we visit a nearby winery to discover Georgia’s unique wine-making process, which blends the best of ancient and modern
European techniques. Of course, we’ll sample its excellent wines along with an included lunch. We then visit the pretty fortress town of Sighnaghi, set on a hill overlooking green Alazani valley. There’s free time to wander the cobbled streets and take in the incredible panoramas over the valley to the Caucasus beyond. (B, L) DAY 4 – Mtskheta, Gori & Borjomi This morning we leave Tbilisi and take a short drive towards the former capital, Mtskheta, situated in an extraordinary location where the Mtkvari and Aragvi
rivers meet. Georgia’s religious heart and the scene of its conversion to Christianity, Mtskheta is home to several UNESCO-protected monuments which we visit today. We also visit the 11th-century Svetitskhoveli Cathedral, an outstanding example of medieval ecclesiastical architecture and another important pilgrimage site, as Christ’s mantle is said to be kept within its beautiful frescoed walls. We continue to Gori, birthplace of Stalin, to tour its famous Stalin Museum, which opened in 1957 and remains largely unchanged since the days of
Your tour price includes • Uncover Tbilisi’s rich history and ancient monuments • Drive along the renowned Georgian Military Road through awe-inspiring mountain scenery to visit the iconic Gergeti Trinity Church • See the incredible cave-city of Vardzia, hewn from the steep side of a canyon • Visit the UNESCO-listed churches of Mtskheta • Discover the cradle of viticulture with a tour and tasting in the heart of the Kakheti wine region
• Stay in four-star to four-star superior accommodation (early check-in is available as most flights arrive in the early hours on day two), inclusive of all local taxes, with breakfast daily, three lunches and five dinners • The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager (B) Daily Breakfast, (L) 3 Lunches, (D) 5 Dinners Prices are per person. For departure dates, prices and flights, please call or visit our website.
Multi-Centre Tour
• Glimpse Georgian noble life on a tour of the Chavchavadze family’s estate • Visit the fascinating Stalin Museum in his birthplace of Gori Plus, of course: • Return flights from the UK, with transfers to and from your hotel
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
KEY Arrive Depart
Kazbegi
GEO RGI A Gori Borjomi Akhalsitkhe Vardzia
TURKEY
RU S S IA
Gudauri Ananuri Tbilisi
A RMENI A
Sighnaghi
AZERBAIJAN
161
G EO RG I A the USSR. Next, we head west to the picturesque resort town of Borjomi, nestled in a deep gorge of the Lesser Caucasus surrounded by coniferous forests. The picture-postcard scenery, mineral springs and crisp air attracted the attention of Georgians as well as the Russian Romanovs, who had a summer palace built nearby. (B, D) DAY 5 – Vardzia & Akhalsitkhe After breakfast we drive through the Kura River Valley till we come to a magnificent 14th-century structure perched precariously atop a rocky crag. Khertvisi’s impregnable fortress. Then we continue to the extraordinary cave-city of Vardzia, a cultural symbol of Georgia and, astonishingly, a working monastery! During our guided tour, we explore this mind-boggling architectural wonder and see impressive murals including one depicting Queen Tamar the Great with her father. While a reasonable level of fitness is needed to navigate the uneven terrain, you can still admire Vardzia and the stupendous views from the viewing platform. Lunch is included at a family-owned restaurant, whose dishes are made with locally grown ingredients, before we journey back through the valley to Rabati Castle in Akhaltsikhe. Our visit includes entry to the castle museum, which displays a fascinating collection of artefacts from 4000 BC to the 19th century. After a wonderful day of discovery, we return to Borjomi. (B, L, D)
Tbilisi
Ananuri DAY 6 – Georgian Military Road, Ananuri & Gudauri This morning we visit Borjomi’s beautiful national park to take the air, as Georgians have done for centuries, and taste the refreshing mineral waters known for its healing properties. Then we head east, stopping for an included lunch at a local restaurant. Resuming our journey, we retrace the path of ancient traders along the famous Georgian Military Road, an ancient passage that winds across the Caucasus mountains to Russia. As we venture north, the dramatic mountains draw closer and the road hugs the turquoise Zhinvali Reservoir. The dazzling lake provides a marvellous backdrop to the impressive Ananuri fortress, seat of the dukes of Aragvi and where we stop to take in the superb panoramas. From here the road follows the Aragvi river, growing steeper and narrower while the landscape becomes even more spectacular: crystal-clear streams appear along the road, remote villages dot the forested valleys and pristine waterfalls can be seen. We arrive in Gudauri, a picturesque ski resort skimmed by clouds and crowned by serrated green peaks. (B, L, D) DAY 7 – Kazbegi & Château Mukhrani After breakfast we continue on the Georgian Military Road to Jvari Pass, which peaks at 2,395 metres, before our descent leads us to the strikingly situated village of Stepantsminda just 10 miles from the Russian border. Still commonly known by its old name, Kazbegi, the village nestles in a verdant valley at the foot of snow-dusted Mount Kazbek, one of the six peaks of the Caucasus over 5,000 metres. Our destination is the iconic Gergeti Trinity Church, built in the Middle Ages and perched unbelievably on a hilltop
162
over 2,000 metres above Kazbegi. Historically the only way to reach it was by hiking the steep trails through the mountains; thankfully these days we have 4x4 vehicles, which we take with an experienced driver who can expertly navigate the rugged and somewhat bumpy track. Once at the top, the fresh air and awe-inspiring views make this one of the most memorable moments of our trip. As we return to Tbilisi along the Georgian Military Road, we have another opportunity to admire the scenery. We stop at Château Mukhrani, a French-inspired winery set in a castle once owned by the Bagrationi royal family to taste delicious local wines and take a cooking class to learn how to make traditional Georgian favourites. (B, D) DAY 8 – Tbilisi This morning we discover more of Tbilisi with a local guide, starting with a visit to Sameba, the outstanding Holy Trinity Cathedral and symbol of modern Georgia. We’ll stroll along Davit Agmashenebeli Avenue, one of the city’s most popular shopping streets lined by elegant 19th-century buildings. Spanning the Mtkvari river is the eyecatching Bridge of Peace, whose wavy canopy of glass and steel adds a touch of modernity to the historic centre. Our tour includes entrance to the National Museum of History, known for its treasure trove of artefacts going back to the 3rd millennium BC. Also included is a funicular ride up Mount Mtatsminda for panoramic views of Tbilisi. (B) DAY 9 – Return flight Transfer to the airport for your return flight. Some dates depart in the early morning. (B)
My view Insider knowledge
Tbilisi directly translates to ‘warm place’ and a visit to the mineral sulphur baths is one of the most memorable experiences you can have in Georgia’s capital city.
Buy
Minankari is a type of Georgian cloisonné enameling which dates back to the 8th century. Handmade jewellery using this artisan technique makes an ideal gift.
Taste
Khinkali, is one of Georgia’s most famous dishes. These tasty dough parcels are stuffed with a variety of meat and vegetable fillings, potato and cheese is always a popular choice.
Drink
Take a break from the world famous wines and try the Georgian lemonade. Tarragon gives this refreshing drink a unique flavour and colour.
Maggie
Tour Manager
Vardzia cave-city
Our hand-picked hotels Dependent on your UK departure date, we offer you a choice of hand-picked hotels in Tbilisi at the start and end of the tour. However, the stays in Borjomi and Gudauri are in the same hotel for all dates. Mercure Tbilisi Old Town Hotel, Tbilisi HHHH The Mercure Tbilisi Hotel is located in the old town a short walk from Narikala Fortress and the Abanotubani baths, and features a restaurant, lobby bar and rooftop terrace bar. Biltmore Hotel, Tbilisi HHHH The Biltmore Hotel and is situated along elegant Rustaveli Avenue, the main thoroughfare of Tbilisi. The Biltmore offers an indoor pool, sun terrace and two restaurants.
Crowne Plaza, Borjomi HHHH The Crowne Plaza Borjomi is just a few minutes’ walk from the entrance to the park. The hotel features two restaurants, a terrace café and a wine bar. Guests have complimentary access to the hotel’s natural spring baths. The elegant rooms feature a TV, desk and hairdryer, as well as air conditioning. Marco Polo Hotel, Gudauri HHHH Established in 1988, Marco Polo Hotel is found in the heart of the Caucasus Mountains. The hotel has a restaurant and an indoor swimming pool, providing an ideal mix of value, comfort and convenience. Leaning tower of Tbilisi
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
163
RU S S I A
SMALL GROUP TOURS F
25 O R LES
S
O
St Basil’s Cathedral
Moscow & St. Petersburg
7 DAYS FROM
£1,249
April to October 2022
Discover Moscow and St. Petersburg, home to symbols of imperial and revolutionary Russia, from the Kremlin and Red Square to the Peterhof palace, pivotal to the culture of Eastern Europe, housing some of the most influential architecture and art – plus the heritage of Chekhov, Tchaikovsky and the finest ballet.
The Kremlin
164
SMALL GROUP TOURS FROM
£1,369
Peterhof
Your itinerary DAY 1 – Arrival in Moscow Arrive at the airport for your flight to Moscow, where we transfer by coach to your hotel. DAY 2 – Moscow & Red Square This morning all those ideas you have of Moscow from the news, films and countless spy novels come alive on our sightseeing tour by coach and on foot. The sense of history is overwhelming as we pass one phenomenal sight after another and hear the extraordinary stories behind them. We’ll see the 16th-century Novodevichy Convent, a fortressed cloister with fairytalecastle-like towers, several churches and an adjacent cemetery that reads like a Russian Who’s Who – Chekhov, Prokofiev, Gogol, Khrushchev and Yeltsin are just a few of the luminaries buried here. Other tour highlights that we see include the celebrated Bolshoi Theatre, Lubyanka Square – former home of the KGB – and Moscow’s main thoroughfare, Tverskaya Street. This afternoon is yours to explore the city at leisure, and maybe visit some of the interiors of the iconic buildings we have seen earlier today on our sightseeing tour, or perhaps take in a museum. (B) DAY 3 – The Kremlin This morning is dedicated to a guided tour of the Kremlin, the awe-inspiring centre of Russian power: red Soviet stars are still visible on its towers. The huge complex was remodelled in the 15th century under Ivan the Great, who commissioned Italian master stonemasons to build what would become the world’s largest medieval fortress. You’ll learn about its intriguing history and view its numerous cathedrals, churches and squares, Terem Palace and Ivan the Great Bell Tower – Russia’s tallest building for almost 400 years.
This afternoon is at leisure. You could visit the museum dedicated to the Chief Administration of Corrective Labour Camps and Colonies (better known as the GULAG), the Tretyakov Gallery or the Pushkin State Museum of Fine Arts. The choices in Russia’s culturally rich capital are endless. (B)
DAY 4 – Moscow Metro & St. Petersburg Moscow is immensely proud of its underground railway system, the Metro, which features some of the city’s most momentous architectural works, many with vaulted halls, marble walls and grand columns. Our morning tour visits
Your tour price includes • Enjoy a sightseeing coach tour of Moscow’s iconic sites, seeing the domes of Saint Basil’s Cathedral, the magnificent facade of the Bolshoi Theatre and the golden towers of Novodevichy Convent
Plus, of course:
• Discover the Kremlin complex and Red Square on a guided tour
• The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager
• Go underground to some of Moscow’s iconic metro stations • Explore St. Petersburg on a sightseeing coach tour passing the Peter and Paul Fortress, Saint Isaac’s Cathedral and the Church of Our Saviour on Spilled Blood – and more • Marvel at the grandeur of the Hermitage, now home to one of the world’s greatest art collections
• Return flights from the UK, with transfers to and from your hotel • Six nights in four-star accommodation with breakfast, including all local taxes
(B) Daily Breakfast Prices are per person. For departure dates, prices and flights, please call or visit our website.
Two-Centre Tour St Petersburg Peterhof
• Guided visit to Peterhof, the summer palace of the tsars • Experience the Sapsan highspeed train between Moscow and St. Petersburg • Learn about the history of vodka on a tasting at the Vodka Museum
RUSSI A KEY Arrive Depart Train
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
MOSCOW
165
RU S S I A several of the most striking stations, where glittering chandeliers, beautiful mosaics and bronze statues decorate the interiors. This afternoon we bid farewell to Moscow and board a Sapsan high-speed train across the Russian plains to St. Petersburg, founded by Peter the Great. (B) DAY 5 – St. Petersburg & The Hermitage Museum Today begins with a city sightseeing tour by coach, experiencing at first hand the unrivalled splendour of St. Petersburg’s imperial buildings. We see the breathtaking Winter Palace – which today houses part of the Hermitage Museum. We see handsome religious buildings like the gargantuan Saint Isaac’s Cathedral the Peter and Paul Fortress and the Church of Our Saviour on Spilled Blood with its ornate towers, and pass many fine houses and palaces that formerly belonged to the nobility. You’ll also discover grand boulevards like Nevsky Prospekt, the pretty canals and arched bridges that give the city its sobriquet, the ‘Venice of the North’ and the magnificent Admiralty building. We also see the enormous Palace Square, the city’s best-known open space. This afternoon we visit the Hermitage for a guided tour of some of its highlights. The scale of this complex is overwhelming as you’re surrounded by the grandeur of the former Winter Palace – enormous rooms, endless corridors, marble and gilt everywhere. The statistics are staggering – its five buildings house over three million artefacts, with European paintings alone occupying 120 rooms that
Komsomolaskaya Metro Station
166
The Hermitage (Winter Palace), St. Petersburg include masterpieces by Leonardo, Michelangelo, Rembrandt, Monet and Matisse. (B) DAY 6 – Peterhof After breakfast we explore Peterhof, sometimes called the ‘Russian Versailles’ due to its amazing residences, gardens and fountains, which were originally commissioned by Peter the Great in the 1700s. The sumptuous rooms inside the Grand Palace brim with fine art and lavish decoration – the Throne Room is especially opulent – while outside, hundreds of acres of gorgeously landscaped parkland display English and French design with bronze sculptures, summerhouses and geometrically arranged flowerbeds in complete harmony with their surroundings. Perhaps its most captivating view is the incredible Grand Cascade – 64 fountains and tiered
pools adorned with golden statues that create an enchanting display. With the Grand Palace in the background, it’s a truly unforgettable spectacle. There’s also time to learn about Russia’s national drink – vodka – with a local guide who explains how the spirit is made, its history and traditions and the many different types. This fascinating experience is accompanied, of course, by a vodka tasting. Then the afternoon is free for you to explore St. Petersburg. Perhaps take a boat trip along the Neva, climb the 262 steps to the colonnade of Saint Isaac’s Cathedral for fabulous city views or simply stroll along the river, which is lined by attractive 19th-century merchants’ houses as well as splendid palaces. (B) DAY 7 – Return flight Transfer to the airport for your return flight. (B)
Kazan Cathedral, St. Petersburg
My view Insider knowledge
Walk amongst the 18th-century marble statues, fountains and tree lined alleys in Letny Sd. This is St. Petersburg’s oldest park, dating back to 1704. A favourite with locals, Letny Sad also features in Alexanders Pushkin’s classic novel, Eugene Onegin.
Read
Gorky Park by Martin Cruz Smith. Set in the Soviet Union during the Cold War, this well-crafted thriller was also made into a film starring Lee Marvin and William Hurt.
Taste
Blinis are small buckwheat pancakes which can be eaten at any time of the day. They are often served at breakfast, with jam and sour cream and are also the perfect vehicle for a tiny heap of glistening black caviar.
Drink
The Cathedral of Our Savior on Spilled Blood
After vodka, tea is Russia’s most popular beverage. Typical additions to tea, which is still served from a samovar in the more traditional restaurants, include lemon, honey, jam and even marmalade.
Bernie
Our hand-picked hotels a relaxing bar area, fitness centre and complimentary Wi-Fi throughout the hotel.
All tours will stay at the same St Petersburg hotel, however there are three Moscow hotels, dependent on your UK departure date. All the Moscow hotels are within easy reach of the Red Square, and feature all the comforts expected of internationalstandard hotels. Courtyard by Marriott City Centre, Moscow HHHH Just a short walk away from Red Square, the Kremlin, the city’s main shopping area and a variety of local restaurants which cater to all tastes and preferences. If you prefer not to dine out there are two restaurants in the hotel itself serving local and international cuisine as well as a bar. There is also a spa where you can book a traditional massage or just relax after a days’ sightseeing. The style of the hotel is modern with all the facilities you would expect from a hotel of this class. Novotel Moscow Centre, Moscow HHHH The Novotel Moscow Centre has a restaurant,
Mercure Paveletskaya, Moscow HHHH Located in the centre of Moscow, close to a metro station and a 15-minute walk from the renowned Tretyakov Gallery. The rooms are bright and stylishly decorated in warm colours. The hotel has a restaurant serving international cuisine and a bar, as well as a fitness centre. Novotel, St. Petersburg HHHH The elegant Novotel is ideally located just off one of the city’s finest shopping streets and within walking distance of many sights. The hotel has comfortable rooms, a bar and a restaurant. The hotel has a bar and a restaurant serving local and international cuisine. At the end of a day’s sightseeing you may relax in the hotel’s wellness centre.
Tour Manager
Your options Personalise your holiday Enjoy a night at the ballet A night at the ballet is not to be missed when in Russia, a country synonymous with outstanding classical ballet. Follow in the footsteps of Catherine the Great and enjoy an evening of world-class performances in St Petersburg. From £155pp. Experience the Golden Ring Folk-show in Moscow Enjoy the heritage of many generations and the unique spirit of the Russian people, beautifully conveyed in the performance by the artists. From £49pp.
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
167
POLAND
F
25 O R LES
S
O
SMALL GROUP TOURS Main Market Square, Krakow
Krakow Set on the banks of the Vistula River near the foothills of the Carpathian Mountains, beautiful Krakow’s entire historic centre is a UNESCO World Heritage Site. Once the home of Copernicus and Pope John Paul II, Krakow rivals Prague for sheer beauty and boasts more than 6,000 historic buildings. Krakow
4 DAYS FROM
£479
April to December 2022 SMALL GROUP TOURS FROM
£529
Your itinerary DAY 1 – Arrival in Krakow Arrive at the airport for your flight to Krakow from where you will be taken to your hotel. DAY 2 – Krakow After breakfast we enjoy a guided walking tour of Krakow’s historic centre. Rynek Glowny, the medieval main square, is lined with grand pastel-coloured buildings dating back centuries and always busy with locals going about their business. In the centre of the square is the Cloth Hall, a splendid colonnaded Renaissance building that’s been the centre of the textile trade since the 16th century. Today it’s full of colourful stalls selling amber jewellery and other local crafts, and also houses an art gallery. Overlooking the square is Saint
168
Mary’s Basilica, richly decorated with a stunning carved wooden altarpiece and a vaulted nave painted with stars. The 14th-century stained glass is particularly ornate. When the sun shines through, a kaleidoscope of colour decorates the chancel below. Listen out for a trumpeter sounding an hourly warning from the top of the taller of the basilica’s two ornate spires – a reminder of the Mongol invasions of the 13th century. You’ll also see the 110-foot-high Florian Gate and the other remains of the fortifications built during the early 14th century, and the Collegium Maius, the oldest building of the Jagiellonian University, whose most famous former student was the astronomer Copernicus. Later he overturned all conventional thinking by suggesting that the sun was at the centre of the solar system, not the earth – a radical theory that sparked a scientific revolution. We visit the Wawel Royal Castle district, built on a low hill on a bend in the Vistula inhabited since the Palaeolithic period. This fortified site was the residence of the kings of Poland from 1038 until the end of the 16th century, when Warsaw became the new centre of government. The Wawel complex includes the cathedral, royal apartments, state rooms, crown treasury and armoury. Its cathedral is the final resting place of Polish monarchs and the site of the first mass – given in 1946 – by the newly ordained priest Karol Wojtyla, later to become Pope John Paul II. In the royal apartments you’ll see the impressive range of rooms that have been restored to their original Renaissance and Baroque glory, overflowing with fine furniture, works of art and one of Europe’s largest – and best – collections of tapestries. There will be free time to explore the rest of the complex, including the three-tiered Italianate Renaissance courtyard. This afternoon there’s an opportunity to tour the famous 13th-century Wieliczka Salt Mines, a spectacular subterranean attraction adorned by statues and even a chapel, all sculpted from rock salt that looks like marble; your tour manager will advise you about timings and cost whilst in Krakow. You may also choose to join a street food tour to sample Polish specialities and explore Krakow’s Kazimierz neighbourhood with a local guide. Please refer to the Personalise Your Holiday section for details. (B) DAY 3 – Auschwitz & Birkenau We thought long and hard about how appropriate it would be to include this morning’s destination – Auschwitz and Birkenau – on a holiday itinerary. As a company, our philosophy is that we try to inform our clients about all aspects of the countries we visit from the ‘tourist must-sees’ to places of historical importance. Our guided tour
to Auschwitz and Birkenau is extremely moving and thought-provoking, but it is optional and you can choose instead to stay in Krakow for the whole day. Now a museum and monument, Auschwitz and Birkenau have been left virtually as they were when liberated in 1945. From the notorious watchtower at Birkenau you’ll get some sense of the sheer scale of the atrocities that took place here. After our tour we return to Krakow in the afternoon and the mood will lift as we have time to further explore the city’s wonderful attractions. (B) DAY 4 – Return flight Transfer to the airport for your return flight. (B)
Our hand-picked hotel As a single-centre tour, our hand-picked hotel in Krakow will be the same for all guests. Novotel Krakow Centrum, Krakow HHHH Situated next to the banks of the Vistula and close to Wawel Royal Castle, this modern hotel has a bar, restaurant and fitness facilities, including an indoor swimming pool. All rooms are air‑conditioned.
Your tour price includes • Explore centuries of history on a guided walking tour of Krakow’s medieval centre • Visit Wawel, the castle district, home to one of Europe’s most striking royal residences • Take a guided tour of Auschwitz and Birkenau (included but optional) Plus, of course: • Return flights from a selection of regional airports, plus all hotel transfers • Three nights in four-star accommodation with breakfast including all local taxes • The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager throughout (B) Daily Breakfast Prices are per person. For departure dates, prices and flights, please call or visit our website.
Your options Single-Centre Tour
Personalise your holiday Traditional Polish food tour Sample over a dozen types of traditional and authentic Polish and Krakow specialities, including Polish vodka and craft beers, with a local guide. Discover places loved by locals and explore the historic neighbourhood of Kazimierz. Your friendly guide will regale you with stories of the cultural traditions and history of the places we visit and the foods we try. We recommend a healthy appetite for this filling 3.5hour walking tour. From £56pp
My view
KEY Arrive Depart Auschwitz & Birkenau
Krakow
P O L AND CZECH REPUBLIC
S LOV E NI A
Wawel Cathederal
Taste
Similar to a bagel and sold on street corners throughout Krakow, the obwarzanek is a chewy dough ring which comes with a sprinkling of salt, poppy or sesame seeds.
Asia
Tour Manager
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
169
M A LTA
F
25 O R LES
S
O
SMALL GROUP TOURS The Blue Grotto
Malta Uncovered Surrounded by the azure Mediterranean and enjoying hot summers and mild winters, Malta is an idyllic year-round destination with an intriguing history. UNESCO-listed temples, Valletta’s Baroque architecture, Roman catacombs and stunning vistas of Dwejra Bay on the island of Gozo all wait to be discovered.
8 DAYS FROM
£1,069
May to June & September to October 2022 SMALL GROUP TOURS FROM
£1,189
Your itinerary DAY 1 – Arrival in Malta Arrive at the airport for your flight to Malta from where you will be taken to your hotel. (D)
Gozo
170
DAY 2 – Valletta Today we visit 16th-century Valletta for a guided walking tour. The entire city is a UNESCO World Heritage Site originally built by the Knights of Saint John after a victory against the Ottomans in the Great Siege of 1565. At its heart is Saint John’s Co-Cathedral, a Baroque gem with an intricate marble floor, gold leaf ceiling and fine paintings, including Caravaggio’s The Beheading of St John the Baptist, as well as 17th-century Flemish tapestries. We also visit the Malta Experience, which tells the story
of the island using the latest audiovisual techniques. In the afternoon you may want to see the National Museum of Archaeology, the Grand Master’s Palace or the National War Museum at Fort Saint Elmo, which houses a replica of the island’s George Cross. Valletta has a typical Mediterranean feel, with quiet squares, honey-coloured houses with wrought-iron balconies bedecked with geraniums. (B, D) DAY 3 – Gozo Gozo is just a short ferry ride away, and today we explore this sleepy island and its capital, Victoria (also known as Rabat). It’s a charming medieval town with a relaxed pace of life, twisting streets, superbly preserved battlements and the Citadel. We drive through a landscape of terraced fields, fragrant wildflowers and thyme to Dwejra Bay, where dramatic coastal formations surround an inland sea and sheer cliffs plunge into deep blue waters. It’s easy to picture the magnificent Azure Window that once stood here – the limestone arch, which had been used as a spectacular backdrop in Game of Thrones, collapsed during a storm in early 2017. We then visit the largest and best preserved of the island’s prehistoric temple sites, Ggantija, dating from around 3600 to 3200 BC, making it even older than the Pyramids and Stonehenge. (B, D) DAY 4 – Free day A free day to spend as you wish – you may choose to relax at your hotel, but there’s also much to explore locally. An attraction we recommend (but can’t organise for you) is the Hypogeum, an underground temple and series of burial chambers dating from 4000 to 2500 BC. It’s just south of Valletta, but spaces are limited and need to be pre-booked well in advance at www.heritagemalta.org. (B, D) DAY 5 – Rabat & Mdina We walk through the Rabat’s beautiful medieval streets to Saint Paul’s Catacombs, the earliest archaeological evidence of Christianity in Malta, then visit the Wignacourt Museum, formerly the Baroque residence of the Chaplains of the Knights of Saint John and now a superb museum. From here you can walk through an underground passage to Saint Paul’s Grotto, where the apostle was believed to have stayed after he was shipwrecked. Next we head to beautiful Mdina, one of the finest ancient walled cities in Europe. Perched on a hill and surrounded by imposing fortifications, its narrow streets contain an extraordinary mix of medieval and Baroque buildings. We have time for lunch before visiting the Rotunda of Mosta, a church with the third largest dome in the world. (B, D) DAY 6 – Free morning & visit to a local vineyard The morning is free to do as you wish.
Malta’s seafood is exceptional, so maybe a spot of shopping followed by a leisurely lunch? This afternoon we visit a prestigious wine estate near Mdina, the ancient capital. After a tour of their vineyard, we’ll enjoy a tasting of three of their superb wines. (B, D) DAY 7 – The Blue Grotto & Neolithic Temples This morning we drive to Malta’s rugged coast where you can view the Blue Grotto. The combination of sunlight and location creates a wonderful natural display as the caves mirror the phosphorescent colours of the sea and underwater flora. We continue to Hagar Qim, a UNESCO-listed megalithic temple; one of the chambers has an elliptical hole hewn from the limestone to align with the sunrise on the summer solstice. We stop at the pretty port of Marsaxlokk, where fishermen have landed their catches and repaired nets on its picturesque quayside for centuries. Its restaurants and cafés are ideal places to relax as you gaze out over the harbour filled with the traditional brightly coloured fishing boats called luzzus. Later we visit Città Vittoriosa and enjoy a short walking tour of the fortified city. (B, D) DAY 8 – Return flight Transfer to the airport for our flight home. (B)
Our hand-picked hotel As this is a single-centre tour, we stay at the same hand-picked hotel in the village of Mellieha for seven nights, with breakfast and dinner. Maritim Antonine Hotel & Spa, Mellieha HHHH The Maritim Antonine Hotel & Spa is perched on a terraced hillside with superb views of the bay. The hotel has two restaurants, two bars and plenty of options for relaxation, including a spa (charges may apply), a lovely garden and three swimming pools, one of which is on the roof. The air-conditioned rooms all have satellite TV, a safe, fridge and hairdryer. The beach is just over a mile away and there’s a bus stop right by the hotel, so getting about is very convenient.
Your tour price includes • Discover historic Valletta, Malta’s capital and city of the Knights of Saint John, on a guided tour • Find out about the country’s history on a visit to the Malta Experience • Admire unspoiled scenery on a tour of tranquil Gozo, the Maltese archipelago’s second island • See the UNESCO-listed Neolithic temples of Ggantija and Hagar Qim • Explore Mdina, one of Europe’s finest walled towns, and the catacombs of nearby Rabat • Visit the Rotunda of Mosta, a church that miraculously survived bombing during the Second World War • Visit the fishing port of Marsaxlokk • Enjoy a tasting of Maltese wines at a prestigious local vineyard Plus, of course: • Return flights from a selection of regional airports, plus all hotel transfers • Seven nights in four-star accommodation inclusive of all local taxes, with breakfast and dinner • The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager throughout
My view
(B) Daily Breakfast, (D) 7 Dinners Prices are per person. For departure dates, prices and flights, please call or visit our website.
Single-Centre Tour G OZO Dwejra Bay
Ggantija VICTORIA
Melilieha
M ALTA
Insider knowledge
Visit the underground air-raid shelter in Mellieha. Dug by hand, this shelter, one of the largest on the island, protected the town’s population from WWII bombs.
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
VALLETTA
KEY Arrive Depart
Malta Airport Blue Grotto
171
G R E EC E
SMALL GROUP TOURS F
25 O R LES
S
O
The Parthenon
Classic Greece The crucible of civilisation, democracy, theatre, and philosophy. Its blue skies, outstanding welcome and the zest for life inside every Greek are a true revelation. Greece is synonymous with antiquity, with Athens a city of intriguing paradoxes – ancient yet modern; a capital city, yet in places as intimate as a village. Nafplion
172
8 DAYS FROM
£1,249
April to June & September to October 2022 SMALL GROUP TOURS FROM
£1,409
Your itinerary DAY 1 – Arrival in Athens Arrive at the airport for your flight to Athens, from where you will be taken to your hotel. DAY 2 – Acropolis This morning you have a walking tour of Athens, visiting firstly the Acropolis, so fittingly one of the great ‘Wonders of the Ancient World’. Ascending the hill you soon experience the Parthenon itself – its blindingly white marble columns with their perfect symmetry and balance completely dominate the skyline. We also visit the new Acropolis Museum with its amazing glass floor displaying ancient houses, streets and even an olive press below. Exhibits include superb sculptures and an incredible series of carved pediments from the temple of Athena. We then explore the picturesque old district of Plaka. This area dates from when Athens had shrunk to no more than a village below the Acropolis by the end of the 18th century. It is utterly charming, being crammed with neo-classical mansions, balconies overflowing with geranium pots and twisting cobbled lanes lined with homely tavernas, their tables spread across the street. After some free time for lunch we leave Athens and drive north past Mt Pendeli, from where the marble of the Parthenon was quarried and drive through Thebes, before starting the ascent of Mt. Parnassus, site of the Delphic oracle. (B, D) DAY 3 – Delphi Delphi is simply amazing, with a unique wealth of monuments dedicated to Apollo. The setting has an extraordinary natural beauty, in a series of terraces overlooked by the lofty crags and cliffs of Mt. Parnassus, with birds of prey soaring on the thermals above. As we enter the sacred sanctuary you’ll see the treasuries which were crammed with gold, silver and all kinds of precious objects donated by grateful city-states after having had the benefit of the god’s wisdom. Overlooking it all is the superb temple itself and below, in an underground chamber, was a geological fault which probably emitted mindaffecting vapours from deep within the earth. The adjacent museum has some of the finest exhibits in the country, including the spectacular, full-size ‘Charioteer’, a masterpiece of ancient bronze sculpture and one of only a handful ever recovered intact. In the afternoon we drive westwards, passing through a timeless Greek landscape of tiny isolated villages, olive groves and rolling hills. We cross the huge spans of the amazing new Rio bridge connecting the mainland with the Peloponnese and continue southwards to the site of ancient Olympia. (B, D)
Hydra DAY 4 –Olympia The ancient Olympic Games were as major an occasion then as they are today – though hopefully cheaper to stage! Taking place every four years, the stadium had a staggering capacity of 45,000, an enormous number and a clear indication of the event’s importance.
Events included the discus and javelin, sprinting and wrestling. The Olympiad continued for about 1,000 years and we’ll experience a fascinating tour of the site, also visiting the excellent museum housing numerous extraordinary finds. This afternoon we experience the spectacular wild and mountainous landscape of the Peloponnese, driving
Your tour price includes • Enjoy a guided walking tour of the Parthenon and the Acropolis Museum, the heart of ancient Athens • Tour Olympia, birthplace of the Olympic Games, with a guide • Browse the famous flea market in Athens
• Seven nights in three-star to four-star accommodation, including all local taxes, breakfast daily and two dinners • The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager throughout
• Cross the engineering marvel that is the Corinth Canal
Please note: entrance fees are not included to some archaeological sites. Please see our price book for details.
• Take a guided tour of Delphi, home of the legendary Oracle
(B) Daily Breakfast, (D) 2 Dinners
• Stay in Nafplion and explore one of Greece’s most charming seaside towns
Prices are per person. For departure dates, prices and flights, please call or visit our website.
Multi-Centre Tour
• Visit the site of ancient Mycenae, home of Agamemnon • Marvel at the perfect symmetry and incredible acoustics of Epidaurus
Delphi
GREECE
• Opportunity to take a trip to the Greek islands of Hydra and Spetses
Olympia
Mycenae
ATHENS
Epidaurus Nafplion
Plus, of course: • Return direct flights from Heathrow and Manchester, with hotel transfers
KEY Arrive Depart
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
173
G R E EC E through the province Arcadia, known as the land of the god Pan and woodland nymphs in antiquity. In the afternoon we arrive in the small town Nafplion, our base for the next three nights. (B) DAY 5 – Mycenae & Epidaurus Nafplion is one of Greece’s loveliest seaside towns, crowned by two massive castles built by the Franks and Venetians and attacked in turn by the Ottomans and the Greeks themselves during their War of Independence. In fact, Nafplion was chosen as Greece’s first modern capital in 1825 before it was moved to Athens five years later. The town has kept an air of quiet sophistication, with a beautiful pedestrianized waterfront promenade, lined with comfortable cafés and tavernas, a marble-paved main square and lots of fascinating boutiques and galleries set between the neo-classical red-roofed houses. This morning we visit Epidaurus, birthplace of Asclepios - the god of healing, and whose sanctuary here became the greatest centre of medicine in the Classical world. The ancient Greeks believed that one should be healthy in both mind and body, so the plays and music performed here in the acoustically-perfect theatre played an integral part in the therapeutic process. We then visit Mycenae, entering the imposing citadel through its magnificent 3,300-year-old Lion Gate, where you can still discern the pivot holes carved for the door hinges. We return to Nafplion in the afternoon, with the rest of the day at leisure to explore this delightful town. (B)
Lion Gate, Mycenae DAY 6 – Nafplion free day Of course Greece, whilst being renowned for its ancient sites, is equally famous for its stunning islands, so today we offer an optional trip visiting two of the most beautiful: Spetses and Hydra. Spetses is the most southerly of the Saronic Islands, just a few hundred metres from the Peloponnese coast. Its pine-covered low hills lead down to an attractive main town, full of narrow alleyways, shady squares and waterfront restaurants around the old harbour. As our boat rounds the headland you get your first glimpse of one of the most attractive anchorages in the entire
Aegean: Hydra’s lovely harbour, full of traditional ‘caiques’, whilst ascending the hill behind them is row upon row of opulent mansions, once owned by rich shipping families. Most streets are too narrow or steep for cars, so take some time, wander where your feet take you, enjoy a coffee, and absorb the unique atmosphere that is the Greek islands. (B) DAY 7 – Athens Today we say goodbye to Nafplion and head back to Athens for our last night and a free afternoon. (B) DAY 8 – Return flight Transfer to the airport for our flight home. (B)
Corinth Canal
174
Delphi
Our hand-picked hotels We stay at the same hand-picked hotel in Athens for the first and last night, as well as in Olympia and Nafplion. However your stay in Delphi depends on your UK departure. Hotel Divani Palace Acropolis, Athens HHHH The hotel is superbly located in a quiet residential area, nestling below the rock of the Acropolis, just a few minutes’ stroll from the new Acropolis Museum and the Plaka district with its atmospheric tavernas and traditional shops. All rooms are airconditioned with balcony, satellite TV, safe, mini-bar and hairdryer. There’s a small pool, a lobby bar, a top-class open-air rooftop restaurant with great views of the Acropolis and in the basement you can even see an exposed section of the ancient city walls. Acropole, Delphi HHH The Hotel Acropole is centrally located in the small village of Delphi, and has been praised for its warm and friendly welcome. The hotel has a small reception area and breakfast room, whilst the evening meal is taken at the nearby popular Epikouros Taverna overlooking the spectacular
valley below. All rooms are simply furnished and have air-conditioning, ensuite facilities, hairdryer and safe. Hotel Europa Olympia, Olympia HHH Beautifully situated on a quiet hillside, the three-star superior hotel features low-rise buildings set in lovely gardens, an open-air pool and an excellent restaurant where we take our included dinner. Amphitryon Hotel, Nafplion HHHH Well located right on the waterfront promenade just a five minute stroll from the centre of Nafplion and overlooking the photogenic Bourtzi Castle in the middle of the bay. An outdoor pool with wonderful views is available at its nearby sister hotel located just behind and above the Amphitryon and reached by a lift within the rock. It’s an easy walk to the town’s beach. The 45 rooms are well furnished and all have air-conditioning, en-suite bathroom, hairdryer, TV, safe and minibar. Double and twin rooms feature a balcony with sea views. Please note twin beds at this hotel consist of two mattresses within one bed base.
My view Insider knowledge
If you are feeling energetic there are 999 steps to the top of the historic Palamidi Fortress in Nafplion, the stunning views are worth the climb.
Read
A Concise History of Greece by Richard Clogg. This illustrated book provides an introduction to modern Greece from the late 18th century to the present day.
Buy
You’ll find komboloi (worry beads) of every size and colour in the shops and boutiques of Nafplion. There is even a museum devoted to komboloi in the town.
Taste
The dishes of the Peloponnese have their own distinct flavour, often combining sweet and savoury Oranges and lemons are plentiful in the region and locals like to cook with these citrus fruits.
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
Bridget
Tour Manager
175
TURKEY
SMALL GROUP TOURS F
25 O R LES
S
O
Istanbul
Istanbul, Ephesus & Troy Turkey is an intriguing country with a unique identity straddling both Europe and Asia. In a place where familiarity merges with exotic, we find a magical blend of the Christian and Ottoman worlds where the jewel in the crown is incredible Istanbul, with an atmosphere that links the mysterious east with the familiar west. Troy
7 DAYS FROM
£949
WITH CAPPADOCIA PRE-TOUR: 12 DAYS FROM
£1,599
April to July & September to November 2022 SMALL GROUP TOURS: 7 DAYS FROM
£1,219
12 DAYS FROM
£1,669
176
Your itinerary
Ephesus
DAY 1 – Arrival in Kusadasi Arrive at the airport for your flight to Izmir via Istanbul, from where you will be taken to your hotel. (D) DAY 2 – Ephesus Today we have a guided tour of the nearby ancient city of Ephesus and its breathtaking range of buildings. So great was Ephesus, with its amazing two-storey Library of Celsus and the enormous amphitheatre, that the Romans made it their capital of Asia. We’ll see the Temple of Artemis, which was in its day, greater than the Parthenon in Athens and a pilgrimage destination for a thousand years. As you stroll along the remarkably preserved marble road through the centre of Ephesus, you are walking the same streets as St Paul and St John, who both lived here for several years. In complete contrast, we next visit the small hillside site of the House of the Virgin Mary. St John was entrusted to care for her and it’s believed she travelled with him to Ephesus. We return to our hotel in Kusadasi with the rest of the day free to enjoy at leisure. (B, D) DAY 3 – Pergamon Departing Kusadasi, we follow the coast towards the ancient Hellenistic city of Pergamon. Perched on a high rocky outcrop, with stunning views for miles around, the city was famed for its library, which rivalled Alexandria’s. Knowledge then, as now, is power and so concerned were the Egyptians about this competition that they cut off supplies of papyrus to Pergamon, thus prompting the invention of parchment. We’ll see the remains of the Temple of Trajan, the altar of Zeus and the world’s steepest ancient amphitheatre. (B, D) DAY 4 – Troy & Gallipoli A fascinating day of contrasts awaits today. Firstly, there’s Troy and the famous ‘wooden horse’ story, when Queen Helen of Sparta eloped with Prince Paris to Troy and her enraged husband followed seeking her return. Today, Troy is a complex archaeological site that spans nine separate cities. It nevertheless remains a romantic and alluring place to anyone who has read about the heroic struggles recounted in Homer’s ‘Iliad’. We then take the short cruise from Asia to Europe over the extremely scenic, steep-sided Dardanelles, one of the world’s busiest shipping lanes. We are now on the Gallipoli peninsula, made famous during the First World War as the scene of one of the greatest and most tragic campaigns of the conflict. We visit the Lone Pine memorial and Anzac Cove, where the Australians mistakenly landed and were forced to scale steep cliffs and ravines under constant bombardment. (B)
DAY 5 – Istanbul Istanbul is a revelation: there are few places where you’ll find such a diverse array of monuments and fascinating places to visit. We see the immense and beautifully preserved city walls, still dominant after a thousand years, and the remains of the Hippodrome where the emperors entertained a staggering 50,000 people.
and quite simply one of the world’s greatest architectural achievements. For thousands of years, Istanbul sat at the centre of the overland trade routes, and its Grand Bazaar became home to merchants from all over the known world. This afternoon we have a guided walk here and experience the sights and sounds of this thought-provoking relic of the past. (B)
We enjoy a comprehensive guided tour of the breathtaking Hagia Sophia, one of the city’s best landmarks
DAY 6 – Topkapi Palace We start the day with a guided tour of the Topkapi Palace, the glittering and
Your tour price includes • Follow in the footsteps of St Paul and St John in Ephesus, the Eastern Mediterranean’s greatest Roman city • Visit the mountainside site reputed to be the house of the Virgin Mary • Guided tour of the remarkable and little-visited Acropolis of Pergamon • See the remains of Homer’s Troy • Cross the Straits of the Dardanelles and visit the poignant sites of the Commonwealth cemeteries in Gallipoli and Anzac Cove • Visit Hagia Sophia, the greatest church in Christendom for a thousand years
Plus, of course: • Return scheduled flights from Manchester, Birmingham and London Heathrow • Six nights in four-star accommodation including all local taxes plus daily breakfast and thee dinners • The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager throughout (B) Daily Breakfast, (D) 3 Dinners Prices are per person. For departure dates, prices and flights, please call or visit our website.
Multi-Centre Tour KEY Arrive Depart Route
• W alking tour of Istanbul including the Galata Bridge across the Golden Horn and the Grand Bazaar
Istanbul
Gallipoli Troy
TURKEY
Pergamon
• Tour the extraordinary Topkapi Palace
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
Izmir Kusadasi
Ephesus
177
TURKEY labyrinthine imperial residence of the sultans for over 400 years. Today, it is a spectacular museum, but in its heyday it functioned as a city within a city, a home to over 4,000 guards, eunuchs, courtiers and the ladies of the harem. Next we have a short walk around the Spice Bazaar, where your senses are bombarded by the vibrant colours and fragrant smells of herbs and spices from around the world: high-quality saffron from Iran; vanilla from Madagascar; turmeric from India; fresh peppercorns from Indonesia and much more. The rest of the afternoon is at leisure. You may wish to join us on an optional cruise along the Bosphorus, taking in another aspect of the city. This can be booked and paid for locally. (B) DAY 7 – Return home Transfer to the airport for your return flight. (B)
Cappadocia Pre-Tour DAY 1 – Arrival in Ankara Arrive at the airport for your flight to Ankara via Istanbul, from where you will be taken to your hotel. (D) DAY 2 – Ankara & The Anatolian Civilisations Museum Today we explore Turkey’s capital uncovering some remarkable ancient and modern history of this fascinating country. We visit the mausoleum of Kemal Ataturk, commander of Turkish forces at Gallipoli, national hero and in the 1920s, “founder” of modern Turkey. The esteem in which he is held is self-evident.
Goreme town and castle
178
This afternoon we drive alongside Tuz Golu, one of the world’s largest salt lakes, entering Cappadocia, one of the planet’s most unique landscapes, a remarkably fertile volcanic plateau eroded into bizarrely contorted shapes. (B, D) DAY 3 – Cappadocia This remarkable region is incredibly rich in amazing natural phenomena and extraordinary settlements built by its resourceful peoples throughout the ages. Its history is unparalleled; it was once the land of the Hittites, subsequently the Lydians – creators of the first practical ‘world’ currency enabling sophisticated trade to flourish, then conquered by the Persians who were followed by Alexander the Great. Highlight of the day is Goreme, the vast monastic complex boasting some of the finest rock cut churches and exquisite frescoes particularly noted for the surprising freshness of their original 10th century colours. We end the day with a visit to the pottery making village of Avanos and see a demonstration of the potter’s art. (B, D) DAY 4 – Caravanserai of Sultanhani & Mevlana Rumi’s Mausoleum Leaving Cappadocia’s hills you can really appreciate the wide-open vistas of the Anatolian Plateau. Along the ancient Silk Road, the great Caravanserai of Sultanhani emerges, essentially a camel “truck stop” used by travellers since earliest times. Rebuilt many times during its turbulent history, the current 13th century complex is
probably the finest and best preserved of the classic Seljuk Caravanserai once common across Asia Minor, noted for its magnificent portal and the elegant simplicity of its massive walls. Continuing to Konya, we visit the mausoleum of Mevlana Rumi’s, one of Islam’s greatest philosophers. Renowned for its green dome, the Mausoleum, sacred to the Muslim order of Mevlevi, sometimes called the Whirling Dervishes, remains a site of pilgrimage and the dramatic Whirling Ceremony is still performed. (B, D) DAY 5 – Pamukkale Passing great lakes and dramatic mountain scenery we visit one of the world’s most extraordinary natural phenomena, Pamukkale plus its ruined city-spa of Hierapolis where emperors bathed two millennia ago. By a freak of nature, calcium carbonate has been deposited by the evaporation of huge springs gushing from below, leaving thermal pools and the extraordinary wedding cake-like brilliant white mineral- rich cascade for which Pamukkale is renowned. Staying overnight you can enjoy this remarkable phenomenon with these natural wonders enhanced in the evening light as the Colossae Thermal Hotel offers natural indoor and outside thermal spa pools. (B, D) DAY 6 – Aphrodisias Another momentous site in civilisation’s history is the enticingly named Aphrodisias, city of the legendary Aphrodite, the Roman Venus, goddess of love. As significant as Ephesus, this is one of Turkey’s finest archaeological sites, yet much remains undiscovered. Your tour explores Greek and Roman remains and their legends, immersing us in those societies’ passion for passion! Pre-eminent amongst the ruins is of course the great Temple of Aphrodite, subsequently transformed into a Christian basilica, and one of the most intact stadiums in the ancient world. (B, D)
My view
Cappadocia
Insider knowledge
The Basilica Cistern is a wellhidden treasure in Istanbul. This underground water chamber, supported by 300 marble columns was built 1,500 years ago.
Watch
Gallipoli directed by Peter Weir. This 1981 film tells the haunting tale of two Australian athletes who enlist in the Australian army and take part in the Battle of Gallipoli.
Buy
Take inspiration from the glorious dark red and turquoise interiors of the Ottoman palaces and mosques and treat yourself to some traditional or more contemporary ceramic ware.
Taste
Imam bayaldi literally translates as “the priest swooned” and you may too after sampling this sumptuous dish of aubergines stuffed with onion, tomatoes and garlic.
Noel
Tour Manager
Our hand-picked hotels As a multi-centre tour, we stay in three hotels across Kusadasi, Canakkale and Istanbul. For the Cappadocia Pre-Tour, we stay at hand-picked hotels in Ankara, Cappadocia, Konya and Pamukkale and then arrive in Kusadasi to begin the main tour itinerary. Utopia Cave Cappadocia, Cappadocia HHHH This cave style hotel is located in the small town of Urgup in the heart of Cappadocia and provides the perfect spot to enjoy views of the famous Cappadocia rock formations. Hotel Novotel, Konya HHHH In this modern hotel, all rooms have a contemporary design with an en-suite bathroom, hairdryer, safe, TV, safe, minibar, tea and coffee-making facilities and complimentary Wi-Fi. Colossae Thermal Hotel, near Pamukkale HHHH Located close to the ancient spa resort of
Hierapolis, this eco-friendly hotel features indoor thermal pools and an outdoor swimming pool. KoruMar Hotel, Kusadasi HHHH Located just a few minutes away from Chania’s famous Venetian harbour and the city centre, this modern hotel features a restaurant, snack bar and outdoor pool (open during the summer months, weather permitting). Kolin Hotel, Canakkale HHHH An excellent, modern hotel overlooking the Dardanelles. All of the air-conditioned rooms have an en suite bathroom, hairdryer, safe, telephone, TV, safe, minibar and complimentary Wi-Fi. Armada Old City Hotel, Istanbul HHHH This hotel is set just within the original ramparts of Istanbul’s Old City and overlooks the Bosphorus Strait and the Sea of Marmara. The hotel’s roof terrace, where breakfast is taken, offers amazing views across the Bosphorus and the Blue Mosque.
Mövenpick Hotel, Ankara HHHH A modern hotel, the air-conditioned rooms are all very comfortably furnished with an en-suite bath and separate shower, hairdryer, safe, TV, minibar, tea and coffee-making facilities and complimentary Wi-Fi
Your options Extend your holiday Cappadocia Pre-Tour For a complete picture of Turkey we offer these additional days which precede the tour above. This holiday will commence with the following programme, so that Day 6 becomes Day 1 from the above itinerary. Includes five nights in four-star accommodation, including all local taxes, daily breakfast and five dinners.
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
179
M O RO CCO
SMALL GROUP TOURS F
25 O R LES
S
O
Meknes
Imperial Cities of Morocco Marrakesh, Rabat, Fez and Meknes – these are the imperial cities of Morocco. Their rich history comes alive in the narrow streets of the medieval medinas and the cool, mosaic lined courtyards of mosques and royal palaces. Behold the diverse cities fascinating history and extraordinary landscape. Marrakesh
180
8 DAYS FROM
£999
April to May & September to November 2022 SMALL GROUP TOURS FROM
£1,179
Your itinerary
Rabat
DAY 1 –Arrival in Marrakesh Arrive at the airport for your flight to Marrakesh from where you will be taken to your hotel. (D) DAY 2 – Marrakesh & Casablanca Marrakesh boasts a wealth of wonderful gardens. This morning we’ll visit the Jardin Majorelle: an inspiring and amazing display of bamboo, bougainvillaea and cacti, formerly owned by Yves Saint-Laurent. A visit is also included to the Berber Museum, which is located within the gardens and showcases the extraordinary history and culture of the Berber people. This afternoon, we leave Marrakesh and the foothills of the Atlas Mountains and travel north across the rich agricultural plains to Casablanca. Dominating the skyline is the vast Hassan II Mosque; its minaret soars up to an incredible 690 feet. Your local guide will introduce you to this extraordinary building, one of the largest mosques in the world. During our visit we will see the very best of Moroccan artisan skills, from intricate wood and stone carving to magnificent gilded ceilings and intricately decorated tiles. This evening we soak up the romantic atmosphere of 1940s Casablanca during our dinner at Rick’s Café, a tribute to Rick Blaine’s restaurant and bar in the classic film, Casablanca. Set in a renovated riad against the city’s old medina, Rick’s Café is filled with decorative details that will have you feeling as though you’ve stepped right into the film: arabesque arches, elegant balustrades, a sculpted bar, brass lighting and an authentic 1930s piano. (B, D) DAY 3 – Rabat & Fez After breakfast we travel north along the coast to imperial Rabat, the current capital of Morocco. Here we will discover the elegant sweeping boulevards and palm-lined avenues built by the French. A guided walking tour through the narrow streets and dazzlingly blue houses of the 12th-century walled medina reveals another side of this splendid city of kings. After our tour, there’s free time to wander at your own pace before we journey to Fez. (B, D) DAY 4 – Fez This morning we explore Fez, the spiritual and cultural heart of Morocco, by coach and on foot. Founded in the 9th century, Fez is the most ancient of the imperial capitals and boasts the most complete medieval city of the Arab world. In the company of our local guide, we will explore the ancient ramparts and gates outside the city and then take a walking tour into the medina. With its distinctive mosaic tiles, the famous Blue Gate is the main entry into the ancient medina. Once inside we will
discover more of the traditional crafts of Morocco. Silversmiths, potters, weavers, leatherworkers and tailors all ply their wares in the stalls that line the bustling streets. We’ll also see the 14th-century Al-Attarine Madrasa, a school for the study of the Koran that’s renowned for its elegant courtyard and intricate mosaics. No visit to Fez would be complete without a visit to the tanneries,
perhaps one of the most iconic sights of the city. Here we will experience the colourful process, which produces some of the world’s finest leather, and then enjoy a birds-eye view of the pits awash with vibrant dye. The afternoon is yours at leisure to further your discovery of Fez. This evening, we will dine on typical Moroccan dishes in the traditional surroundings of a charming riad. (B, D)
Your tour price includes • Explore Marrakesh, the atmospheric souks and the Jemaa el-Fnaa square • Visit the enchanting Jardin Majorelle, once the Marrakesh home of Yves St Laurent • Experience the colonial charm of Casablanca and visit the vast and impressive Hassan II Mosque • Visit the elegant Moroccan capital city of Rabat and on a guided tour • Take a tour of Fez and visit the extraordinary medina, the intricately decorated Al-Attarine Madrasa and the iconic tanneries • Soak up thousands of years of history at the Roman site of Volubilis and discover the extraordinary architectural treasures of Meknes
• Seven nights in four-star to four-star superior accommodation inclusive of all local taxes, with daily breakfast and dinner, including two at local restaurants • The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager throughout (B) Daily Breakfast, (D) 7 Dinners Prices are per person. For departure dates, prices and flights, please call or visit our website.
Multi-Centre Tour KEY Arrive Depart Route
Volubilis RABAT
Fez
Casablanca
Meknes
MO RO CCO
Plus, of course: • Return flights from a selection of regional airports, plus all airport transfers
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
Marrakesh
Essaouria
181
M O RO CCO DAY 5 – Volubilis, Meknes & Fez After breakfast, we drive through fertile farmland and olive groves up into the hills. As we descend, the spectacular Roman ruins of Volubilis is laid out before us – the best-preserved Roman ruins in Morocco and a UNESCO World Heritage site. We step back through 2,000 years of history as we explore Volubilis with our local guide. Temples, forums, grand villas and bathhouses – many decorated with beautiful mosaics – once lined the streets and remains of a sophisticated sewer system are still evident. Our journey continues to Meknes, where the legacy of the powerful 17thcentury ruler, Moulay Ismail, lives on in the elaborate palaces, gardens and mosques of this impressive imperial city. We’ll stop to admire Bab el-Mansour, the giant imperial gateway built by Moulay Ismail to show the strength of his new capital to Fez and Marrakesh. We will also visit Heri es-Souani, a feat of engineering where stabling and food was provided for 12,000 horses. After our guided tour by coach and on foot, you’ll have time to explore and perhaps pick up a memento of your visit before we return to Fez. (B, D) DAY 6 – Fez To Marrakesh After breakfast we retrace our steps back to Marrakesh, choosing to take the major roads, with comfort stops along the way, to ensure a more comfortable journey. We arrive in Marrakesh in the late afternoon.
DAY 7 – Marrakesh & free afternoon Marrakesh is where Europe, Africa and the Middle East mingle and merge. Perched on the edge of the Sahara Desert and framed by the Atlas Mountains, this ancient trading hub quite simply bursts with energy. Marrakech is also the heartland of the Berbers, who have lived and farmed on this land since Neolithic times. This morning we enjoy a sightseeing tour, during which we will see the Saadian tombs, one of the world’s finest examples of Moorish architecture, where classic archways are covered in gold leaf and stucco work. We’ll experience the Bahia Palace, which when built was acclaimed as the world’s most beautiful
palace, famed for its 50 marble columns. We also visit the famous souks or covered markets, where immensely skilled craftsmen create intricate leatherware, jewellery and furniture. You have the rest of the afternoon free to explore as you wish. Later at dusk after dinner in the hotel, we visit the Jemaa el-Fnaa square, a showcase for traditional Moroccan life. You’ll experience a fantastic spectacle of musicians, dancers, fortune-tellers and snake charmers in an exhilarating kaleidoscope of colour. (B, D) DAY 8 – Return flight Transfer to the airport for our flight home. (B)
Rabat
Hassan II Mosque, Casablanca
182
Volubilis
Our hand-picked hotels As this is a multi-centre tour, we stay in different hand-picked hotels for the tour, in Marrakesh, Casablanca and Fez. Hotel Opera Plaza, Marrakesh HHHH Superior Set in its own private grounds, the Hotel Opera Plaza is ideally located, allowing easy access to the sights of the old city. There are three restaurants and dinner is included in the main restaurant, which serves international cuisine; you may wish to upgrade to either the Italian or Moroccan ‘à la carte’ restaurants (subject to availability). There is also a lounge bar, café bar, spa and large outdoor pool shaded by palm and olive trees (open during the summer months, weather permitting). Odyssee Center, Casablanca HHHH Enjoying a convenient central location in the heart of Casablanca, within walking distance of the Old Town Medina and the Hassan II Mosque, your comfort is assured in this contemporary hotel With King, Queen or twin beds; the fully air-conditioned
rooms are decorated in a contemporary style with minibar and safe.
My view
Barceló Fès Medina, Fez HHHH Our three-night stay includes dinner on two nights in the main restaurant. Located close to the medina, the hotel is the perfect base for you to further explore the city. The contemporary guest rooms are comfortable and air-conditioned. After a fascinating day of sightseeing, you can enjoy a drink in the bar.
Insider knowledge
Your options
Buy
Personalise your holiday Enjoy a Moroccan gastronomic experience Attend La Maison Arabe’s worldrenowned cooking workshop, where a professional chef will teach you how to create a delicious and authentic Moroccan dish. Then you’ll feast on your culinary creations with your fellow cooks. From £36pp.
Take a stroll amidst the palm, bamboo and citrus trees in Jnan Sbil. Dating back to the 18th century this lush pleasure garden is an oasis amidst the hubbub of the busy medina in Fez.
Read
A Year in Marrakesh by Peter Mayne is an entertaining account of life in the city’s Medina in the 1950s Treat yourself to a pair of traditional babouche. These Moroccan leather slippers come in a wide range of colours.
Taste
Try m’hencha, a delicious almondfilled pastry coil, or cornes de gazelles, tempting pastry cornets filled with cream. Either would be perfect with a refreshing glass of mint tea.
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
Adrian
Tour Manager
183
M O RO CCO
SMALL GROUP TOURS F
25 O R LES
S
O
Essaouira
Marrakesh & the Atlas Mountains Immerse yourself in the truly captivating city of ochre-coloured Marrakesh, filled with intriguing souks, eye-catching minarets, vibrant squares and superb architecture, plus experience the stunning natural wonders of the snow-capped Atlas Mountains which pierce the striking azure blue sky. The Atlas Mountains
6 DAYS FROM
£699
April & September to November 2022 SMALL GROUP TOURS FROM
£799
Your itinerary DAY 1 – Arrival in Marrakesh Arrive at the airport for your flight to Marrakesh from where you will be taken to your hotel. (D) DAY 2 – Marrakesh & The Saadian tombs Marrakesh is a labyrinth of tiny alleyways teeming with activity like few other places in the world. With classic, French colonial buildings and boulevards surrounded by remarkably preserved medieval walls, the city is so perfect it could be, and often is used as, a film set. This morning, we enjoy a sightseeing tour during which we will see the Saadian tombs, one of the world’s finest examples of Moorish architecture, where classic archways are covered
184
in gold leaf and stucco work. Plus, we will experience the Bahia Palace, which when built was acclaimed as the world’s most beautiful palace, famed for its 50 marble columns. We also visit the famous souks or covered markets, where immensely skilled craftsmen create intricate leatherware, jewellery and furniture. At dusk, after dinner in the hotel, we visit the Jemaa el-Fnaa square, a showcase for traditional Moroccan life. You will experience a fantastic spectacle of musicians, dancers, fortune-tellers and snake charmers in an exhilarating kaleidoscope of colour. (B, D) DAY 3 – Marrakesh This morning, we continue our tour of marvellous Marrakesh. The city boasts a wealth of wonderful gardens, some vast with olive groves and lakes, providing a haven of peace and tranquillity away from the hustle and bustle of the city. One of the prettiest parks is the Jardin Majorelle: an amazing display of bamboo, bougainvillaea and cacti, formerly owned by Yves Saint-Laurent. Surrounding the city are ramparts stretching 19 miles long, still largely intact with imposing forts at various intervals. The afternoon is yours at leisure to further your exploration of Marrakesh at an unhurried pace or relax in your hotel. (B, D) DAY 4 – Essaouira Our day begins with a comfortable drive to the delightful coastal town of Essaouira, which came to prominence during the 15th century when the Portuguese established the medieval citadel that still stands today. Within its walls are a maze of tranquil squares and perfectly preserved streets, lined by whitewashed houses and pavement cafes. It’s a sheer pleasure to stroll through the markets here, where the stalls groan under the weight of colourful fresh fruit and vegetables. Or simply wander along the harbour, bustling with a hive of activity and where fishermen repair their nets as they have done for centuries. Essaouira is so charmingly unspoilt it has been featured as the location for several blockbuster productions, from Orson Welles’ Othello to Ridley Scott’s Kingdom of Heaven. During your journey, the real Morocco unfolds and the landscape changes from fertile green plains to a moon-like semidesert, occasionally studded with palm trees. Mud-brick villages blend perfectly into the background, while shepherds of all ages tend their herds of sheep and goat – the transport of choice here is very much the donkey. (B, D) DAY 5 – Atlas Mountains & Marrakesh Forming an ever-present backdrop and adding to Marrakesh’s wondrous setting are the soaring, snow-capped Atlas Mountains. This morning, we take a drive into the stunning foothills with the countryside evolving from saffroncoloured fields to steeper, wooded slopes, slashed by dramatic, river-filled
gorges. Mammoth peaks soaring more than 3,000 metres high spear the vivid, blue sky while the desolate mountainside stretches before us. Then the forests commence, rolled out like a massive green carpet and beyond, misty plains stretch to the horizon in a patchwork of muted colours. There’s time to take in the spectacular vistas when we stop to stretch our legs and perhaps enjoy a cup of coffee or tea. After a morning of sightseeing, we return to Marrakesh in the early afternoon. The rest of the day is at leisure, giving you ample time to make the most of your final day in this wonderful city. (B, D) DAY 6 – Return flight Transfer to the airport for our flight home. (B)
Our hand-picked hotel As this is a single-centre tour, we stay at the same hand-picked hotel in Marrakesh for the stay, with breakfast and dinner. Hotel Opera Plaza, Marrakesh HHHH Superior The excellent hotel is set in its own private grounds, this hotel is ideally located, allowing easy access to the sights of the old city. All the rooms are comfortable, air-conditioned and wellappointed in a contemporary design. There are three restaurants and dinner is included in the main restaurant which serves international cuisine; you may wish to upgrade to either the Italian or Moroccan ‘à la carte’ restaurants. After a day of wonderful sightseeing, you can relax in the chic lounge bar or the cosy café bar. There is also a large outdoor pool shaded by palm and olive trees, (open during the summer months, weather permitting) and a spa.
Your tour price includes • Discover Marrakesh on a guided tour and explore its countless gems including the medieval medina, atmospheric souks and the extraordinary Jemaa el‑Fnaa square • Visit the stunning Jardin Majorelle, once home to Yves St Laurent • Experience the spectacular Atlas Mountains, Africa’s greatest mountain range and an ever-present backdrop to Marrakesh • Visit the Saadian Tombs, one of the finest examples of Moorish architecture • Visit Essaouira, a 15thcentury coastal town and one of North Africa’s most attractive ports Plus, of course: • Return flights from a selection of regional airports, plus all hotel transfers • Five nights in four-star superior accommodation inclusive of all local taxes, plus breakfast and dinner • The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager throughout
Your options Personalise your holiday
(B) Daily Breakfast, (D) 5 Dinners Prices are per person. For departure dates, prices and flights, please call or visit our website.
Enjoy a Moroccan gastronomic experience Attend La Maison Arabe’s worldrenowned cooking workshop, where a professional chef will teach you how to create a delicious and authentic Moroccan dish. Then you’ll feast on your culinary creations with your fellow cooks. From £36pp.
My view
Single-Centre Tour M OR OCCO M O RO C C O
Marrakesh
Taste
Tagines and tanjias are both slow cooked Moroccan dishes. The tanjia, a dish unique to Marrakesh is cooked in an urn shaped pot, not the conical shaped tagine that we are more familiar with.
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
MARRAKESH s
Essaouria Essaouria
A KEY
tla
sM
o
t un
ai
n
Atlas Mountains
Arrive Depart Route
185
EG Y P T
Great Sphinx of Giza
Wonders of the Nile The long cruise from Cairo Egypt, just the name is enough to set your imagination back in history – to a time when Pharaohs controlled a mysterious and fabulously wealthy empire which lasted virtually intact for over 5,000 years! Cruise the famed River Nile and experience ancient pyramids, astonishing temples and lesser-known monuments.
186
FROM THE PYRAMIDS TO LUXOR: 11 DAYS FROM
£3,099
FROM THE PYRAMIDS TO ASWAN: 15 DAYS FROM
£3,949
February to May & September to November 2022
Your itinerary DAY 1 –Arrival in Cairo You should arrive at the airport to take your direct flight to Cairo. After our late evening arrival, we transfer to our home for the next 10 or 14 nights, the MS Mövenpick Darakum.
King ‘Tut’s’ tomb held so many treasures that it took 10 years to examine, photograph, catalogue and finally remove all 5,398 of them. The collection forms the centrepiece of the Egyptian Museum, without question one of the world’s greatest museums, a treasurehouse overflowing with artefacts of remarkable ancient craftsmanship, ranging from the mundane to the mystical. The famous Royal Mummy room may be entered, upon payment of a small additional fee. (B, L, D) DAY 3 – Saqqara & Coptic Museum We head to the pyramids at the necropolis of Saqqara. Soon the lush fields give way to desert and we see the giant ‘step’ pyramid looming above the palms. Built using smaller blocks than the Great Pyramids at Giza, it’s easy to see how the architecture of pyramidbuilding evolved from a simple square flat-topped mound upon which similar smaller mounds were added. This afternoon we’ll explore Old Cairo’s Christian history with a visit to the ‘Hanging Church’, built over a gateway to the Romanera Babylon fortress. We continue to the Coptic Museum and the nearby Ben Ezra synagogue, said to be where the Pharaoh’s daughter found Moses in his basket amongst the reeds. (B, L, D)
DAY 5 – Full-day sail After a sumptuous breakfast buffet, relax under one on one of the many comfortable shaded sun loungers or Balinese-style canopied day-beds as the unchanged landscape of the Nile Valley slips by. This afternoon we arrive
in Minya where we will moor for two nights. (B, L, D) DAY 6 – Beni Hassan Tombs After breakfast, set out with a visit to Tuna El Gebel, the necropolis of Hermopolis, sacred to the Greek god
Your tour price includes • Visit the incredible Pyramids at Giza and get up close to the Sphinx • Guided tour to the ‘Step Pyramid’, the oldest stone structure in the world • Marvel at the Golden Mask of Tutankhamun on our visit to the incomparable Egyptian Museum • Guided tour of the city of Amarna, created by the pharaoh Akhenaten and Nefertiti • Visit the mysterious temple dedicated to Osiris, god of the dead, at Abydos • Discover one of Egypt’s best preserved temples at Dendera • Continue your cruise to Aswan for a further four nights:
Plus, of course: • Return scheduled flights from the UK • 10 or 14 nights on board, with a choice of spacious cabins and suites, all with river views • No single supplement on lower deck cabins, with limited availability • All meals included, including complimentary on-board tea & coffee • The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager throughout (B) Daily Breakfast, (L) Lunch, (D) Dinner Prices are per person. For departure dates, prices and flights, please call or visit our website.
• Guided tour of the temples of Karnak and Luxor • Visit the Pharaohs’ tombs in the Valley of the Kings and the Temple of Hatshepsut • Visit Howard Carter’s house and the newly-opened replica of King ‘Tut’s’ tomb
River Cruise KEY Arrive Depart Route River
• Enjoy an afternoon sail on a traditional felucca to Kitchener Islands
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
Beni Hassan Tel el Armarna
Assyut
Sohag
le
• Explore the stunning temples at Kom Ombo and Philae in Aswan
Beni Suef Minya
EGY PT
CAIRO
Sakkara Giza
Ni
DAY 4 – Full-day sail This morning our ship starts its long journey out of Cairo. As we leave the city behind and pass small farms, canals and plantations of date palms along the way, you’ll see how productive this land has been for so many generations. Enjoy the first of a couple of fascinating lectures on both modern and ancient Egypt. In the afternoon we arrive at the small town of Beni Suef where we moor overnight. (B, L, D)
Temple of Dendera
Nile
DAY 2 – The Pyramids, Sphinx & Egyptian Museum Today we drive out of the city towards the Giza plateau for our first close-up view of the Great Pyramids. The truly gigantic size of the three main pyramids only becomes fully apparent when they tower above you in all their majesty. For the more adventurous, entry into the pyramids is available at extra cost payable locally, but for the Great Pyramid of Cheops there’s a daily limit to the number of visitors and there’s no guarantee of an entry. A little further down the hill is the mighty Sphinx, the world’s largest free-standing sculpture.
Abydos Valley of the Kings
Qena Dendera Luxor
187
EG Y P T Hermes and his Egyptian counterpart Thoth, god of writing and wisdom. Explore the tomb of Petosiris and the catacombs which once held thousands of mummified ibis and baboons. After lunch on board, we continue with a tour of the tombs at Beni Hassan, with wonderful views across the valley. (B, L, D) DAY 7 – Amarna This morning we arrive in Amarna, site of the short-lived capital of the Pharaoh Akhenaten and his queen Nefertiti. We’ll visit Akhenaten’s tomb, as well as those of some of his courtiers. We return to our ship in time for lunch and continue our journey, sailing by Egypt’s Coptic monasteries. We moor in Assyut overnight. (B, L, D) DAY 8 – Full-day sail Today we continue our journey southwards, with a full day’s cruising, ideal to relax after the busy last couple of days and before seeing the monuments and temples of the second part of our journey. (B, L, D) DAY 9 – Abydos Abydos remains one of ancient Egypt’s most mysterious sites, with the Great Temple of Seti I as its centrepiece. Dedicated to the cult of Osiris, god of the dead, Abydos was a pilgrimage centre for thousands of years. The temple is known for its Gallery of the Kings, which lists all the pharaohs, as well as some hieroglyphs which look like modern machines! We sail on to Qena where we moor overnight. (B, L, D) DAY 10 – Dendera The temple of Hathor is one of the most
complete and best-preserved in all of Egypt. Hathor was the Egyptian goddess of love, beauty, joy and healing, and her temple, although only completed in Roman times, nevertheless follows the architecture and style of much older temples. We sail the short distance to Luxor where we moor overnight. (B, L, D) DAY 11 – Return flight An early start today as anyone opting for the shorter eleven-day itinerary will be transferred to Luxor airport for the flight home, via Cairo. (B) TOURS CONTINUING TO ASWAN DAY 11 – Luxor West Bank Anyone staying on for the full itinerary to Aswan will continue the tour crossing the Nile to the West Bank for the Valley of the Kings! We also visit Howard Carter’s house which has been beautifully preserved and is next to the newlyopened replica of King Tut’s tomb. Our tour ends at the mortuary temple of Hatshepsut, the first female pharaoh, with its stunning colonnaded terraces. We return to our ship at lunchtime and the rest of the day is at leisure. (B, L, D) DAY 12 – Karnak & Luxor Temples This morning we visit the Temple of Karnak. The astounding Hypostyle Hall is the most awe-inspiring part of this vast complex, said to be the largest religious centre of the ancient world. We also visit the Temple of Luxor. After lunch we set sail for Edfu where we moor overnight. (B, L, D) DAY 13 – Kom Ombo The temple at Kom Ombo is unusual in that it’s dedicated to two gods, Horus
and Sobek, the crocodile. The temple had a lake with sacred crocodiles and mummies of them have been found nearby. We moor overnight in Aswan. (B, L, D) DAY 14 – Aswan This morning is our last full day in Egypt and we visit one of modern Egypt’s greatest achievements – the Aswan High Dam. We continue to the temple of Philae, which had to be rescued from the rising waters of Lake Nasser. After a visit to the Nubian museum, we take to the water on a felucca sail as the sun sets in the west to Kitchener Island, which the general converted to a botanical park. DAY 15 – Return flight Transfer to the airport for our flight home, via Cairo. (B)
Main/upper deck cabin MS Mövenpick Darakum
Sun deck pool
188
Sun deck
My view Insider knowledge
The pied kingfisher can often be seen hovering over the Nile and this pretty bird is frequently depicted in ancient Egyptian tomb paintings.
Read
The Nile by Toby Wilkinson will take you on a fascinating journey along the fabled river in the company of an acclaimed Egyptologist.
Buy
Worn by men and women, the traditional galabeya is native to the Nile. Made from cotton, this cool ankle length robe is perfect on a hot day.
Taste
Egyptian dukkah is a blend of roasted, ground spices and nuts. It is traditionally served as a dip with olive oil and flat breads.
Temple of Philae
Our superb ship MS Mövenpick Darakum One of the smaller ships on the Nile, with just 52 cabins and suites, the fivestar MS Darakum is managed by the renowned Swiss hospitality company, Mövenpick, and has been designed with a shallow draft in order to navigate the full length of the Nile in Egypt. It is currently the only vessel cruising the Nile from Cairo all the way to Aswan – this cruise is very much a unique experience! Appointed to the highest specification and imaginatively furnished with a distinctive Moroccan theme, the MS Mövenpick Darakum offers extensive open deck space on three levels, with plenty of sun loungers, sofas and armchairs to relax in. The plunge pool on the sun deck is perfect for a cooling dip. The spacious, yet cosy lounge bar is the social hub of the ship, with board games and evening entertainment including music, wine-tasting and a cookery lesson, a black & white party, the everpopular ‘galabiya’ party and even a belly dancer! All cabins and suites feature individually-controlled air conditioning, hairdryer, personal safe, fridge, TV and the convenience of tea & coffee making facilities. The beds are hotel-style and can be configured as a double or two twins, with the fine Egyptian cotton sheets, and an evening turn-down service. Clever design allows for all the wood-panelled bathrooms to have a bath with a fixed shower above, along with complimentary toiletries. A laundry service is also available. As in ancient times, it’s the fresh local produce of the lush Nile valley that is central to any meal in Egypt. The
MS Mövenpick Darakum MS Mövenpick Darakum is known for its plentiful and varied buffets which feature a wide selection of both western and middle-eastern dishes – be sure to try the refreshing salads, hummus and falafel with hot flat bread straight from the oven. The MS Mövenpick Darakum has five passenger decks: Lower deck – the 20sq.m cabins have two twin beds and smaller square windows which cannot be opened. They are offered for sole occupancy with no single supplement (limited availability). The main restaurant is located at this level. Main deck – the light and airy glasspanelled reception allows the light to filter down to the deck below. All cabins from this deck and above have large picture-windows offering magnificent river views, with a panel that can be opened. There are two more spacious Deluxe cabins on this deck.
Upper deck – this is where you’ll find the small fitness room and the onboard shop, as well as the Senior suites (40sq.m), the forward-facing Panorama suites (34sq.m) and rear sun deck. Top deck – has just two Senior suites (34sq.m), the main bar and lower sun deck. Sun deck – has the pool and an openair bar. Please see our website for deck plans.
Your options Extend your holiday Luxor to Aswan extension The full 15-day tour continues south to Aswan for a further four nights and visits the Valley of the Kings. It is ideal for those on their first visit to Egypt and who prefer the most complete experience.
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
189
ENGLAND
Sandringham House
Norfolk
5 DAYS FROM
Royal Sandringham & the Broads With magnificent coastlines and navigable Broads providing a postcard-perfect backdrop, delve into the history of Norfolk on this fascinating tour. Explore the Medieval heart of Norwich, the Sandringham Estate and the delightfully restored Victorian Poppy Line train amongst other gems of this coastal county.
Norfolk Broads
190
£599
April to June & September to October 2022
Your itinerary DAY 1 – Arrival & Norwich Guided Tour Arrive in Norwich where you will be warmly welcomed to your historic four-star hotel. This afternoon, we head to the heart of Norwich, just a stone’s throw from the hotel, for a guided tour. A real gem, Norwich is one of the most complete Medieval cities, and it was known as England’s second city during the middle ages and Renaissance. Major landmarks include the imposing medieval castle and the cathedral, boasting the second largest cloisters in England. There is time to explore the pleasant city centre, or perhaps visit the Plantation Garden, one of the great treasures of Norwich with its Gothic fountain, Victorianstyle greenhouse and rustic bridge. This evening, your mind may wander to dinner reservations, with an array of well-reviewed restaurants right on your doorstep. Perhaps sample some of the local crab, famously caught on the chalk reefs just off the Cromer coast.
an eye out for Britain’s largest butterfly too: the stunning and rare swallowtail can be identified by its pale, yellow wings laced by black and shades of dark blue and a touch of ruby red.
Norwich Cathedral
We return to Norwich in the late afternoon for our final night to enjoy the nearby buzz of the beautiful city centre with luxurious surroundings. (B) DAY 5 – Return After time to enjoy leisurely breakfast at your hotel, why not pay a visit to Norwich Market? One of the biggest outdoor markets in the UK, treat yourself to a bunch of fresh blooms, fresh produce or locally made crafts. (B)
Our hand-picked hotel DAY 2 – Sandringham Estate After breakfast at the hotel, we take a morning drive towards the North Norfolk countryside to the Sandringham Estate for a visit to the royal residence and its extensive gardens. Enjoy views of the peaceful landscape, dotted with quaint country houses and flint cottages so typical of this area. As the neatly manicured grounds of the Sandringham Estate come into view, the atmosphere becomes almost rarefied. We have time here to visit a number of rooms which make up this private royal residence, including some which are still in use by the Royal Family, and admire the elegantly decorated surroundings. Best of all, the expansive gardens offer everything from woodland to more formal areas and picturesque spots by the ponds, where you can sit and enjoy the pleasant setting – or perhaps head to the café or to the well-stocked gift shop, which also sells a range of products from the estate itself including famous apple juices from the Sandringham Orchard. Return to Norwich, where we enjoy a delightful cream tea in the hotel before your evening meal at leisure. (B) DAY 3 – Sheringham & Poppy Line Train This morning’s drive we wind through the countryside towards the Deep History Coast, a stretch of coastline between Weybourne and Cart Gap which is steeped in millions of years of history. Our destination is Sheringham, where we will have free time to enjoy this traditional coastal town with its pebble beaches and scenic coastal paths. For those who like to explore the
natural beauty by foot, there are great views of the coastline by strolling along the beach to the Blakeney National Nature Reserve – so be sure to pack your walking boots. As city-dwelling Victorians sought fresh sea air, they hopped aboard the then newly-opened North Norfolk railway, turning Sheringham into a flourishing, well-known resort. Known as the ‘Poppy Line’, we experience the delightfully restored North Norfolk train for ourselves on a short journey back in time. We board a vintage wood-panelled coach to Holt through an area called ‘Poppyland’ by Clement Scott, and we take in the views over the coastline and countryside. (B)
As this is a single-centre tour, we stay at the same hand-picked hotel in Norwich for 4 nights, with breakfast Maids Head Hotel in Norwich HHHH Perfectly located just a few steps away from all major Norwich landmarks, Maids Head is known as the oldest hotel in the UK, dating back over 800 years. The hotel has a restaurant set in the historic courtyard of the hotel, and a Jacobean oak panelled bar, which has been serving food and drink since the 1200s. The rooms are recently refurbished and well-appointed with all the facilities of a four-star hotel.
DAY 4 – Blickling Hall & Norfolk Broads Cruise Today we drive to the Blickling Estate to witness first-hand its breathtaking gardens and lavishly decorated mansion. The gardens at Blickling are spread over 55 acres of land and include both formal and informal areas, listed buildings, a kitchen garden, Victorian garden ornaments and mystifying woodland. The house itself is handsomely decorated, so be sure to take a wander along the spectacular Long Gallery, built by Sir Henry for social activity and exercise in bad weather. This afternoon we experience this beautiful county on one of the highlights of the tour, on arguably the best way to take in the Norfolk Broads. As we start our journey, we admire pretty villages and wildlife along the way on a relaxing boat cruise. Interestingly, the Broads were thought to be natural features until the 1960s, when Dr Joyce Lambert found that they were in fact flooded Medieval peat excavations. Travelling by boat is the finest way to discover this wonderful area. As well as picturesque windmills dotted in the distance, it’s a true paradise for wildlife, as home to countless rare plants, birds and animals. Gaze in awe at the likes of colourful kingfishers, bouncing otters and tawny bitterns hiding amongst the white waterlilies and rare fen orchids. Be sure to keep
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
Your tour price includes • Discover the unique history of Norwich on a guided city tour • Visit the royal Sandringham Estate and its extensive gardens • Enjoy a relaxing boat cruise on the Norfolk Broads • Experience Norfolk as the Victorians would have on the ‘Poppy Line’ train • A scenic drive to Sheringham with time to take in the Blakeney National Nature Reserve • Embrace the history of the Blickling Estate and its manicured gardens Plus, of course: • Four nights in fourstar accommodation with breakfast • The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager throughout (B) Daily Breakfast
191
ENGLAND
Oxford
Oxford, Blenheim & The Cotswolds Bursting with history, character and charm, experience the best of the Cotswolds from our base in iconic Oxford. Travel back in time with expert tours of the ‘City of Spires’ on foot and by river boat, explore UNESCO-listed Blenheim Palace, the ancestral home of Churchill, and wander the chocolate box villages of the Cotswolds.
Burford
192
5 DAYS FROM
£649
April to June & September to December 2022
Your itinerary DAY 1 – Arrival in Oxford & River Boat Trip Whether by road or rail, make your way to your four-star hotel in Oxford, chosen for its excellent amenities and central location. If you require assistance with any travel arrangements, be sure to get in touch with our Travel Concierge who will be happy to help in any way they can. Just a stone’s throw from the prestigious Magdalen College, the riverside and Oxford Botanical Gardens, our base is the perfect spot from which to explore Oxford, with many landmarks within walking distance. However this afternoon we experience Oxford from a difference angle, with a leisurely afternoon tea boat trip along the river Isis from Folly Bridge. Travelling down the University Regatta Course we pass Christ Church Meadows, the University College Boat Houses and other landmarks on our way to Iffley lock. This is often a busy and
Bourton on the Water
vibrant section of the river where training rowing crews, punts and pleasure boats jostle for river space in a wonderful display of Oxford at play. Passing through the lock at Iffley is an experience in itself. The river scenery and fascinating buildings combining to form a picture perfect location. Beyond Iffley we travel in to the tranquil water meadows that surround Oxford and there are abundant opportunities to spot wildlife amongst the green banks and overhanging willows. We turn for home at Rose Island, a favourite destination of Lewis Carroll and Alice Liddell on their river journeys. DAY 2 – Oxford Walking Tour & Bodleian Library Like many historic cities, full of little gems and hidden passages, the best way to the heart of Oxford is on foot. So, after breakfast, we continue exploring this historic city with an Oxford walking tour lead by a specialist guide. As we wander the streets, we will see some of the oldest colleges, wander beneath the Bridge of Sighs, discover its green spaces, and soak in the atmosphere. After a short break, our historical journey continues to one of the oldest working libraries in the world – of course it can only be the Bodleian. Storing a copy of every single book ever printed in the UK – though not all housed in Oxford – it’s arguably one of the most famous libraries of all. It truly is a breathtakingly beautiful place, and so there will be plenty of time to uncover its secrets in an expertly guided tour. You may even recognise some parts from films too – especially if you’re a fan of Harry Potter! The rest of the day is yours to explore – so what’s it to be? You could climb Carfax Tower, visit the Ashmolean Museum or walk in the footsteps of Tolkien, Lewis Carrol and 38 former Prime Ministers. You’re simply strolling amongst history at every turn, and so even enjoying a drink in a historic inn or exploring the covered market, dating back to 1774, feels like you’re stepping back in time. This evening, enjoy dinner at the hotel. (B, D) DAY 3 – The Cotswolds & Hidcote Gardens After yesterday’s exploration of historic Oxford, today we experience the rural natural landscapes of the Cotswolds and contrasting manicured gardens of Hidcote. It’s no wonder the Cotswolds is declared an area of outstanding natural beauty with its rolling hills and meadows that lead to chocolate box, honey-toned towns and villages. In Medieval times it was a centre for the wool trade, with the name Cotswolds coming from the Old English term for “sheep enclosure”.
This prosperous legacy is illustrated with the wide market places, grand architecture and the fine merchant houses. Today we experience the best of the area, stopping at the likes of Bourton on the Water and Stow on the Wold, with time to explore. Known as the Venice of the Cotswolds because of its attractive stone bridges that cross the river Windrush, Bourton on the Water is a typical Cotswolds village waiting to be explored. We also call in at Stow on the Wold - at 800ft above sea level it’s the highest of the Cotswolds villages. Found on the Fosse way where several roads meet, look out for St Edwards church, with its doorway flanked by ancient Yew trees, or perhaps enjoy some refreshment at England’s oldest inn, The Porch House. A fine example of the Cotswold’s elegance, we also pass through beautiful Chipping Camden with its sophisticated terraced high street. After a morning of picturepostcard villages, we move onwards to the National Trust owned Hidcote Gardens. Created by Lawrence Johnson, it’s one of the most influential Arts and Crafts Gardens in the UK. Although not a professional gardener, he was a very talented amateur, who was influenced by Luytens and Gertude Jekyll. Let your senses be taken over by each garden room, every one different from the next, and stylishly separated by hedges rather than conventional fences. (B)
into its unique history as you explore the magnificent state rooms, looking out onto its beautiful formal gardens and extensive parkland, landscaped by the famous Capability Brown. After some time to experience the beauty of Blenheim, we return to Oxford for a final dinner at the hotel. (B, D) DAY 5 – Return After breakfast, return home feeling inspired by the wonderful landmarks of Oxford, Blenheim Palace and the Cotswolds. (B)
Our hand-picked hotel As this is a single-centre tour, we stay at the same hand-picked hotel in Oxford for 4 nights, with breakfast and two dinners. Mercure Eastgate Hotel, Oxford HHHH Chosen for its excellent location, this four- star hotel looks over the Examination Halls and Magdalen Tower. Originally a 17th-century coaching inn, the hotel offers modern, comfortable rooms and facilities. The hotel has a small car park (subject to availability) – if full, residents of the hotel also benefit from discounted parking at a nearby car park.
DAY 4 – Blenheim Palace & Woodstock This morning begins with a visit to Woodstock, Old English in origin, meaning “a clearing in the woods”. With plenty of character and fawn-coloured buildings made from classic Cotswolds stone, they’ll be time to potter the streets of this charming market town. Later, we immerse ourselves in the lives of 18th-century dukes with a visit to UNESCO-listed Blenheim Palace. This truly magnificent place was once the site of a coach stop and royal hunting lodge in Woodstock, which later grew to the incredible place we see today. There are 300 hundred years of history in the palace to discover – and we do just that on our included entry to the house and gardens. As well as being the principal home of the Dukes of Malborough, it’s also the birthplace of Winston Churchill, and somewhere he came to revisit and cherish over the years. You can even follow his path around the estate to see these favourite beauty spots for yourself. The house is a masterpiece of Baroque architecture and is the only “non royal” home that can be called a palace. Delve
Your tour price includes • Discover the City of Spires’ fascinating history on a guided walking tour of Oxford • Explore UNESCO-listed Blenheim Palace with included entry to house, gardens and grounds and visit the village of Woodstock • Relax on a boat trip along the river Isis with traditional afternoon tea included • Experience one of the oldest libraries in Europe with a tour of the historic Bodleian Library • See the charming Cotswolds on a scenic tour and wander the timeless villages • Visit Hidcote, the UK’s finest Arts and Crafts garden Plus, of course: • Four nights in four-star accommodation with breakfast and two dinners • The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager throughout
Bridge of Sighs
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
(B) Daily Breakfast, (D) 2 Dinners
193
ENGLAND
Bath
Bath, Somerset & Glastonbury A county steeped in history, there’s much to uncover on this fascinating Somerset tour. From the ancient streets of Bath and Roman settlements, to the meticulously preserved prehistoric stones of Avebury in nearby Wiltshire and Gothic Cathedral of Wells. Not forgetting a boat trip along the River Avon, a trip to the famed musical village of Glastonbury and the home of Cheddar cheese. Ruins of Glastonbury Abbey
5 DAYS FROM
£499
April to June & September to December 2022
Your itinerary DAY 1 – Arrival in Bath & River Boat Trip Make your way to the beautiful city of Bath in a way to suit you, with our Travel Concierge on hand to help with any rail or private car arrangements. After checking in this afternoon, make yourself at home at the centrally located hotel, just a five-minute walk from the banks of the River Avon. It’s here your introduction to this charming, historic city begins, on a relaxing river boat trip. As you take in the pretty riverside scenes, they’ll be plenty of wildlife spotting opportunities along the way; including kingfishers, herons, mallards and if even otters if you’re really lucky. DAY 2 – Bath & Roman Baths After breakfast at the hotel, we take to the ancient, cobbled streets of Bath for a guided tour. It’s unsurprising that the whole city has been awarded UNESCO World Heritage status, boasting an incredible and fascinating display of
194
Abbey and Pride and Prejudice, amongst others. We will have time to explore the wonderful village itself and the nearby 13th-century abbey. Our time in this quintessential British place is rounded off a fittingly timeless tradition, as we enjoy afternoon tea before returning to Bath. (B)
Avebury Stone Circle
DAY 5 – Return Today we return home with memories of Somerset. Perhaps enjoy some shopping in the local independents or enjoy a leisurely stroll around Bath’s picture-perfect Royal Victoria Park before returning. (B)
Our hand-picked hotel Roman remains and contrasting 18thcentury architecture. Perfectly blending Roman and Georgian influences, the city centre is a pleasure to explore with its harmonious honey-hued buildings. It was the Romans who first discovered Bath’s potential by siting a bathhouse here, which lead to the development of a settlement in the area. So, after our guided walking tour of the city centre, we will visit one of the best preserved Roman bathhouses in the world, taking advantage of the hot springs located here which reach temperatures of up to 46C. With plenty more to discover, enjoy a free afternoon to explore Bath. The Royal Crescent is another highlight of course, so perhaps visit the No. 1 Royal Crescent museum for a glimpse into wealthy Georgian life, behind the beautiful façade of these iconic townhouses. Then there’s Royal Victoria Park, with its botanical gardens, an inspiring place to spend a leisurely afternoon. (B) DAY 3 – Wells, Glastonbury & Cheddar Gorge Today begins with a visit to one of the smallest cathedral cities in the UK, Wells. Despite not significantly changing in over 800 years, this picturesque corner of Somerset still retains its old-world charm. With its amber toned exterior, Wells Cathedral is the earliest English Cathedral to be built in the Gothic style, having been built from 1190, and looks truly impressive. Nearby Bishop’s Palace, set within 14 acres of tranquil gardens and surrounded by a moat, has been home to the Bishop of Bath and Wells for over 800 years. We will have a guided tour of the palace and gardens to find out more about this incredible landmark, with some free time for lunch. It’s thought to be the
Wells Cathedral
most impressive Bishop’s house still in use in England, followed by free time to admire the Cathedral itself. Known for its annual music festival but with a long and illustrious history, we continue to Glastonbury. The village itself is built around a set of ruins of a former abbey, which you will have time to explore with free time for lunch. Famed for mystical associations, Glastonbury Abbey dates back to the 7th century and is thought to be the oldest Christian foundation in the UK. Food lovers will be excited at the next stop, as will those who apreciate natural beauty, as we head to Cheddar Gorge. We call at the true ‘home’ of the famous cheese, the only place in the village itself where cheese is made, to experience part of the cheese-making process at a family-owned artisan cheesemaker. Gough’s Cave in Cheddar Gorge, is, in fact, the original historical Cheddar Cheese larder. This is because the Cheddar Gorge caves in have environmental conditions perfect for cheese maturing; constant temperature and high humidity. In turn, these create the distinct flavor and texture. After driving through the dramatic Cheddar Gorge to admire the natural beauty of this amazing limestone geological formation, we make our way through the rural landscape of the Mendip Hills, returning to Bath in the late afternoon. (B)
As this is a single-centre tour, we stay at the same hand-picked hotel in Bath for 4 nights, with breakfast. Francis Hotel Bath - MGallery HHHH A grade I listed building, the Francis Hotel is a Regencystyle townhouse hotel located in the heart of Bath. There is a restaurant serving a variety of European-inspired dishes and a lounge bar including a beautifully decorated tearoom. The rooms are also a blend of Regency features and modern comforts, whilst retaining their unique character. There is limited parking available for hotel guests, at £20 day per vehicle, with other public car parks nearby.
DAY 4 – Avebury, Lacock & Afternoon Tea This morning begins with a trip to one of the best-preserved prehistoric sites in Britain, Avebury, in nearby Wiltshire. A historical gem, the history of this Neolithic stone circle dates back almost 6,000 years, with a mystery purpose that is still not known to this day. Also the largest stone circle in Britain, it originally featured about 100 stones, with two smaller stone circles enclosed within it, which indicate it may have been used for ceremonies or rituals. Unlike nearby Stonehenge, you can actually walk inside the stone circle at Avebury. This we do, giving a truly interactive experience. Our next stop a place where it feels time has almost stood still, Lacock. This incredibly well-preserved National Trust village is a famous filming location, appearing in Harry Potter, Downton
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
Your tour price includes • Discover beautiful Bath on a guided walking tour • Soak up over 2000 years of history at the Roman Baths • Explore charming Wells and see its stunning Cathedral • Visit the legendary musical town of Glastonbury • See the Bishop’s Palace in Wells on a guided tour • Experience Cheddar cheese making at a familyowned cheesemaker • Step back in time in the village of Lacock and its Abbey • Discover the ancient Avebury stone circle Plus, of course: • Four nights in fourstar accommodation with breakfast • The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager throughout (B) Daily Breakfast
195
ENGLAND
Clovelly harbour
Devonshire Coast & Dartmoor Discover the best of the Devonshire Coast and Dartmoor. Embrace the rich history of the area entwined with its natural beauty on visits to Harland and Buckfast Abbey, the South Devon Steam Railway, the beautiful Gardens at RHS Rosemoor and the famously steep cobbled street of Clovelly. River Dart
5 DAYS FROM
£629
April to October 2022
Your itinerary DAY 1 – Arrival in Barnstaple Whether you prefer to make your own way to your four-star hotel or have our Travel Concierge help with arrangements, our tour begins in the charming North Devon town of Barnstaple. The afternoon check in allows you to make yourself acquainted with your homely surroundings; a country house style hotel along the River Taw which provides the perfect base for exploring the Devonshire Coast and Dartmoor. After plenty of time to explore the local shops and historic pannier market, tonight dinner is included in the awardwinning AA rosette restaurant. (D) DAY 2 – Lynton, Lynmouth & RHS Rosemoor After breakfast, our exploration of North Devon begins. We hug the coastal path on our journey, driving out towards the sea and passing Croyde and Woolacombe bay before arriving
196
the trip may operate in reverse). Fans of detective novelist Agatha Christie might recognise the area as inspiration for her best-selling crime literature. For this part of Devon, being a favourite of hers, was where she often resided in a boathouse along the river. After a fantastic day, we return to the hotel for dinner. (B, D) DAY 5 – Return After breakfast, we return home with fond memories of the Devonshire coast and Dartmoor. (B) Dartmouth
Our hand-picked hotel
at our destination of Lynton and Lynmouth. Nestled where Exmoor meets the sea, these picturesque villages are connected by the cliff railway the highest and steepest fully water powered Victorian railway in the world. Despite these connections and proximity, the two villages have their own distinct appeal. Perched at the top, lively Lynton is a Victorian village with plenty of character, whereas Lynmouth has a more romantic appeal, with rows of charming fishing cottages clustering around the pretty harbour. There’s plenty of time to explore these pretty villages, with beautiful walk that starts nearby. The walk begins in Lynmouth, where you can amble along a series of wooden and stone bridges to former fishing lodge and National Trust owned Watersmeet. Next, we hop over the border to Somerset, leaving Lynton behind and continuing our journey through the national park to Porlock. As we drive through Exmoor, some of the most remote and beautiful moorland will come into view. There’s even more in store to round up a wonderful first day, as we conclude with a visit to RHS Rosemoor Gardens. Found in a sheltered valley between the Exmoor and Dartmoor National Parks, the enchanting 65-acre garden offers year-round interest, blending a mix of formal and informal planting to stunning effect. After taking in the fabulous seasonal display, we return to our base in Barnstaple. (B) DAY 3 – Dartington Crystal, Clovelly & Harland Abbey with afternoon tea This morning we head to Dartington Crystal where craftspeople will demonstrate one of the local skills of the area. The art of glass-making takes years to perfect, so what better place to appreciate the talents by visiting the UK’s last remaining glass workshop. After hearing the story of glass making in the visitors centre, we’ll take the overhead walkways which allow us to see the skilled crafts people at work. Many people will have heard of the charming village of Clovelly, with its famously steep streets which are pleasingly pedestrianised so later this morning we step back in time with a visit to its beautiful cobbled streets. Clinging to a 400ft cliff, the only traffic you’ll find are donkeys and sledges making their way up and down to the 14th-century
quay past the plentiful independent shops and cafés. After time to explore the village and visitors centre, it’s onward to Harland Abbey and Gardens. Built in the 12th century, it was the last Abbey in the country to be dissolved by Henry VIII, who gifted it to the Sergeant of his Wine Cellar at Hampton Court, Mr William Abbott. It is now a stunningly preserved stately home, where Abbott’s descendants still live to this day. Bursting with colour and culture, Harland Abbey boasts an impressive art collection and an archive of ancient documents along the Alhambra corridor and beyond. The journey through history doesn’t stop here, with the unmissable Gothic library, the walled garden, bog garden and Victorian fernery created by Gertrude Jekyll all waiting to be explored. We have also included afternoon tea where a selection of homemade (with locally sourced ingredients where possible) sandwiches, cakes and scones with clotted cream and jam will be served along with your choice of tea or coffee in the Abbey’s tea rooms, which are in what was the heart of the house in years past when it was the house’s kitchen. (B)
As this is a single-centre tour, we stay at the same hand-picked hotel in Barnstaple for 4 nights, with breakfast and two dinners. Imperial Hotel, Barnstaple HHHH Set in a fantastic location, enjoy the country house feel and river Taw views from this four-star hotel. It boasts an AA rosette award winning restaurant and contemporary rooms with free Wi-Fi. There is also use of indoor and outdoor pools at the Imperial’s sister hotel in Barnstaple, open subject to UK regulations.
DAY 4 – Dartmoor, South Devon Steam Railway & Buckfast Abbey Today our exploration of Devon takes us in a different direction, as we head south through Dartmoor National Park. Our destination is the fascinating Buckfast Abbey, home to a working community of Benedictine monks. Originally founded by King Canute before William the Conqueror arrived, like Harland, it remained an abbey until Henry the VIII dissolved the monasteries. Centuries later, a group of exiled French monks brought the life and soul of Buckfast Abbey back to life. The special site truly has an incredible history, which we learn more about today, with plenty of time to wander the award-winning gardens. Our next stop may be the highlight for some, as we board the South Devon Steam railway, the Stations have been restored to their former glory- we board at Buckfast leigh and the line runs along the stunning valley of the river Dart, once we reach Totnes and disembark railway Our journey continues along the river Dart , as we take the historic paddle steamer to the pretty town of Dartmouth. (On some occasions
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
Your tour price includes • Explore the village of Clovelly • Discover historic Harland Abbey Stately home and Gardens • Take a scenic journey of the South Devon Steam Railway and travel by paddle steamer boat along the river Dart • Tour the UK last remaining glass workshop at Dartington Crystal • Take in the views of Dartmoor and Exmoor National Parks • Experience Lynton and Lynmouth connected by the Victorian cliff railway • Visit the magnificent gardens at RHS Rosemoor • Walk in the footsteps of the past at Buckfast Abbey and gardens Plus, of course: • Four nights in four-star accommodation with breakfast and two dinners • The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager throughout (B) Daily Breakfast, (D) 2 Dinners
197
ENGLAND
St Michael’s Mount
Cornwall
5 DAYS FROM
Falmouth Bay & St Ives Explore the best that Cornwall has to offer with this fascinating and varied tour, embracing what really gives this part of England a distinct sense of identity. With stunning coastlines to beautiful gardens and picturesque fishing villages to arty coastal towns, truly experience this intriguing peninsula – as well as its traditional food and drink.
Padstow
198
£649
March to April 2022
Your itinerary DAY 1 – Arrival in Falmouth Make your way to your well-appointed hotel in a way to suit you with time to settle in and explore Falmouth. A fantastic coastal town, Falmouth is attractively located at the mouth of the river Fal. Falmouth’s golden age was in the 18th and 19th centuries thanks to its deep natural harbour which facilitated trade, and today it is one of the most famous destinations in Cornwall. It is conveniently located for exploring the rest of the county too, offering a wealth of shops, cafes and restaurants, as well as a renowned National Maritime Museum museum which you can visit during your free time. The beautifully located Pendennis Castle, built by Henry VIII, is also worth a visit with great views of the estuary from the top. Plus of course there are some of Falmouth’s excellent beaches, such as Gyllyngvase, just a few minutes’ walk from the hotel.
DAY 2 – Lost Gardens of Heligan & Mevagissey After breakfast, this morning we take a drive to visit the world-class Lost Gardens of Heligan. These are amongst the finest gardens in England but they were rediscovered relatively recently, as they had been ‘lost’ since the start of WWI until a door in the ruins was found, which led to the restoration of this estate in the 1990s. There really is something for everyone in these gardens, from ornamental gardens to a wild subtropical ‘jungle’, so we will have a guided tour followed by free time to explore – you could easily spend the whole day in this captivating yet tranquil space.
the coastal path for stunning views of the castle and dramatic coastline. We continue to charming Padstow where we have free time for lunch and to explore. Padstow is an old fishing port but over recent years it has become one of Cornwall’s ‘trendiest’ destinations and is now filled with restaurants and chic boutiques. Some of this development is also thanks to its links with Rick Stein, who owns several establishments in the village, including restaurants, hotels, shops and pubs, so you will really be spoilt for choice here! Or for people who just want to get away from the bustle of the town, there is a huge sandy beach just a 10-minute walk from the harbour. (B)
We will then head to the nearby fishing village of Mevagissey, a picturesque spot for a leisurely lunch or a coffee overlooking the harbour. This small village is a maze of quaint, narrow streets, nevertheless Mevagissey is still one of the the biggest fishing ports in Cornwall.
DAY 4 – St Michael’s Mount, St Ives & Cornish Cyder Tasting History fans may recognise St Michael’s Mount as the famous tidal island boasting a medieval castle, linked to Marazion by a man-made causeway. This morning we drive to Marazion for a view of this intriguing part of the world. Enjoy a scenic walk across, or reach by boat during high tide, to enjoy a coffee on the terrace overlooking the causeway. Or perhaps visit the majestic castle and its terraced gardens (gardens are only open during specific times of the year), which is free for National Trust members.
We will return to Falmouth in the afternoon where we will end our first day with a Cornish classic – cream tea at the hotel, with beautiful views over the bay. Just remember that the traditional Cornish method is to put jam first on your scone, followed by cream! (B) DAY 3 – Tintagel Castle & Padstow This morning a scenic drive awaits as we make our way to Tintagel Castle, set high on Cornwall’s rugged north coast. As the silhouette comes into view, you’ll begin to understand why this is undoubtedly one of the most spectacular historic sites in England. Tintagel Castle became famous for its links with King Arthur in the 12th century, when Geoffrey of Monmouth claimed that King Arthur was conceived there. We will have plenty of time to admire the stunning scenery and coastline that surrounds it, and we include a visit to the castle, now made more easily accessible thanks a new bridge which was completed in 2019. Centuries of erosion have resulted in the loss of parts of the castle and other buildings, eroding the land which divides the island from the mainland, but there are still plenty of medieval remains to be explored. For keen walkers, you can also walk along
We then continue to St Ives for lunch and free time. St Ives is renowned for its sandy beaches and there is a truly ‘arty’ atmosphere here thanks to the thriving artistic community, with interesting galleries and shops, plus of course Tate St Ives.
DAY 5 – Return home If you have time, why not stop to the pretty village of St Mawes before returning? Famous for its whitewashed buildings and beautiful location with views over Falmouth Bay, this is a great place for one more leisurely cream tea in one of the establishments facing the harbour. (B)
Our hand-picked hotel As this is a single-centre tour, we stay at the same hand-picked hotel in Falmouth for 4 nights, with breakfast. St Michaels Resort in Falmouth HHHH Located just a few steps from the town centre and opposite Gyllyngvase beach, this is a truly relaxing base for our tour, thanks to its great views, sub-tropical gardens and health club. The hotel may be close to all local amenities, but it also offers a choice of a casual restaurant or formal brasserie, as well as a bar. The hotel has a true coastal feel, this extends to the contemporary rooms, which are airy and decorated in muted colours.
Your options Hotel dining
This tour currently includes breakfast, with the option to upgrade to two or four dinners at the hotel, from £79pp for two nights, or £155pp for four nights.
In the afternoon we will call at a Cornish Cyder Farm to enjoy a tour and tasting. Spelt with a y in the traditional way, this fine product is created from a single pressing, like virgin olive oil. This is a family-run farm located in the Cornish countryside, they have been making cyders, wines, spirits and more for nearly 40 years - they even became Cornwall’s first distillery for 300 years. We will find out more about their success story and how their dreams of hand-pressing apples became reality after they bought a 150-year-old farm back to life, bought a 16th-century press and turned their passion into great local products. (B)
Your tour price includes • Discover the world class Lost Gardens of Heligan on a guided tour • Visit chic the charming coastal villages of Mevagissey and Padstow • Discover St Michael’s Mount with its imposing medieval castle • Enjoy a visit to a familyrun Cornish Cyder Farm with a tour and tasting • Explore spectacular Tintagel Castle • Enjoy a traditional Cornish cream tea Plus, of course: • Four nights in four-star accommodation with breakfast (dining option available at a supplement) • The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager throughout
Mevagissey
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
(B) Daily Breakfast
199
JERSEY
Village of Saint Aubin
Jersey: The Jewel of the Channel Islands With its rolling hills, coastal coves and poignant past, experience Jersey from all angles. From our base in charming St. Helier, experience this gem of the Channel Islands on a scenic drive of the east, a boat cruise along the west coast, plus visits to the picturesque Samares Manor, historic Jersey War Tunnels, imposing Elizabeth Castle and award-winning La Mare estate. Gorey Castle
6 DAYS FROM
£749
April to July & September to October 2022
Your itinerary DAY 1 – Arrive in St. Helier Make your way to your four-star hotel in St. Helier, the Pomme d’Or, perfectly located in the centre, overlooking Liberation Square and the marina. Hand-picked by us with a combination of location, facilities and service in mind, the hotel is just 20 minutes from the airport, for your convenience. After checking in this afternoon to your historic hotel with all the modern amenities, there’s plenty of time to relax or explore as you wish. You can also use the sister hotel’s facilities, so why not unwind this evening with a dip in the pool or relax in the steam room? Or you could start exploring this superb area with a stroll along the marina, nearby Waterfront Gardens or the many shops, cafes and restaurants along the Esplanade. DAY 2 – Western Jersey After the first of our delicious daily breakfasts at the hotel, we uncover
200
authentic Jersey on a tour of the west side. A scenic drive takes us first to Noirmont Point, where the old German bunkers and vantage points offer breathtaking views, before heading to the golden sands of St. Bredlade’s Bay, often hailed as one of the best beaches in the British Isles. This wouldn’t be a trip to Jersey without a visit to the famous Corbiere lighthouse and Elizabeth Castle, and so these are included on this fascinating tour, taking the ferry to the castle. Named after Queen Elizabeth I, the stronghold is simply a must-see, with a long and intriguing history and unrivalled vistas, as well as tunnels, bunkers and turrets to explore. This evening we return to the hotel to enjoy the first of two included dinners. (B, D) DAY 3 – Samares Manor Today we visit beautiful Samares Manor and botanical gardens. A knowledgeable local guide will bring history to life as we uncover the Medieval origins of the manor and its place today, home to Seigneur de Samares for centuries. Amongst our vibrant surroundings, we will also delve deeper into its colourful past with a guided tour of the manor house and Museum of Rural Life before a wander to the herb garden. The herb gardens are full of medicinal plants, roses and lavender, with a viewing platform to fully appreciate the elegant and calming surroundings. After the tour, there is time to explore the renowned botanical gardens, unique because the land is exceptionally fertile with exotic plants that wouldn’t normally grow in the British Isles’ climate. Designed in the roaring 1920s, you’ll spy heritage blooms dancing amongst the rows of plants, as well as a bee garden and fragrant herbs, a relaxing end to the afternoon. (B) DAY 4 – Jersey War Tunnels & Boat Cruise Most people know that Jersey was occupied by the Germans during WW2. At first with a relatively moderate approach, but as the war continued, conditions for locals got harder and harder, with forced labour and mass deportations and during the winter of 1944-1945, and near starvation for most of the population. It was a poignant time in Jersey’s history and a period we feel is important to understand. We visit the Jersey war tunnels, dug by enforced labour under harsh conditions, which tell the story of life during the German occupation: the heartache, resistance, hardship, heroism and eventual liberation.
Greve de Lecq
been like to see beautiful Jersey for the first time in this way, long before air travel. Jersey is particularly famous for its marine life too – so if you are lucky you might spot bottlenose dolphins, seals or even basking sharks. (B, D) DAY 5 – La Mare Estate & Afternoon Tea Today, we will enjoy a visit to La Mare wine estate, distillery, and cider farm. The estate is celebrated for the quality of its produce, including the renowned Black Butter preserve, used by many esteemed chefs, as well as its wines, cider, and liqueurs. We will explore the estate with a guided tour and tasting as we learn about the ethos behind La Mare and how the estate makes things a little differently on this small island. After our tours which includes a not to be missed visit to the chocolate kitchen, we will settle down for afternoon tea – no doubt featuring famed Jersey milk and cream. After a deliciously delightful afternoon, we will have time for a stroll in the gardens and vineyards before heading back. (B)
Our hand-picked hotel As this is a single-centre tour, we stay at the same hand-picked hotel in St. Helier for 5 nights, with daily breakfast and dinners on days two and four. Pomme D’or Hotel HHHH Meaning Golden Apple, this well located hotel has been welcoming travellers for over 180 years, raising the Union Jack in 1945 to mark the liberation of Jersey from German forces. The historic hotel has a traditional service and style which complements the modern contemporary rooms, with two cafes and a restaurant that offers sweeping views over the bay. There is also use of the pool, steam room, and fitness centre at the sister hotel, open subject to local regulations.
DAY 6 – Return Home After breakfast, we return home with fond memories of this small but fascinatingly beautiful part of the world. (B) Corbiere Lighthouse
After a moving morning, this afternoon we continue to learn more about what makes Jersey so special as we see the island from a different angle. Hopping onto our boat cruise at Albert Quay, we journey along the western coastline with commentary from a local expert. As we witness incredible views from our boat, the Jersey Duchess, our minds are cast back to what it would have
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
Your tour price includes • Discover the west side of Jersey, plus a visit to Elizabeth Castle • Explore Samares Manor with a guided tour of the house, Herb Garden & Museum with time to explore the celebrated Botanic gardens • Take a boat trip to explore the western coast by sea and spot the wildlife • Understand the poignant WWII history on a visit to the Jersey War Tunnels • Visit the renowned La Mare Estate with a tour and tasting • Enjoy a traditional afternoon tea Plus, of course: • Five nights in four-star accommodation with breakfast and two dinners • The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager throughout (B) Daily Breakfast, (D) 2 Dinners
201
ENGLAND
Chatsworth House
The Peak District Chatsworth & Buxton Experience the best of the Peak District, embracing the history, heritage and scenery that make up the heart of Derbyshire. From a base of the spa town of Buxton, we visit iconic stately homes, take nostalgic rail journeys and walk with nature, as well as heading to Bakewell, Matlock Bath and Dovedale.
Dovedale
202
5 DAYS FROM
£649
April to June & September to December 2022
Your itinerary DAY 1 – Arrival in Buxton & Guided Tour Arrive at your historic hotel in the spa town of Buxton in a way to suit you. If you require assistance with any travel arrangements, be sure to get in touch with our Travel Concierge who will be happy to help with the likes of rail bookings, private transfers and even pre and post hotel stays should you wish to extend your time in the wonderful Peak District. Affectionately known as the gateway to the Peak District National Park, this afternoon we take in the history and highlights of Buxton on a guided walking tour. At every turn, you might spy the beautiful contrasts of Recency architecture, Georgian terraces and Victorian attractions which make up its distinct character. Some of the main highlights, which we will see on our guided tour, include the Buxton Opera House, Pavilion Gardens and the Devonshire Dome, which was once the largest unsupported dome in Europe, built in 1779. After our tour, there’ll
Matlock Bath
deserved afternoon tea overlooking the beautiful countryside. We return to Buxton in the afternoon with more time to explore this elegant spa town. (B, D) DAY 5 – Return Home After breakfast, return home with delightful memories of Derbyshire, perhaps taking a stroll around the Pavilion Gardens or booking in at a local thermal spa. (B)
Our hand-picked hotel As this is a single-centre tour, we stay at one of two hand-picked hotels in Buxton for 4 nights, depending on departure dates, with breakfast and all dinners included.
be time to get acquainted with this charming town, so why not return to the stunning Pavilion Gardens, a great spot for a leisurely stroll along the river Wye. Tonight, our thoughts turn to dinner plans, as we enjoy dinner at the hotel’s restaurant. (D) DAY 2 – Chatsworth House & Bakewell After breakfast, we drive to one of the most iconic stately homes of the Peaks, some might even say of England, Chatsworth House. Our journey takes us through lush Derbyshire countryside as we head to the impressive home of the Cavendish family, who have owned the property since 1549. With its grand state rooms and opulent halls, they’ll be plenty of time to explore the extravagant interior before heading out to look upon the acres of rolling parkland. This afternoon, a picturesque town to rival beautiful Buxton awaits as we continue to nearby Bakewell for lunch and free time. Located on the banks of the river Wye, this is a pleasant place for a relaxing stroll with its pretty stone buildings and arched medieval bridge. They’ll be plenty of time to explore this quaint town is best known for its delicious Bakewell Pudding. Unlike the better-known Bakewell tart, the celebrated pudding is made with a puff pastry base before being filled with a signature almond mix. After time pottering around Bakewell’s streets, we return to Buxton in the late afternoon. (B, D) DAY 3 – Heights of Abraham, Matlock Bath & the Peak Rail This morning we experience the ‘village in the sky’ as we drive to Matlock Bath for a cable car journey to the Heights of Abraham, soaring over a deep limestone gorge in the Derwent Valley. At the top, there is a hilltop park as well as famous caverns set within 60 acres of woodland, with a few cafes and a restaurant. The caves were a hive of lead mining for hundreds of years starting from Roman times, but as deposits became to dwindle, the caves were converted into a tourist attraction as the miners found this was a more
profitable way of running them. The attraction has been open since Victorian times, allowing visitors to retrace the miners’ footsteps, with plenty of free time for you to explore as you wish. Next, it’s onward to Matlock Bath with time for a spot of lunch. It’s been a popular destination since the late 17th century when the spa waters were discovered, with its attractive riverside gardens, wooded hillsides and rocky limestone crags. Our next stop will be a real treat for those who enjoy all things rail, as we board the heritage Peak Railway. This beautifully restored section of the former Midland Railway stretches 4 miles from Matlock to Rowsley has a true nostalgic feel. After a brief trip down memory lane, we head back to Buxton by coach. (B, D)
Lee Wood Hotel HHHH Housed in a beautiful Georgian building, the hotel has all the town’s major sights on your doorstep. The rooms offer all modern comforts, and the hotel has a restaurant where we will dine, as well as a bar. The Old Hall Hotel, Buxton HHH Perfectly located opposite the beautiful Pavilion Gardens, the hotel blends traditional style with modern amenities. There is a public car park by the hotel, of which hotel guests have exclusive rights to 24-hour parking tickets.
DAY 4 – Ilam Park, Dovedale & Afternoon Tea There’s still lots more to discover of the Peak District and its natural beauty and today we do just that. This morning we take a scenic drive to the southern edge of the Peak District to visit Ilam Park and Dovedale, taking in the beautifully unspoilt countryside views along the way. As we reach the delightful village of Ilam, it’s hard not to admire the Alpinestyle cottages before heading to Ilam Park itself which we will explore, all set within a wonderful background of lush green hills surrounding the Tudor Gothic Hall. We have time to relax and explore Ilam’ National Trust Park. Of course it wouldn’t be a trip to this part of the Peak District without heading to the famous stepping stones of Dovedale. So next we enjoy a leisurely scenic walk along the river Dove to the Dovedale Nature Reserve, ambling through ancient ash woodland, wildflower-rich grassland and plenty of river wildlife. As we walk towards Dovedale we have time to admire the intriguing Thorpe Cloud, a large flattopped hill before reaching the stepping stones, which were put in place in the mid-19th century. Our wonderful walk is rounded off this afternoon with a well-
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
Your tour price includes • Explore Chatsworth House and experience its beautiful gardens • Discover the spa town of Buxton on a guided tour • Visit the Heights of Abraham, by cable car • Enjoy a journey on the Peak Rail heritage line • See Bakewell, on the banks of the Wye • Explore the Peak District’s unspoilt countryside with an included walk • Enjoy afternoon tea in a country house hotel Plus, of course: • Four nights in three-star or four-star accommodation with breakfast and dinner • The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager throughout (B) Daily Breakfast, (D) 4 Dinners
203
S C OTL A N D
Glenfinnan viaduct
Scottish Highlands & Skye Be mesmerised by the magic of the Scottish Highlands. From your base by the banks of the River Ness, take in the wildlife of Cairngorms National Park, ride the world-renowned Fort William to Mallaig train, enjoy a whisky tasting, explore the enchanting Isle of Skye and go Nessie spotting on a Loch cruise.
Skye
204
6 DAYS FROM
£959
April to July & September to October 2022
Your itinerary DAY 1 – Arrival in Inverness Make your way to the breathtakingly beautiful Scottish Highlands and be welcomed to your hotel in Inverness, overlooking the River Ness. Whether you’d prefer to drive, take the train or enjoy a door-to-door private car, our helpful travel desk team would be more than happy to help you organise trains, flights or a private car to suit your arrangements. Our hand-picked hotels are always thoughtfully chosen for their location. After settling into your hotel, why not make yourself acquainted with the local area with a riverside stroll? You’re just a moment’s walk from some of the main highlights of Inverness, with plenty of fantastic restaurants and bars to unwind in on your first evening. Or after travelling, perhaps relax in the spa, where guests have free access to the indoor pool, sauna, steam room and hot tub. You could even round off your evening by the fireplace with a tipple of Scotch whisky on ice in the hotel lounge.
Portree
DAY 2 – Cairngorms National Park, Strathspey Steam Railway & Blair Castle This morning after breakfast, we head to the Cairngorms National Park, an area of outstanding natural beauty. It’s a haven for wildlife lovers, as a spot that many rare and endangered species call their home. Think pine martens, red squirrels, mountain hares and golden eagles, as well as the most endangered species – Scottish wildcats. As we drive towards Broomhill you might see red Lock Leven Rose deer or Highland cows on the mountaintops. There are more opportunities to gaze at the stunning scenery, as we board the Strathspey heritage railway, with its spectacular views through forests and heather-clad moorland. Our destination is Aviemore, where the endless panoramic views, forests and tranquil lochs continue. As we leave behind our majestic train, we continue onward through the beautiful Spey Valley to historic Blair Castle. The castle is the ancestral home of the Clan Murray, dating back to the 13th century, over 19 generations have made it their home. The castle houses a wealth of family portraits, furniture and china and gives the visitor an insight into the Atholl family. During your visit you may wish to learn a little more about the castle’s history by visiting the Jacobite Exhibition which reflects the trials and tribulations the Athol family and Blair Castle endured during the Jacobite rebellion. The extensive grounds include the 9-acre walled ‘Hercules’ garden, which has been restored to its Georgian glory where peacocks roam freely against the backdrop of the renowned summer 275 metre herbaceous borders. (B) DAY 3 – Loch Ness Do you believe in the myth of the Loch Ness Monster? Today is your chance to delve deeper into the mystery of Nessie. Our journey begins on a Loch cruise with a commentary on board, telling tales of the Loch and unravelling its mystifying history, as well as learning about the local wildlife which we may spot on our cruise. Continuing the theme of days gone by, we visit the iconic Urquhart Castle, whose romantic ruins date back to the 13th century. This afternoon we head North of Inverness and towards the Black Isle. Despite its name, this captivating part of Scotland is actually a peninsular, with striking coastal views and charming fishing villages dotted
along the shoreline. It’s a beautiful place to visit, so we allow plenty of time to explore this incredible coast. It’s home to two RSPB nature reserves: the enchanted Fairy Glen and the peaceful Udale Bay, a habitat for pink-footed geese. (B) DAY 4 – Fort William to Mallaig Train Journey Today may be the highpoint for many, for more reasons than one. Described as one of the most scenic train journeys in the world, today we journey from Fort William to Mallaig. This is a side of Scotland that is best experienced by train. Our day begins as we drive to Fort William, passing though the incredible mountain scenery in anticipation. On a clear day, you may ever spot the towering 1,345 metres of Ben Nevis as we travel through spectacular countryside, and cross the world-famous Glenfinnan Viaduct, with its 21 arches You may recognise it from numerous films and television programmes that have featured, the most famous being Harry Potter, as the majestic Jacobite Steam train puffs along the lush countryside. As the train then passes through Arisaig and Morar stations, you won’t be able to peel your eyes from the striking loch, sea and hill views before the approach to Mallaig, from where you can see the small isles. A typical port town, you can simply stroll along the front, watch the fishing boats babbling in the water or visit the Mallaig Heritage Centre, with archives and artifacts of the harbor’s history. After some time in the picture-postcard Scottish town of Mallaig, we return to Fort William. (B)
will have a scenic tour of the island to take in the spectacular views before visiting Dunvegan Castle and Gardens. A must-visit, the castle has been in the same family for 800 years and is said to represent the true spirit of the Isles. You might not think that given the location of the castle there would be many plants or flowers that thrive there, but the truly splendid gardens are in fact home to a wide variety of flora. It’s then onward to Portree, the island capital known for its colourful houses forming a rainbow of pastels along the coastline. (B) DAY 6 – Return home After breakfast, make your way home with unforgettable stories of the Scottish Highlands and Skye. (B)
Our hand-picked hotel As this is a single-centre tour, we stay at the same hand-picked hotel in Inverness for 5 nights, with breakfast. Palace Hotel and Spa, Inverness HHH Superior Set in an 1890s Victorian mansion, the hotel has been delightfully restored with all the modern comforts you would expect. Located on the banks of the River Ness it also has a leisure club and spa* just a short walk across the river into Inverness and to Inverness Castle. *Open subject to safety restrictions.
(Note that depending on the season, the train may be steam or diesel at short notice).
DAY 5 – Isle of Skye Today we head further afield to the largest of the Inner Hebrides Islands the mesmerising Isle of Skye. The route to Skye is truly beautiful, passing lochs and inlets, as well as the imposing Eilean Dolan Castle, before we come to one of the last villages on the mainland before reaching the Skye, the historic village of The Kyle of Lochalsh, These days we don’t need to take a boat to get to Skye anymore, instead we can cross the road bridge that links to the island. Often described as a magical place, there are many folktales told on the island, and legends of fairies and giants abound. To really get a feel for this beautiful part of the world, we
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
Your tour price includes • Experience one of the world’s greatest train with its stunning scenery on a journey from Fort William to Mallaig • Discover the Magical Island of Skye, and visit Dunvegan Castle and Gardens • Enjoy the views around Loch Ness on a scenic cruise, look for Nessie and see the iconic Urquhart Castle • Explore the beauty of the Cairngorms National Park and journey on the Strathspey heritage railway • Visit historic Blair Castle, home to over 19 generations, with 750 years of history to uncover Plus, of course: • Five nights in three-star superior accommodation with breakfast • The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager throughout (B) Daily Breakfast
205
N O R TH E R N I R E L A N D
Giant’s Causeway
Belfast, Giant’s Causeway & Mount Stewart Belfast is so familiar yet has its own distinct character, setting it apart as a must-visit. Uncover the highlights of Northern Ireland’s capital and beyond, with visits to the Titanic Experience, Antrim’s coastal road, the magical Giant’s Causeway, the spectacular gardens of Mount Stewart and a whiskey tasting at Bushmill’s distillery.
Belfast
206
5 DAYS FROM
£549
April to June & September to October 2022
Your itinerary DAY 1 – Arrival in Belfast & City Tour Make your way to your hotel in Belfast this morning, looking out for the stunning sights of Northern Ireland’s capital as they come into view. Whether you prefer to make your own way there by car or would like to go by train or private car, our helpful travel desk team would be more than happy to help you organise trains, flights or a private car to suit your arrangements. Our hand-picked hotels are always thoughtfully chosen for their location, amongst luxurious touches, facilities or perhaps a special story behind them. The Europa Hotel is no different: with its central location and list of famous guests over the years. Later on this morning, we embark on a guided tour of Belfast to learn more about what makes this capital so special and worthy of being voted the best place to visit in 2018. A city once divided, our guide will delve deeper into
the history and politics, understanding the different sides and how they live together in the peace process, which make Belfast what it is today. Iconic sights on the East side include the Cathedral Quarter and the Grade A Listed Parliament Building, with its striking architecture and grand steps. Not forgetting the City Hall, Grand Opera House and CS Lewis Square, where you’ll spy carefully crafted sculptures of characters from The Lion, the Witch & the Wardrobe. You’ll also find lavishly decorated pubs dotted around Belfast, such as the famous Victorian Crown Liquor Saloon, with its ornate tiled frontage, original features dating back to the 1800s and carved mahogany booths. To begin to understand the city’s past in more depth, we also get under the skin of the culture by visiting Catholic populated Falls Road and Protestant dominated Shank Hill Road, which run parallel to one another. Our guide will also share stories from the peace line wall, which was built to keep the Nationalists and Loyalists apart but in turn separated the communities. And of course we will also have a chance to see the famous murals and learn the meanings behind them. This evening you are free to make reservations to enjoy your first of many dinners in the city. While in Belfast, be sure to sample the incredible locally caught seafood, such as mussels and herring, as well as potato-based dishes, including champ, apple bread and Irish stew. DAY 2 – Titanic Experience After an Irish breakfast, we start the day by heading to the Titanic Experience. Belfast really came into its own in the Industrial Revolution, gaining weather from ship building, lining making and tobacco exports. Today, memories of this affluent time are found in the likes of the iconic Samson and Goliath twin gantry cranes, an imposing sight along the portside. You can see this influence throughout the city hall, banks and other historical buildings, as your mind wander to what life would have looked like some 200 years ago. With the maritime heritage running through the veins of Belfast, no visit would be complete without a visit to the award winning Titanic Experience. We explore the history and legacy of the Titanic, what it meant to the people of Belfast and the story of those who were on the fateful ship itself. As well as a series of 9 interactive galleries, you can even walk the deck of the last remaining
vessel of the White Star line. The afternoon is free to explore – so what’s it to be? Perhaps head to the Ulster Museum, where exhibits range from the prehistoric to modern masterpieces, wander St. George’s Market for a bargain, head to the Botanic Gardens with its Palm House and the Tropical Ravine, or simply amble along the Lagan river for a spot of people watching. (B) DAY 3 – Antrim Coast, Giant’s Causeway & Bushmills Distillery This morning, prepare yourself for one of the most famous coastal trips in the world, as we embark on the Antrim coast road. We head out by the side of the Belfast Lough, the key to the prosperous ship building industry, passing though Carrickfergus with its arresting Medieval castle. Varied scenery turns from verdant green farmland, rugged coastlines and curved bays as we follow the coastline north. Be on the look out for the glens of Antrim, of which there are 9 in total, as the scenery changes before your eyes from neat, fertile valleys and charming villages to wildly beautiful, rugged vistas. It’s amazing what we can see today now the A2 road has been established, as the isolated glens would have previously been harder to access. A happy consequence, this helped to preserve the beautiful Gaelic language, as one of the last places in Northern Ireland is spoken. We continue our fascinating Irish voyage through breathtaking Ballycastle, a port and also at the mouth of 2 of the Glens of Antrim. Look out for Rathlin island, Northern Ireland’s last inhabited island. The next highlight to come into view is the magical Giant’s Causeway. As you take in the surrounding area of outstanding national beauty, it’ll come as no surprise this geographical wonder is acknowledged as a UNESCO heritage site. Its basalt hexagonal columns have spawned many legends, notably Finn McCool, fabled hunter-warrior in Irish mythology. We go on to discover more about this fascinating spot, as we pay a visit the state-of-the-art visitors centre, illuminating the science behind the site as well as the fairytales that have been weaved along the way. Of course a visit to this part of Ireland wouldn’t be complete with a tasting of the famous tipple. We continue onward to Bushmills distillery, one of the oldest licensed distilleries in the world. Founded in 1608, we discover the illustrious craft of making triple distilled whiskey on a guided tour with the chance to try a dram at the end. We then return to Belfast free evening to get to know this wonderful city further. (B)
Our destination has been voted one of the top gen gardens in the world: Mount Stewart. Deserving of its UNESCO listed status, these stunning gardens have been home to the famous Stewart family for over 250 years. The house itself is a real treasure trove of history, and you can get a true sense of the family’s place in history as you wander its many handsome rooms. The gardens in fact are arranged in rooms too: from the exquisite Italian garden, The Shamrock, the “Sunk” garden, the Dodo terrace and the Spanish Garden to name just a few. You’ll have plenty of time to lose yourself in this spectacle of fine horticulture before returning to Belfast in the mid afternoon. (B) DAY 5 – Return After breakfast, return home with wonderful memories of Northern Ireland.
Our hand-picked hotel As this is a single-centre tour, we stay at the same hand-picked hotel in Belfast for 4 nights, with breakfast. Europa Hotel HHHH
Found in the heart of Belfast, this modern and elegant hotel makes for the perfect base. It’s no surprise many famous people have stayed here either, with its opulent décor, contemporary bistro and sophisticated bar lounge. All rooms feature the expected amenities, with luxurious Egyptian cotton sheets, en suite and complimentary WiFi. Car parking is also available nearby at a discounted rate for guests.
DAY 4 – Mount Stewart After another breakfast at the hotel, we head south this morning to the shores of delightful Lough Strangford. Wildlife lovers might want to bring their binoculars or favourite camera, as this is truly a haven for wildlife. The largest inlet in the British Isles, there are seventy islands dotted along its many picturesque islets, bays and coves.
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
Your tour price includes • Discover the history of the capital on a guided tour of Belfast • Step back in maritime history at the Titanic Experience • Enjoy a scenic drive along the Antrim Coast to Giant’s Causeway • Experience Irish whiskey on a Bushmills tour and tasting • Enjoy some of the best gardens in the world at Mount Stewart Plus, of course: • Four nights in fourstar accommodation with breakfast • The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager throughout (B) Daily Breakfast
207
ENGLAND
Buttermere
Walk & Discover Lake District
Explore one of the most beautiful parts of Britain from different perspectives on this unforgettable tour of the Lake District. With its rugged Cumbrian mountains, scatterings of wildflowers, handsomely kept castles and of course the fresh, lakeside air, hear the echoes of history and literary geniuses from years gone by as you walk in the footsteps of the past.
5 DAYS FROM
£729
April to June & September to October 2022
Your itinerary DAY 1 – Arrival in Kendal & Levens Hall Make your way to your well-appointed hotel in Kendal for around lunchtime, surrounded by the breathtaking views of the Cumbrian countryside, and make yourself at home. For those who drive, there is a free car park available for you to use. If you’d like us to arrange train travel or a private car, our helpful team will be happy to help. This afternoon, enjoy a visit to historic Levens Hall and gardens. The house is mainly Elizabethan with fine oak panelling, ornate plasterwork and a beautiful collection of furniture and paintings. The 10-acre 17thcentury gardens have many original features including the world’s oldest topiary gardens, and the herbaceous borders are considered to be some of the finest in England. (D)
Coniston
208
DAY 2 – Buttermere Today is a chance to explore one of the Northern Lakes, beautiful Buttermere.
Muncaster castle
The mountains that ring Buttermere sweep straight up from the lake in steep unbroken slopes, but the path we follow is on the valley floor. This lake is particularly unusual as it’s the only one of the famous district’s lakes that you can take a path all the way around. And so we follow this picturesque route around though the woodland, hugging the shores and wildlife spotting along the way.
beautifully restored Steam Yacht Gondola, and cruise across Coniston like the Victorians did before us. Enjoy a guided commentary from the captain of the yacht, who will tell us about the history of the lake and what we can see. Look out for Brantwood John Ruskin’s home on the shores of the lake, a visionary thinker and pioneering conservationist, who foresaw the ‘greenhouse effect’. Ruskin also inspired The National Trust, and the founders of the National Parks movement. We can also spot Arthur Ransome’s cottage, he used Coniston as the setting for his every popular children’s book series Swallows and Amazons, which since published in 1930 has been made into numerous series and films. Today we are joined by a local walking expert for our first insightful walk of the tour. We disembark at Monks Coniston walking though Lake District farm and woodland, as well as the walled garden and tree collection of Monk Coniston Hall. The estate was bought by Beatrix Potter as she loved it so much and was bequeathed to the National Trust on her death so it could be protected for all to enjoy, we continue onto to Tarn Hows, the views are some of the best in Lakeland, before tasking the Steam Yacht back to Coniston, there will be some free time to explore the pretty village itself, or to visit the Ruskin Museum to find out more about Coniston, Ruskin and Donald Campbell. (B, D)
Buttermere Lakeshore Walk With a mix of lakeside paths and woodland, this circular walk takes us around Buttermere and through Burtness Wood with brilliant vistas of Fleetwith Pike and Haystacks fell. As you trace the shoreline, you’ll be sure to see stunning views of Robinson, Hindscarth and Dale Head too. The other half of the walk is through more woody and muddy areas (so be sure to bring good walking boots) but it’s a level path and a wonderful loop back to Buttermere village. Easy walk - Duration: 2.5 hours / Distance: 4.7m / Terrain: shoreline paths, stones, rough and narrow in places with possible muddy areas. Lastly, we stop at Buttermere village itself for refreshments. (B) DAY 3 – Ravenglass & Eskdale Railway & Muncaster Castle Heading as far west as we can in the lake, our first stop is a return journey on The Ravenglass & Eskdale Railway, one of the oldest and longest narrowgauge railways in England. “La’al Ratty” as it is affectionately known, meaning little railway in old Cumbrian was built in 1873. The journey itself was one of Alfred Wainwright’s favourites due to the beautiful scenery and was immortalised in his guidebooks. We then continue to Muncaster Castle a jewel in the majestic western lakes setting. Inhabited for 9 centuries continually, thought to have been built on Roman remains. We have a guided tour of the castle, before having a private group lunch. The rest of the afternoon is free to explore the gardens and maybe visit the Hawk and Owl Centre. (B) DAY 4 – Coniston Water, Steam Yacht Gondola & Tarn Hows Walk This morning we head to Coniston Water, steeped in history and settled since Neolithic times. The village nestles in the lee of The Old Man of Coniston - likened by Wainwright to the position of the Zermatt and the Matterhorn and is surrounded by spectacular rugged crags and foaming waterfalls.
Alternatively, you may wish to take a walk along one of the many scenic paths that border the lake. We then return to the hotel to collect cars before your departure or transfer to the train station. (B)
Our hand-picked hotel As this is a single-centre tour, we stay at the same hand-picked hotel in Kendal for 4 nights, with breakfast and 2 dinners. Stonecross Manor Hotel, Kendal HHH superior A boutique style hotel based in Kendal. Originally built in 1857, the small hotel has a traditional feel which has been wonderfully restored with all the modern comforts. As well as free parking, a restaurant and bar, there are leisure facilities and a heated pool.
Your options Hotel dining
This tour currently includes breakfast and two dinners, with the option to add two more dinners at the hotel from £65pp.
Monk Coniston and Tarn Hows Walk Your journey begins with the calming surroundings of broadleaf and coniferous woodland, just a stone’s throw from the Monk Coniston walled gardens. You’ll be sure to spy lots of fascinating wildlife as some of the most gorgeous views of Coniston Water come into sight. Look out for distinctive Herdwick sheep, rose deer and hares. You might even spot a red squirrel or two – an endangered species who have made this stunning landscape their home. Moderate walk - Duration: 3 hours / Distance: 3.5m / Terrain: forestry tracks and paths with benches along the way. DAY 5 – Ullswater & return home Today we take a scenic drive to explore Ullswater, passing through Pooley Bridge and Glenridding. We then continue across the breathtaking Kirsktone pass to Windermere with time to explore at your leisure. The afternoon is free, so you could choose to take a trip a on the steam railway or maybe even indulge in a lake cruise? Kendal
Your tour price includes • Discover historic Levens Hall and Gardens • Take the Steam Yacht Gondola across Coniston • Journey on the The Ravenglass & Eskdale Railway,one of the oldest and longest narrow-gauge railways in England • Explore Muncaster Castle on a guided tour before a private group lunch • Scenic drive to enjoy Windermere at your leisure • Two included guided walks of Monk Coniston and Buttermere Plus, of course: • Four nights in three-star superior accommodation with breakfast and two dinners (additional dining option available at a supplement) • The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager throughout • Local specialist walking guide to accompany you on your walks (B) Daily Breakfast, (D) 2 Dinners
We arrive at the lake and take the
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
209
ENGLAND
Yorkshire Dales
Walk & Discover North Yorkshire & the Heritage Coast
From a base of historic Harrogate, this North Yorkshire tour combines the best of British heritage, with its unspoilt landscapes and fascinating past. Discover the beauty of Yorkshire on foot on included walks, as well as visits to stately homes, the ancient cobbled streets of York and Betty’s Tearooms for a spot of traditional afternoon tea.
Fountains Abbey
210
5 DAYS FROM
£579
April to June & September to October 2022
Your itinerary DAY 1 – Arrival in Harrogate & Afternoon Tea at Betty’s Arrive at your four-star hotel in the charming city of Harrogate and make yourself at home. There is plenty of free parking at the location for those who have driven by car, with a nearby train station if you prefer to make your way by rail. Or if you’d like us to help arrange train tickets or even a private car, our team are on hand to help. This afternoon, we visit the iconic Betty’s Tearooms for a delectable private afternoon tea in the Imperial Room. Swiss confectioner and chocolatier Fritz Bützer came to England and fell in love with his landlady’s daughter, opening Betty’s together in 1919. Afternoon tea at Betty’s has been popular since the 1920s and a selection of delicious
sandwiches, cakes and of course Betty’s own tearoom blend tea will be served. DAY 2 – North Yorkshire Moors, Whitby & Guided Coastal Walk The day begins with a drive to the village of Hawkser just south of Whitby. We enjoy the path less travelled with a guided walk. We amble through the village accompanied by a local walking expert, and onto part of the Cleveland Way National Trail along the Coastal path the views from the path are stunning and as we walk towards Whitby we will see Saltwick bay with its “Nabs” unusual outcrops which were part of historical Alum quarries and now listed as monuments in their own right. Whitby comes into view as we continue along the Cleveland way ending at the top of the town, next to the ruins of Whitby’s iconic Abbey, which inspired Bram Stoker to write “Dracula”, making Whitby the place where count Dracula came ashore. The views from the headland are stunning. You then can walk down the 199 steps into the old town to explore at leisure. With its cobbled lanes leading to the traditional harbour, it’s the perfect place to wander and explore the many shops and workshops that sell the famous Whitby jet, a semi-precious organic gemstone that can be polished to a mirror finish. The history of Whitby jet actually goes back to the bronze age, Romans in Britain used it in magical amulets but it was made most famous during the Victorian period when it was used as a mourning stone, these days it’s made into traditional and more modern jewellery. It’s also home to the Captain Cook memorial museum, where you can learn about the famous explorer’s life. If that’s not your thing, then maybe enjoy some of the worldfamous fish and chips Whitby has to offer by the harbourside washed down with a locally brewed beer? We leave Whitby in the late afternoon on the what has been described as one of the world’s greatest heritage railway experiences “The North Yorkshire Moor Railway” from Whitby to Pickering. We travel through the North Yorkshire National park, bordered by the Cleveland Hills to the North, the Hambleton Hills to the West, the Vale of Pickering to the South and the magnificent coast to the East, the beauty of the landscape, history and nature combine to create something truly special. The line itself passes through the beautifully restored stations of Grosmont and Goathland, famously used for the Harry Potter films and in the long running TV series Heartbeat. (On some occasions, this day may operate in reverse). (B, D) Hawkser to Whitby Coastal walk A one way walk which takes in the coastal views of part of the Cleveland Way south of Whitby. The Journey begins in Hawsker taking the coastal path to Whitby. Moderate walk - Duration: approx 2 hours / Distance: 4 miles / Terrain: paths
along the cliff side, and lanes – 199 steps at the end of the walk at Whitby Abbey to go down to reach the town. DAY 3 – Historic York We spend the day in one of England’s finest and most historic cities, York. The name York as we know today comes from the Vikings, known then as Yorvik, after they raided the city, settled and made York one of their centres for their trading routes throughout Europe. There is much to explore here from the magnificent York Minster, the historic Shambles, known as the best-preserved Medieval street in Europe, the wellmaintained city walls, gates and Clifford’s Tower. We will uncover some of the stories linked to the city on a guided walking tour as well as discovering some of the less well known hidden gems. The afternoon is free to explore further, perhaps visit the Yorvik Viking Centre, or the National Railway museum or discover York’s Chocolate Story. (B) DAY 4 – Fountains Abbey & Studley Water Gardens & Grassington Walk After breakfast, this morning we head west of Harrogate to the UNESCO listed Fountains Abbey and Studley Water Garden. The Abbey was once one of the largest Monasteries in the country, there is a chance to explore and find out what life was life for the monks who lived there. Their work was continued by John and William Aislabie in the 18th century when they designed the water gardens, which were later granted heritage status in 1986. We then head towards the market town of Grassington starting our walk in the village of Hebden. Its attractive location by the river Wharfe, surrounded by the Yorkshire Dales, makes it a perfect starting point for today’s walk. We finish the walk in Grassington where there is time to explore before we return to the hotel. (B, D)
from the award winning terrace. After time to explore the house, including below stairs and gardens, we return to Harrogate to depart the tour. (B)
Our hand-picked hotel As this is a single-centre tour, we stay at the same hand-picked hotel in Harrogate for 4 nights, with breakfast and two dinners. Cedar Court Hotel, Harrogate HHHH Parts of the hotel date back to 1671, Cedar Court sits on the site of Harrogate’s first ever hotel, just a short stroll from the centre. It has been refurbished, with spacious rooms featuring tea and coffee making facilities, premium mattresses, complimentary Wi-Fi and either town or Stray views.
Your options Hotel dining
This tour currently includes breakfast and two dinners, with the option to add two more dinners at the hotel from £55pp.
Hebden to Grassington Our guided walk begins on a riverside path, passing limestone cliff towers, deep pools and stepping stones. We see evidence of the beauty of nature and engineering entwined, as we spy waterfalls and weirs. As we ramble along the riverside, you might even spy brave swimmers and snorkelers plunging into the natural rocky pools. We then arrive in the small market town of Grassington, with its quaint stone cottages and cobbled market square. Easy walk - Duration: 2 hours / Distance: 3.5m / Altitude gain: 330ft (100m) / Terrain: riverside and farmland paths, tracks and woodland DAY 5 – Harewood House Known as one of England’s greatest treasure houses, this morning we visit Harewood House. Built by the 1st Baron of Harewood Edwin Lascelles, no expense was spared when he employed some of the finest craftsmen of the time, including the architect John Carr, interior designer Robert Adam and “Capability” Brown’s to design the landscapes which you can admire
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
Your tour price includes • Afternoon tea in a private room at the iconic Betty’s Tearooms • A scenic drive to Whitby with free time to explore • A guided walking tour of historic York • Visit UNESCO listed Fountains Abbey and Studley Water Garden • Experience “The North Yorkshire Moor Railway” from Whitby to Pickering • Discover the hidden treasures of Harewood House • Two included guided walks from Burnsall to Grassington and Staithes to Port Mulgrave Plus, of course: • Four nights in four-star accommodation with breakfast and two dinners (additional dining option available at a supplement) • The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager throughout • Local specialist walking guide to accompany you on your walks (B) Daily Breakfast, (D) 2 Dinners
211
WA LE S
Snowdonia
Walk & Discover
Conwy Coast & Snowdonia A place like no other, witness the mountain ranges, unspoilt countryside, spectacular railways and imposing castles of North Wales. The contrasts of rural Snowdonia and coastal Portmeirion offer so much to discover on our two included walks to truly experience the diversity of this splendid place.
Llandudno
212
5 DAYS FROM
£739
April to June & September to October 2022
Your itinerary DAY 1 – Arrival in Llandudno Arrive at your centrally-located hotel this afternoon, a charming and welcoming setting just five a minute walk from the beach. Llandudno is a great base to explore the best of the area, as well as being the largest coastal town in North Wales with plenty to offer. Later this afternoon, our knowledgeable tour manager will take us on a brief orientation walk around the Victorian town centre, with its 19th-century pier. Highlights include the Great Orme and its Tramway, almost reminiscent of the San Francisco cable cars, to the summit of the headland, with great views over the bay, and on the other side, stretching as far as Snowdonia. The town gained popularity as a holiday town for affluent visitors in Victorian times, today the Victorian atmosphere still prevails thanks to careful preservation, with its harmonious white and pastel coloured buildings along the iconic promenade. A walk along the pier - the
longest in Wales - affords views over the harbour. For keen walkers among the group, miles of spectacular trails are available around the Great Orme. As evening draws in, minds might turn to dinner this evening in the hotel. (D) DAY 2 – Snowdon Mountain Railway, Caernarfon & Aber Falls Walk After breakfast, we leave Llandudno for a drive along the coastal road. Crossing the River Conwy, the scenery quickly changes from coastal to rural as we make our way to Llanberis for a breathtaking trip on the Snowdon Mountain Railway. This is Britain’s only rack railway, and one of the most scenic railway journeys in the UK. The views are stunning on all sides as we slowly reach the highest possible destination whilst taking in the views of the stark landscape, with sparse vegetation. On a clear day, the breathtaking views can stretch as far as Ireland. After the train journey we will drive to nearby Caernarfon for lunch. This charming town is best known for its imposing castle, one of the most renowned in Wales. Nestled on the banks of the River Seiont, it is no it took an incredible 47 years to build. Later this afternoon we continue to the Coedydd Aber Nature Reserve for a walk to the scenic Aber Falls. (B, D) Aber Falls Walk This easy walk has a gradual climb through woodland and up to the stunning waterfall. As you make your way along the stone path to Aber Falls, be sure to look out for the incredible flora and fauna of the area, such as wood warblers and redstarts in spring and summer, whilst autumn sees the trees turn into a red, orange and yellow display of nature’s finest work. Your expert walking guide will lead the way through the woodland path and open grassland to truly appreciate the every-changing beauty of the Welsh landscape. Easy walk - Duration: 2.5 hours / Distance: 3.7m / Altitude gain: 330ft (100m) / Terrain: footpaths with a gradual and continuous climb, with a compacted stone surface and some loose gravel, benches along the way. DAY 3 – Portmeirion, Coastal Walk & Wine Tasting This morning we enjoy a scenic drive through Snowdonia National Park to
Portmerion
reach Portmeirion, taking in views of the sparse, verdant countryside that Wales is famous for. Stunningly located on its own lush peninsula, this atmospheric village is the most popular destination in Wales and is truly unique. Welsh architect Sir Clough Williams-Ellis who masterminded the project was inspired by the beauty of Portofino and decided to create his own version of the Italian village complete with delightful architecture, pretty gardens and coastal views. The village was developed over the course of 50 years, starting from 1925, and today all the buildings are listed. We have time to explore and enjoy the almost Mediterranean atmosphere created by the Italianate architecture and vegetation. After exploring this truly unique village we will head to the castle village of Cricieth to the start of our walk which will take us on the beautiful Welsh Coastal Path alongside Ceredigion Bay, towards the river Dwyfor and then up through Llanystumdwy, enjoying views of both the sea and the countryside. Llanystumdwy and Criccieth Wales Coastal Walk Starting in Llanystumdwy and heading towards the river Dwyfor, following Welsh Coastal Path tracing Ceredigion Bay and finishing in Cricieth. As we start in the quaint village of Llanystumdwy, the final resting place of David Lloyd George, we follow open fields and rail lines towards the river Dwyfor, where winding boardwalks mark our way. We amble past the National Trust Ynysgain and see signs of the wildness of nature with evidence of coastal erosion. We then follow the coastline road, with views of contemporary Cefn Castell, featured on Grand Designs, arriving in Criccieth. Easy walk - Duration: 3 hours / Distance: 4.3m / Altitude gain: 288ft (88m) / Terrain: gravel paths and boardwalks along the coastline and countryside, footpaths along country lanes.
lawns, dense woodland and grand terraces. We then visit Conwy with free time for lunch and to explore. Famous for its impressive 13th century castle, this traditional walled town is one of the most complete in the country. Why not try some Bara-Brith, the famous spiced fruitcake usually found in local shops, bakeries and tearooms? (B, D) DAY 5 – Return After time to enjoy breakfast at your hotel, why not enjoy a leisurely stroll along the promenade before returning, or perhaps an invigorating morning walk to the Great Orme. (B)
Our hand-picked hotel As this is a single-centre tour, we stay at the same hand-picked hotel in Llandudno for 4 nights, with breakfast and dinner. Dunoon Hotel, Llandudno HHHH A traditional hotel located in central Llandudno, close to all local amenities and just a few steps from the promenade. The hotel is a perfectly relaxing base for our tour, offering comfortable lounges perfect for a drink or two in the evening, as well as a restaurant where we will have our evening meals. The classically furnished rooms offering all the facilities you’d expect.
Later this afternoon, we call at a local vineyard before returning to Llandudno. While you might not think of Wales as a wine-producing nation, the owners of this winery inventively use hybrid grape varieties to ensure that they grow in this particular climate, where the specific soil and climate of North Wales adds a delicate freshness to their wine varieties. We will learn more about their techniques and enjoy a tasting before we return to our hotel. (B, D) DAY 4 – Bodnant Garden & Conwy Today we discover yet another side to North Wales, in the perfectly-kept Bodnant Garden, with the contrasting silhouette of Snowdonia in the distance. One of the most beautiful gardens in the UK, this National Trust property overlooks the Conwy Valley. The garden was established in 1874 and has been curated and improved upon over 150 years. Colourful and vibrant yearround, you’ll have plenty of free time to explore and take in the large stately
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
Your tour price includes • Discover the best of North Wales on foot with two easy-level guided walks • Enjoy a trip on the Snowdon Mountain Railway • Enjoy a scenic drive through Snowdonia National Park for a day in Portmerion • Explore the beautiful Bodnant Garden • Experience a Welsh vineyard on a tour and tasting • Two included walks of Aber Falls and the Wales Coastal Path Plus, of course: • Four nights in four-star accommodation with breakfast and dinner • The services of our experienced and insightful tour manager throughout • Local specialist walking guide to accompany you on your walks (B) Daily Breakfast, (D) 4 Dinners
213
Booking conditions These booking conditions set out the terms of your contract with Riviera Tours Limited trading as Riviera Travel (Riviera). Please read them carefully as you will be bound by them. References to “you” and “your” and “passenger(s)” means all persons named on the booking (Booking Party) (including those added at a later date) “We”, “us”, “our” means Riviera. For cruises, we will be the contracting carrier. 1. Making your booking We will confirm your holiday by issuing a confirmation invoice to the party leader who confirms they have authority on behalf of the Booking Party including minors (under the age of 18) to make a booking and accept these booking conditions on behalf of everyone in the Booking Party. You are responsible for obtaining and providing all information and payments required by us in accordance with these booking conditions. A binding contract comes into existence when we issue the confirmation invoice. Please check your documents carefully and contact us immediately if any information on any document is incorrect. We cannot accept any liability if we are not notified of any inaccuracies in any document within 10 days of our sending it out (5 days for tickets). You may contact us by e-mail at info@rivieratravel.co.uk or call us on 01283 742 300. 2. Payment The relevant deposit must be paid to confirm your booking. The balance of the holiday cost is due 8 weeks* prior to the departure. If full payment is not made on time, we will cancel your booking and keep all payments paid at that date and levy the cancellation charges shown in clause 8. If booking within 56 days* of departure, full payment must be made at the time of booking. A binding contract comes into existence when we issue the confirmation invoice. *75 days for Worldwide tours and 2023 European tours, 91 days for all Cruises. 3. Your Financial Protection We are Riviera Tours Limited, New Manor 328 Wetmore Road, Burton on Trent, Staffordshire, DE14 1SP. We hold an Air Travel Organiser’s Licence issued by the UK Civil Aviation Authority (ATOL number 3430). When you buy an ATOL protected flight or flight inclusive package from us, you will receive an ATOL Certificate. This lists what is financially protected, where you can get information on what this means for you and who to contact if things go wrong. We, or the suppliers identified on your ATOL Certificate, will provide you with the services listed on the ATOL Certificate (or a suitable alternative). In some cases, where neither we nor the supplier are able to do so for reasons of insolvency, an alternative ATOL holder may provide you with services you have bought or a suitable alternative (at no extra cost to you). You agree to accept that in those circumstances the alternative ATOL holder will perform those obligations and you agree to pay any money outstanding to be paid by you under your contract to that alternative ATOL holder. However, you also agree that in some cases it will not be possible to appoint an alternative ATOL holder, in which case you will be entitled to make a claim under the ATOL scheme (or your credit card issuer where applicable). If we, or the suppliers identified on your ATOL certificate, are unable to provide the services listed (or a suitable alternative, through an alternative ATOL holder or otherwise) for reasons of insolvency, the Trustees of the Air Travel Trust may make a payment to (or confer a benefit on) you under the ATOL scheme. You agree that in return for such a payment or benefit, you assign absolutely to those Trustees any claims which you have or may have arising out of or relating to the non-provision of the services, including any claim against us, the travel agent or your credit card issuer where applicable. You also agree that any such claims may be re-assigned to another body, if that other body has paid sums you have claimed under the ATOL scheme. The Civil Aviation Authority can be contacted at Gatwick Airport South, West Sussex, RH6 0YR, UK tel +44 (0)333 103 6350, e-mail claims@caa.co.uk www.caa.co.uk. If your holiday does not include flights, we provide full financial protection for your holiday by way of a bond held by ABTA - The Travel Association, 30 Park Street, London, SE1 9EQ, www.abta. com. You agree to accept that in the even of our insolvency ABTA may arrange for the services you have bought to continue, or a suitable alternative to be provided at the same cost as your original booking. You also agree to accept that in circumstances where the travel service supplier provides the services you have bought, you agree to pay any outstanding sum under your contract with us to that alternative travel service provider. However, you also agree that in some cases the services will not be provided, in which case you will be entitled to make a claim under ABTA’s Scheme of Protection (or your payment card issuer where applicable) for a refund of the monies you have paid.
deduct from this refund our administrative expenses incurred. Please note that travel arrangements are not always purchased in local currency and some apparent changes have no impact on the price of your travel due to contractual and other protection in place. 5. Special requests Special requests must be advised at the time of booking. Unless specifically confirmed by us in writing, all special requests are subject to availability and may incur an additional charge at your hotel. Please note that any special requests will not be binding and do not form part of your contract. 6. ‘No flight’ holidays: Your responsibility Sometimes we may be able to offer tour or cruise-only holidays subject to availability. Please call for details. If you choose one of these holidays, your tour or cruise will begin at the hotel or ship stated in the itinerary. You must make your own travel arrangements, including any flight or rail travel, plus transfers to the first hotel or ship, and onwards from the final hotel or ship. We will not be liable for the cost of any travel arrangements you put in place if the tour or cruise is cancelled or the starting point of your cruise or tour in destination has changed. You must send us details of your travel arrangements at least eight weeks prior to your departure. It is your responsibility to ensure that you arrive at the stated embarkation point at the required time for any ship that forms part of your holiday. If you are late, whilst we will make reasonable efforts to assist you in joining the ship, this may not be possible and in such circumstances your holiday will be treated as cancelled and you will not be entitled to any price reduction, refund or any other compensation. 7. Changes by you You can transfer your booking to another person who satisfies all the conditions applicable to the contract by giving us notice in writing as soon as possible and no later than 7 days before departure. Such a transfer may incur fees, charges or other costs and we will inform you of these before the transfer is confirmed. You and the person to whom your booking is transferred will be responsible for paying any fees, costs and/or charges we incur in making the transfer. Any amendments other than name changes and transfer of your booking to another person are discretionary and we may not be able to agree to them. Any amendments we agree after issue of the confirmation invoice will incur an administration fee of at least £15 per person plus any costs incurred by us and or charged by our suppliers. Some amendments may be treated as a cancellation of the original booking which will require payment of the applicable cancellation fee. A change of holiday dates is a cancellation of the original booking and the cancellation charges in clause 8 apply. Name changes are allowed 7 days or more prior to travel. All costs must be paid before the amendment can be affected. 8. Cancellation by you Subject to clause 30 below, you can cancel your holiday at any time by writing (letter or email) to us at our offices. Cancellation will be effective when received by us. Since we incur costs in cancelling your travel arrangements, you will have to pay cancellation charges as set out below. Where a percentage is shown, this is a percentage of the total cost of your holiday. Please note that if you cancel any insurance premiums you have paid, these may be non-refundable as they do not form part of your holiday contract. All cruises: Period before departure within which written notification of cancellation is received by us
Cancellation charge per person cancelling
More than 91 days 90 – 61 days 60 – 31 days 30 – 16 days 15 days or less
Deposit 50% 75% 85% 100%
Long haul tours and European 2023 tours: Period before departure within which written notification of cancellation is received by us
Cancellation charge per person cancelling
More than 75 days 74 – 61 days 60 – 31 days 30 – 15 days 14 days or less
Deposit 50% 70% 90% 100%
All other 2022 touring holidays:
4. The price of your holiday Please note, advertised prices may have changed by the time you book your holiday and errors occasionally occur. You must check the price of your chosen holiday at the time of booking. We reserve the right to change prices and correct errors in advertised prices at any time before or after your holiday is confirmed. Subject to the correction of errors or amendment costs, once your booking is confirmed we can change your holiday price only in certain circumstances:
Period before departure within which written notification of cancellation is received by us
Cancellation charge per person cancelling
More than 56 days 56 – 31 days 30 – 15 days 14 days or less
Deposit 50% 95% 100%
Changes in the price of the carriage of passengers resulting from changes to the cost of fuel or other power services, the level of taxes or fees imposed by third parties including tourist taxes, landing taxes or embarkation or disembarkation fees at ports and airports, or exchange rates mean that the price of your travel arrangements may change after you have booked. However, there will be no change within 20 days of your departure.
In addition, change or cancellation of flights and other transport costs can result in 100% cancellation charges irrespective of the date of cancellation. Part cancellation will require recalculation of the holiday price and we will re-invoice you accordingly. If a cancellation results in single occupancy of a cabin or hotel room, a single person supplement will be payable except where 100% cancellation charges have been paid by the person cancelling.
We will absorb, and you will not be charged for, any increase equivalent to 2% of the price of your travel arrangements, which excludes insurance premiums and any amendment charges. You will be charged for the amount over and above that. If this results in an increase equivalent to more than 8% of the price of your travel arrangements, you will have the option of accepting a change to another holiday if we are able to offer one (any price difference if the alternative is of a lower value can be used towards an optional excursion, towards a future Riviera Travel holiday or refunded), or cancelling and receiving a full refund of all monies paid, except for any amendment charges. Should you decide to cancel: 1) you must do so within the time period shown on your final invoice 2) We will provide a refund of insurance premiums paid to us if you can show that you are unable to transfer or reuse your policy. Should the price of your holiday go down due to the cost changes mentioned above, then any refund due will be paid to you. We will
214
You can cancel your holiday without paying cancellation charges if unavoidable and extraordinary circumstances occur at your holiday destination which significantly affect the performance of your holiday. 9. Insurance You must have valid and appropriate travel insurance for the full duration of your trip. You should ensure that your policy provides at least comparable cover to that provided by the policy we offer as shown on our website and brochures. We may ask you to provide evidence of your travel insurance and if you cannot do so or do not purchase any such insurance we will not allow you to travel and will treat your holiday as cancelled with the applicable cancelation fee being due. 10. Changes or cancellations by us (1) Changes to confirmed holiday arrangements sometimes have
to be made and we reserve the right to do so in accordance with this clause. Most changes will be insignificant and we have the right to make these. Where an insignificant change is made before departure, we will notify you in writing. No compensation is payable for insignificant changes. Occasionally, before departure, we may be constrained by circumstances beyond our control to make a significant alteration to any of the main characteristics of the travel services which form part of your contract. Where we have to do so, clauses 10(4) and 10(5) will apply. (2) All alterations which are not significant in accordance with Clause 10(1) will be treated as insignificant changes. Insignificant changes include, but are not limited to; a change of flight time of less than 12 hours, change of airline, change of departure airport between London airports, change to the type of aircraft (if advised) or destination airport. (3) Our holidays require a minimum number of passengers to enable us to operate them and we reserve the right to cancel any holiday where this minimum number is not achieved by notifying you not less than 20 days prior to departure. Failure to achieve this minimum number does not, however, oblige us to cancel. (4) If we have to significantly alter any of the main characteristics of your confirmed arrangements, we will provide you with the following information in writing as soon as possible: (i) the proposed alteration and any impact this has on the price; (ii) if you do not wish to accept the alteration, details of any substitute package we are able to offer (and any price reduction where this is of a lower quality or cost, or any price increase where this is of significantly higher quality or cost); (iii) your entitlement to cancel your booking and receive a full refund if you do not want to accept the alteration or any substitute package offered; and (iv) the period within which you must inform us of your decision and what will happen if you do not do so. 11) Unavoidable and extraordinary circumstances We cannot accept liability or pay any compensation where the performance of our obligations is prevented or affected, as a result of unavoidable and extraordinary circumstances. This means a situation which is beyond our control, the consequences of which could not have been avoided even if all reasonable measures had been taken. Such situations are likely to include (whether actual or threatened) war, riot, civil strife, terrorist activity, industrial dispute, natural or nuclear disaster, adverse weather conditions, epidemics, pandemics, fire, closure, restriction or congestion of airspace, airports and ports, an operating ban on the carrier due to perform your flight, UK Foreign, Commonwealth & Development office advice and all other events outside our control. 12) Our liability to you 1) We are responsible for the proper performance of the travel services included in your contract. This means we, or our supplier(s) of services must perform those travel services with reasonable care and skill. You must inform us without undue delay of any lack of conformity to the contract which you perceive during your holiday. 2) If any of the travel services are not performed in accordance with the contract, you may be entitled to an appropriate price reduction or compensation or both. We will not be liable where any failure to perform or improper performance of the travel services is due to: (i) you or another member of your party; or (ii) a third party unconnected with the provision of the travel services in the holiday contract and is unforeseeable or unavoidable; or (iii) unavoidable and extraordinary circumstances, which means a situation beyond our control, the consequences of which could not have been avoided even if all reasonable measures had been taken. 3) Our liability, except in cases involving death, injury or illness, shall be limited to a maximum of three times the cost of your travel arrangements. 4) Our liability (including liability for death, injury or illness) will also be limited in accordance with and/or in an identical manner to: (a) The contractual terms of the companies that provide the travel services that make up your package. These terms are incorporated into this booking; and (b) Any relevant international convention, for example the Montreal Convention in respect of travel by air, the Athens Convention in respect of travel by sea, the Berne Convention in respect of travel by rail and the Paris Convention in respect of the provision of accommodation, which limit the amount of and conditions under which compensation can be claimed for death, injury, delay to passengers and loss, damage and delay to luggage. We are to be regarded as having all benefit of any limitation of the extent of or the conditions under which compensation is to be paid under these or any conventions. 5) Liability for incidents on any of the international sea cruises will be regulated by EC Regulation 392/2009 (hereinafter referred to as “The Regulation”) provided the carriage by sea satisfies the definition in the Protocol of 2002 to the Athens Convention relating to the Carriage of Passengers and their Luggage by Sea 1974. A summary of the Regulation may be found here: http://eur-lex.europa.eu/legalcontent/EN/TXT/HTML/?uri=URISERV:tr0018&from=EN. The Regulation limits the liability of the carrier in respect of passengers and their luggage in the event of accidents. In the event of death or personal injury, we would be limited to a maximum of 400,000 SDR or in the event of terrorism 250,000 SDR, if found liable. These damages can be reduced for any contributory negligence of the passenger. In the event of loss or damage to luggage we would be limited to a maximum of 2,250 SDR subject to a deductible of 149 SDR per person, if found liable. The provision of a safe in the cabin on the ship does not effect whether a charge is levied or not. The daily conversion rates for Special Drawing Rights (SDRs) can be found on the International Monetary Fund website at www.imf.org . 6) Where your contract includes carriage on inland waterways the liability of the carrier to all passengers shall be determined in accordance with the Convention on Limitation of Liability for Maritime Claims. The limit for claims involving death or personal injury is 175,000 SDR per passenger per carriage. The Strasbourg Convention as amended applies to vessels navigating on waterways located in the territory of a state party which limits passenger claims involving death or personal injury to 60,000 SDR per person subject to a maximum of 6,000,000 SDR. (7) You can ask for copies of the travel service contractual terms, or the international conventions. (8) Under EU Law (Regulation 261/2004) you have rights in some circumstances to refunds and/or compensation from your airline in cases of denied boarding, cancellation or delay to flights. Full details will be publicised at EU airports and available from airlines. However, reimbursement in such cases will not automatically entitle you to a refund of your holiday cost from us. Your right to a refund and/or
compensation from us is set out in these booking conditions. If any payments to you are due from us, any payment made to you by the airline or any other service provider will be deducted. (9) If it is impossible to ensure your return as scheduled due to unavoidable and extraordinary circumstances, we will bear the cost of necessary accommodation, if possible, of equivalent category, for a maximum of three nights. The limit does not apply to persons with reduced mobility and any person accompanying them, pregnant women and unaccompanied minors, or persons in need of specific medical assistance, provided that you notified us of these needs at least 48 hours before the start of your holiday. (10) This entire clause 12 does not apply to any separate contracts that you may enter into for excursions or activities whilst on holiday. We are not responsible for any services which do not form part of our holiday contract with you. (11) Please note, the travel services we have agreed to provide or arrange as part of our contract will be subject to the laws and applicable standards of the country in which they are provided. This means that on occasions, you might find standards to be lower than those you are used to in the UK. 13) Complaints and problems All complaints and any problems must be reported whilst on holiday at the time you become aware of them and confirmed in writing. If you remain dissatisfied you must write to us within 28 days of your return to the UK with booking reference and full details of your complaint. In respect of cruises which commence in the EU complaints pursuant to EU Regulation 1177/2010 must be sent to us as soon as possible. We will endeavor to respond within 28 days. If you are not happy with our final decision you can refer your complaint to the Cruise Line International Association which is the voluntary complaints body authorised by the Department of Transport to deal with complaints at Passengerrights@cruising.org. 14) Arbitration: ABTA We are a Member of ABTA, membership number V4744. We are obliged to maintain a high standard of service to you by ABTA’s Code of Conduct. We can also offer you ABTA’s scheme for the resolution of disputes which is approved by the Chartered Trading Standards Institute. If we can not resolve your complaint, go to www.abta.com to use ABTA’s simple procedure. Further information on the Code and ABTA’s assistance in resolving disputes can be found on www. abta.com. Disputes arising out of, or in connection with your booking which cannot be amicably settled may be referred to arbitration under a special independent scheme arranged by ABTA which provides for a simple arbitration on documents alone with restricted liability on the customer in respect of costs. Full details will be provided on request or obtained from www.abta.com. Your application for arbitration and other required documents must be received by ABTA within 18 months of your return from the holiday. For injury and illness claims, you can request the ABTA mediation procedure and we have the option to agree to this. You can also access the European Commission Online Dispute (ODR) Resolution platform at http://ec.europa.eu/consumers/odr/. This ODR platform is a means of registering your complaint with us; it will not determine how your complaint should be resolved. 15) Behaviour and damage You are responsible for any damage or loss caused by you. Full payment for any such damage or loss must be made on demand as soon as possible. If in our or in the reasonable opinion of any other person in authority, you behave in such a way as to cause or be likely to cause danger, upset or distress to any third party or damage to property, we shall be entitled to terminate your holiday and/or require you to leave the accommodation or other service. We will have no further responsibility to you. No refunds will be made. You must not solicit other persons for commercial purposes or advertise goods or services without our prior written permission. 16) Conditions of suppliers You are bound by the terms and conditions and conditions of carriage of our suppliers and independent contractors which we incorporate into these booking conditions which may limit or exclude liability to you. 17) Passports, visas and health requirements For guidance we have details on our website of general passport and visa requirements applicable to our holidays, together with details of any compulsory health requirements. It is, however, your responsibility to ensure you have and comply with passport and visa requirements, and you are aware of all recommended vaccinations and health precautions. We cannot accept any liability if you are refused entry onto any transport or into any country due to failure on your part to comply with these requirements. 18) Foreign Office advice The Foreign, Commonwealth and Development Office publishes regularly updated travel information on its website www.gov.uk/ foreign-travel-advice which we recommend you consult before booking and in good time before departure. 19) Flights In accordance with EU Directive (EC) No 2111/2005, we are required to bring to your attention the existence of a “Community list” which contains details of air carriers who are subject to an operating ban within the EU. The Community list is available for inspection at https:// ec.europa.eu/transport/modes/air/safety/air-ban/search_en . We are required to advise you of the actual carrier(s) (or, if the actual carrier(s) is not known, the likely carrier(s)) that will operate your flight(s) at the time of booking. Where we are only able to inform you of the likely carrier(s) at the time of booking, we shall inform you of the identity of the actual carrier(s) as soon as we become aware of this. Any change to the operating carrier(s) after your booking has been confirmed will be notified to you as soon as possible. If the carrier becomes subject to an operating ban as above as a result of which we/the carrier are unable to offer you a suitable alternative the provisions of clause 10 Changes and cancellation by us will apply. Such a ban would constitute unavoidable and extraordinary circumstances. We are not always in a position at the time of booking to confirm the flight timings which will be used in connection with your flight. The flight timings shown in our brochure, website and/or on your confirmation invoice are for guidance only and are subject to alteration and confirmation. Flight timings are outside our control. They are set by airlines and are subject to various factors including air traffic control restrictions, weather conditions and the ability of passengers to check in on time.
Specific instructions relating to departure and travel arrangements will be sent with your travel documents approximately 2 weeks before departure. Please check your tickets very carefully to ensure you have the correct flight times. Flight times may be changed even after tickets have been despatched - we will contact you as soon as possible if this occurs. Any change in the identity of the carrier, flight timings, and/or aircraft type (if advised) will not entitle you to cancel or change to other arrangements. 20) Brochure / website / advertising material accuracy The information contained in our brochure, website and other advertising material is believed correct to the best of our knowledge at the time of publication. However, errors may occasionally occur and information may subsequently change. You must therefore ensure you check all details of your chosen holiday (including the price) with us at the time of booking. 21) Children For holidays other than cruises, we are unable to accommodate children under 9 years old at the date of departure. For cruises, the minimum age limit is 12 years old at the date of departure. We reserve the right to limit the number of children on any particular cruise. Any minor must be accompanied by and share a cabin with an adult aged 21 or over. If the adult is not the minor’s parent, a “Parental Consent Guardianship Form” must be signed by a parent or legal guardian prior to sailing. 22) Health and safety You must attend all mandatory safety briefings and drills at the commencement of the holiday and any subsequent briefings or drills required during the holiday by any carrier or supplier. You must at all times comply with rules and regulations and the orders and directions of carriers and our suppliers and warrant that your conduct will not impair the safety of others. We, carriers, our suppliers and/or the relevant authorities are entitled to administer a public health questionnaire at any time. You must complete the questionnaire and supply accurate information regarding any symptoms of illness. We may deny boarding to any passenger who has symptoms of any illness. You must report illness or any symptoms of illness and you may be required to remain in your cabin or hotel room as required by the ship’s captain or the hotel manager. Refusal to comply with any of these procedures may result in your holiday being terminated. We have no liability to you in the event that we cancel or curtail your holiday for the reasons referred to in this clause. In respect of cruises which commence in an EU Member State and where necessary in order to meet applicable international, European and national safety requirements and/or where the design or structure of the ship or port infrastructure and equipment, including port terminals, makes it impossible to carry out the embarkation, disembarkation or carriage of a passenger suffering from a disability of reduced mobility in a safe or operationally feasible manner, we and the carrier are entitled to refuse a booking from the person concerned. Passengers must be fully mobile to travel on any cruise. We cannot provide individual assistance to any passenger for walking, embarking or disembarking or travelling on other forms of transportation. In the event that you require assistance with embarking or disembarking from the ship at the first or last port as a result of your reduced mobility or disability, please advise us at the time of booking but in any event no later than 48 hours before the assistance is required. Some ships may not have elevators. You must check at the time of booking. Some excursions require a good level of physical fitness and do not have vehicles and/or there are restrictions re access. Regulation 1177/2010 may be viewed at http://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/ HTML/?uri=CELEX:32010R1177&from=EN and the DFT Guidance at https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/draft-guidance-notesrelating-to-regulation-eu-no-1177-2010. The carrier, acting via the captain, reserves the right to refuse passage, disembark or confine to a cabin any passenger whose physical or mental condition or behaviour is considered in the sole opinion of the captain to constitute a risk to the passenger’s own well-being or that of any other passenger or crew member. The carrier and the captain reserve the right to disembark any passenger whose behaviour affects the comfort, enjoyment, safety or well-being of other passengers or of any crew. During passage through locks or under low bridges or in the event of adverse weather conditions, it may be necessary to close the sundeck to passengers. Sundeck closures are rigidly enforced in the interests of safety. Ships may be required to moor alongside one another in some ports. This may result in your view being blocked. It may also result in your having to cross other ships in order to go ashore. While we take reasonable steps to minimise noise and vibrations on the cruise ships, you acknowledge and accept that some noise and vibration may be experienced on vessels and that we will not be liable to you in relation to such noise and vibration. 23) Food Allergies If you have any food allergies which may cause significant health issues, you must report this in writing at the time of booking or as soon as convenient. It is your responsibility to ensure that you actively avoid any food you are allergic to and make all appropriate enquiries to establish the ingredients of any food. The supplier is not under any obligation to prepare or provide special meals.
Pregnant women are required to produce a fitness to travel certificate based on the proposed holiday itinerary and transport provider’s requirements. The carrier expressly reserves the right to refuse passage to board to any passenger who appears to be in an advanced state of pregnancy and the carrier shall have no liability whatsoever in respect of either such refusal and/or the carriage. 27) Medical facilities/treatment on board and ashore There are no doctors on board any of the river cruise ships, yachts and Star Clipper ships in our programme. Should you require medical attention during your holiday then local medical services can be contacted for emergency treatment. The cost of such treatment is your sole responsibility. We are not be liable for any aspect of medical treatment provided to you ashore or in resort. If you have any medical condition which may need treatment during a cruise, this must be disclosed at the time of booking in order for a risk assessment to be undertaken as to whether you can be safely carried. You may be asked to provide medical evidence for this purpose. Carriage is dependent on the nature and extent of the medical condition, the itinerary and length of cruise. In relation to other holidays please notify us in writing of any medical or reduced mobility needs at the resort or on transport provided by us. This includes adapted hotel rooms and assistance at airports. In relation to your own medical equipment, there are limited storage facilities on board ships and in hotels. You must check prior to booking if the equipment is allowed on board aircraft, ships or hotels. Scooters cannot be carried on board ships due to space limitations and reasons of safety. 28) Disability/wheelchairs and service animals During our holidays, we visit many historical sites and often enjoy walking tours of various places of interest. Some holidays, therefore, may not be suitable for clients of impaired mobility. Before you make your booking, we will advise you as to whether the proposed holiday arrangements are generally suitable for someone with reduced mobility. However, reduced mobility of course means different things to different individuals as we fully appreciate that individual capabilities, restrictions and requirements are likely to vary considerably. When we refer to reduced mobility, this means any material reduction in mobility whether this is permanent or temporary and whether caused by age or by physical or mental disability or impairment or other cause of disability. Our priority is always the comfort and safety of passengers as well as complying with the strict legal requirements relating to safety of life at sea and inland waterways. In order to achieve these objectives, passengers with reduced mobility or disability or who need assistance dogs should at the time of booking provide as much detail as possible of the matters set out on our website at www. rivieratravel.co.uk/reducedmobilityinformation. Passengers may be required to be accompanied or may be refused carriage. You warrant that you have considered the information to passengers for reduced mobility and disabilities and that you have made all relevant notifications to us. Please be aware that there are no wheelchair accessible cabins on any of the river cruise ships, yachts and Star Clipper ships used on our cruises. Disabled rooms in hotels are limited in number and so must be pre-booked and subject to availability. 29) Assistance whilst away In the event you end up in difficulty (of any sort) during your holiday, we will provide you with appropriate assistance as soon as reasonably possible including by the provision of appropriate information on health services, local authorities and consular assistance and by assisting you to make distance communications and to find alternative travel arrangements as may be applicable. Where you are in difficulty as a result of your negligence, we may charge you a reasonable fee for this assistance which will not exceed the costs we actually incur. 30) Security Weapons, ammunition, explosives, substances that are hazardous, disabling, or illegal, or any other article that in the sole opinion of the captain may be considered dangerous, are strictly prohibited aboard the ship or carried on any form of transport or hotels. You consent to a reasonable search being made of your person, property, cabin, hotel room and to the removal and confiscation or destruction of any object which may, in our opinion or that of any carrier or supplier will impair the safety of others or of property or be illegal or inconvenience others. 31) Data Protection We are a data controller for the purposes of the UK General Data Protection Regulation (UK GDPR), tailored by the Data Protection Act 2018 (data protection laws). Personal data will be collected, processed, stored and used securely and in accordance with our privacy policy and data protection laws. Please see our data protection privacy policy. 32) Law and Jurisdiction Save as provided by law and subject to the provisions of the Regulation all claims must be brought in the English courts which shall have exclusive jurisdiction and shall be subject to English law.
24) Smoking Passengers must observe the non-smoking policy on board the ships, hotels and other transport provided. If smoke is detected in any accommodation, a cleaning fee of £165.00 per occurrence will be billed to the passenger’s account. Smoking restrictions include e-cigarette smoking. If there is violation of the non-smoking policy, then passengers may be disembarked from the ship or asked to leave the hotel without refund. 25) Indemnity You must indemnify us and the carrier for all penalties, fines, charges, losses or expenses incurred or imposed upon us, the carrier or our suppliers by virtue of an act or violation of law by you and or any breach of these terms and conditions or any carrier’s or suppliers terms and conditions of conditions of carriage. 26) Pregnancy The river cruise ships, yachts and Star Clipper ships do not have doctors or facilities to deliver babies or provide-natal treatment. We recommend that women who are less than 12 weeks pregnant seek medical advice prior to travel. For safety reasons women past their 24th week of pregnancy at any stage of the cruise cannot be carried on board. Airlines also have restrictions.
Contact your preferred travel agent to book
215
Discover so much mor e At Riviera Travel, we bring the heartbeat of our destinations closer. Where can we take you? Please ask your preferred travel agent for a free brochure River & Ocean Cruise Collection British Isles & European Tours Worldwide Escorted Tours Solo Traveller Collection
For more information or to book contact your preferred travel agent
Riviera Travel, New Manor, 328 Wetmore Road, Burton-on-Trent DE14 1SP Tel: 01283 744370 Visit: rivieratravel.co.uk/agents Prices and availability correct at time of print. All rights reserved. Published December 2021.
Code AGENT
ABTA No. V4744